34 Đề thi thử Tiếng Anh 2019 - Lovebook có đáp án chi tiết

Hong Nhung ĐỀ THI THỬ THPTQG NĂM2019
CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC CỦA BỘ GIÁO DỤC – ĐỀ 01

Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 1. After a momentary _of concentration,Simon managed to regain his focus and
completed the test.
A.failure. B. lapse. C.fault. D.error.
Question 2. Michael rarely returns to hishometown,_ ?
A.doesn’the. B.hasn’the. C.doeshe. D. hashe.
Question 3. If you didn’t have to leavetoday,I you around thecity.
A.haveshown. B.willshow. C.wouldshow. D.showed.
Question4. The prices of property in big cities may deter people on low incomes fromowninga
house there.
A.competitive. B.forbidding. C.prohibitive. D.inflatable.
Question 5. The operation of the newly constructed plants is likely to leadto environmental
consequences.
A.far-reaching. B.far-gone. C.far-flung. D.far-off.
Question 6.Hepromised his daughter a new bicycle as a birthdaypresent.
A.tobuying. B.buying. C.buy. D. tobuy.
Question 7. Many parents tend to make their children study hard in the belief that good education will
enablethemto in thefuture.
A.geton. B.turnup. C.turnaway. D. getout.
Question 8. I’ve been waiting forhours.You to tell me you would comelate.
A. needn’t have phoned. B. must have phoned.
C. oughtn’t to have phoned. D. should have phoned.
Question 9. Drastic measures should be taken to tackletheproblems childabuse.
A.areinvolving. B.toinvolve. C.involving. D.involved.
Question 10. Youmustnot any step in the process; otherwise, you would not be able tocook
the dishproperly.
A.leave. B.quit. C.skip. D.hide.
Question 11. Onlyafterhe the job as a computer programmer did he realise how muchheloved
it.
A.wouldleave. B.wasleaving. C.hadleft. D. hasleft.
Question 12. Susan hasachievedgreat in her career thanks to her hardwork.
A.successfully. B.successful. C.succeed. D.success.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three
in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 13. A. charity. B. agency. C. origin. D. disaster.
Question 14. A. behave. B. enter. C. allow. D. relax.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
Trang 1/7
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 15. A. fingers. B. attacks. C. medals. D. concerns.
Question 16. A. mean. B. treat. C. wear. D. dream.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each of
the following exchanges.
Question 17. Two students are talking about the school curriculum.
- Ted: “Swimming should be made part of the schoolcurriculum.”
- Kate:“ . It is an essential lifeskill.”
A. Notatall. B. You can makeit.
C. I can’t agree withyoumore. D. Oh, that’s aproblem.
Question 18. Jane is talking to Mike, who has just helped her with her luggage.
- Jane:“ ”
- Mike: “It’s mypleasure.”
A. It’stooheavy. B. It’s notmyduty. C.Welcomeback. D. Thanks a lot,indeed.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19. People nationwide have acted without hesitation to provide aids for the victims in the
disaster-stricken areas.
A.awareness. B.uncertainty. C.reluctance. D.willingness.
Question 20. Judy has just won a full scholarship to one of the most prestigious universities in the
country; she must be on cloud nine now.
A.obviouslydelighted. B. extremelypanicked.
C.incrediblyoptimistic. D. desperatelysad.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21. The football final has been postponed until next Sunday due to the heavy snowstorm.
A.cancelled. B.changed. C.delayed. D.continued.
Question 22. The chairman’s thought-provoking question ignited a lively debate among the participants
in the workshop.
A.defined. B. hosted. C.triggered. D.arose.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.
When hosting an Olympic Games, a country has to take account of several considerations, among
which the financial one is by far the most important. The costs of hosting the Olympicscan(23)
tensofbillionsofdollars,anditiscommonplaceforbudgetstodoubleoreventriple.Inadditiontothe direct costs of

hosting the Games (the opening and closing ceremonies, athletes’ village, security, etc.), cities often must
build expensive newvenues(24) lesser-known sports. Onceconstructed,
sportsvenues often incur additional maintenance costs long after the Games haveended.
While costs arethe(25) concern for a host city, there are other factors to
Trang 2/7
consider.Forone, an Olympic host city may receive substantial revenue from ticket sales, tourist spending,
corporate sponsorship, and television rights. Cities such as Los Angeles (1984) and Seoul (1988) actually
made a large profit from the Games theyhosted.(26) , hosting the Olympic Games confers prestigeona
host city and country, which can lead to increased trade and tourism. The Olympics are also an
opportunity to invest in projects (27) improve the city’s quality of life, such as new
transportationsystems.
(Adapted from “Skillful Reading & Writing 4” by Mike Boyle and Lindsay Warwick)
Question 23. A. surmount. B. outnumber. C. overcharge. D. exceed.
Question 24. A. on. B. for. C. at. D. in.
Question 25. A. influential. B. primary. C. supplementary. D. instrumental.
Question 26. A. Otherwise. B. However. C. For example. D. In addition.
Question 27. A. what. B. which. C. whom. D. who.
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.
Body language is a vital form of communication. In fact, it is believed that the various forms of
body language contribute about 70 percent to our comprehension. It is important to note, however, that
body languages varies in different cultures. Take for example, eye movement. In the USA a child is
expected to look directly at a parent or teacher who is scolding him/her. In other cultures the opposite is
true. Looking directly at a teacher or parent in such a situation is considered a sign of disrespect.
Another form of body language that is used differently, depending on the culture, is distance. In
North America people don’t generally stand as close to each other as in South America. Two North
Americans who don’t know each other well will keep a distance of four feet between them, whereas
South Americans in the same situation will stand two to three feet apart. North Americans will stand
closer than two feet apart only if they are having a confidential conversation or if there is intimacy
betweenthem.
Gestures are often used to communicate. We point a finger, raise an eyebrow, wave an arm – or
move any other part of the body - to show what we want to say. However, this does not mean that people
all over the world use the same gestures to express the same meanings. Very often we find that the same
gestures can communicate different meanings, depending on the country. An example of a gesture that
could be misinterpreted is sticking out the tongue. In many cultures it is a sign of making a mistake, but
in some places it communicates ridicule.
The dangers of misunderstanding one another are great. Obviously, it is not enough to learn the
language of another culture. You must also learn its non-verbal signals if you want to communicate
successfully.
(Adapted from “Reading Academic English” by Judy Rapoport, Ronit Broder and Sarah Feingold)
Question 28. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Misunderstandings incommunication.
B. Interpretations of gestures in differentcultures.
C. The significance of non-verbal signals inAmerica.
D. Non-verbal communication acrosscultures.
Question 29. According to paragraph 1, when scolded by his/her parent or teacher, and American child is
expectedto .
A. stand close totheperson. B. raise his/hereyebrows.
C. point a finger attheperson. D. look directly at theperson.
Trang 3/7
Question 30. The word “intimacy” in paragraph 2 is closest inmeaningto .
A.enjoyment. B.closeness. C.strength. D.agreement.
Question 31. The word “misinterpreted” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto .
A.mispronounced. B.misbehaved. C.misspelled. D.misunderstood.
Question 32. The word “it” in paragraph 3refersto .
A.thecountry. B. anexample. C.misspelled. D.misunderstood.
Question 33. As stated in the passage, in order to communicate successfully with people from another
culture, it is advisable foraperson .
A. to use the body language of the people from thatculture.
B. to learn both the language and non-verbal signals of thatculture.
C. to learn only non-verbal signals of thatculture.
D. to travel to as many countries aspossible.
Question 34. Which form of body language is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A.distance. B. posture. C.gesture. D. eyemovement.
The green building movement, started in the 1970s as a way to reduce environmental destruction, is
changing the way buildings are constructed. In the early years, green builders were a small minority, and
their goals of reducing the environmental impact of buildings were considered unrealistic. Now, however,
the movement is growing, as builders have been able to take advantage of new technology.
Green builders try to make use of recycled materials, which means less waste in dumps. Also, they
reduce environmental impact by reducing the energy requirements of a building. One way is to provide an
alternative, non-polluting source of energy. First, with solar panels, it is possible to produce electricity
from the rays of the sun. Once installed, they provide energy at no cost and with no pollution.
Another solution is to reduce the amount of energy required in a building. It is possible to cut electricity
use noticeably by improving natural lighting and installing low-energy light bulbs. To reduce the amount
of fuel needed for heating or cooling, builders also add insulation to the walls so that the building stays
warmer in winter and cooler in summer.
One example of this advanced design is the Genzyme Center of Cambridge, the most
environmentally responsible office building in America. Every aspect of the design and building had to
consider two things: the need for a safe and pleasant workplace for employees and the need to lessen the
negative environmental impact. 75 percent of the building materials were recycled materials, and the
energy use has been reduced by 43 percent and water use by 32 percent, compared with other buildings of
the same size.
In other parts of the world, several large-scale projects have recently been developed according to green
building principles. One of these is in Vauban, Germany, in an area that was once the site of army
housing. The site has been completely rebuilt with houses requiring 30 percent less energy than
conventional ones. These houses, heated by special non-polluting systems, are also equipped with solar
panels.
A larger project is under way in China. The first phase of this project will include houses for 400
families built with solar power, non-polluting bricks, and recycled wall insulation. In a second phase,
entire neighborhoods in six cities will be built. If all goes well, the Chinese government plans to copy
these ideas in new neighborhoods across China.
Green building ideas, on a small or large scale, are spreading. Individuals, companies, and
Trang 4/7
governments are beginning to see their benefits. Not only are they environmentally friendly, green
buildings improve living and working conditions and also save money in the long run.
(Adapted from “Advanced Reading Power” by Beatrice S. Mikulecky and Linda Jeffries)
Question 35. Which of the following does the passage mainly discuss?
A. New technologies applied to constructing officebuildings.
B. Successful green building projects all over theworld.
C. An environmentally friendly approach to constructingbuildings.
D. Economic benefits of environmentally responsiblebuildings.
Question 36. According to paragraph 1, the environmental goals set by green builders were initially
considered unrealisticpresumablybecause .
A. there was an abundance of natural materials for the construction of conventionalbuildings.
B. there was a lack of green builders at the beginning of the 20thcentury.
C. the problems of environment destruction were not prevalent at thetime.
D. the potential applications of technology to constructing green buildings were not recognisedthen.
Question 37. The word “they” in paragraph 2refersto .
A.recycledmaterials. B.greenbuilders. C. rays ofthesun. D. solarpanels.
Question 38. The word “insulation” in paragraph 3mostlymeans .
A. systems that protect buildings from the sun’srays.
B. materials that prevent heat loss andabsorption.
C. panels that convert solar energy intoelectricity.
D. devices that monitor changes intemperature.
Question 39. What is one common characteristic shared by the Genzyme Center of Cambridge and the
project in Vauban, Germany?
A. Both took advantage of new insulation technology, which cuts down on constructioncosts.
B. Both were built out of entirely recycled materials instead of conventionalones.
C. Both are housing complexes with special, non-polluting heatingsystems.
D. Both were built based on green building principles, which reduces energy useconsiderably.
Question 40. The phrase “under way” in paragraph 6mostlymeans .
A.beingnotified. B.beinglaunched. C.beinginspected. D. beingcertified.
Question 41. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 7 as a merit of green buildings?
A. Improvinglivingconditions. B. Proving more economicaleventually.
C. Being friendly totheenvironment. D. Increasing workproductivity.
Question 42. According to the passage, which of the following statements about green buildings is
TRUE?
A. They have only been built in technologically developedcountries.
B. They are gaining in popularity in different parts of theworld.
C. They are environmentally responsible constructions withgardens.
D. They are more economical and produce nopollution.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the followingquestions.
Question 43. His friends supported and encouraged him. He did really well in the competition.
A. Such were his friends’ support and encouragement that he couldn’t do really well in
thecompetition.
B. Had it not been for his friends’ support and encouragement, he couldn’t have done so well in the
Trang 5/7
competition.
C. No matter how much his friends supported and encouraged him, he couldn’t do well in the
competition.
D. If his friends had given him support and encouragement, he could have done really well in the
competition.
Question 44. Joe has finished his first-aid course. He proves extremely helpful as a rescue worker.
A. Although Joe proves extremely helpful as a rescue worker, he hasn’t finished his first-aidcourse.
B. Having finished his first-aid course, Joe proves extremely helpful as a rescueworker.
C. Without finishing his first-aid course, Joe proves extremely helpful as a rescueworker.
D. However helpful Joe proves as a rescue worker, he hasn’t finished his first-aidcourse.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
each of the following questions.
Question 45. “Don’t forget to submit your assignments by Thursday,” said the teacher to the students.
A. The teacher allowed the students to submit their assignments byThursday.
B. The teacher ordered the students to submit their assignments byThursday.
C. The teacher reminded the students to submit their assignments byThursday.
D. The teacher encouraged the students to submit their assignments byThursday.
Question 46. They expect that recent changes will bring about an overall improvement in the quality of
the country’s education.
A. It was expected that recent changes would result in an overall improvement in the quality of the
country’seducation.
B. It is expected that recent changes are caused by an overall improvement in the quality of the
country’seducation.
C. Recent changes are expected to lead to an overall improvement in the quality of the country’s
education.
D. The quality of the country’s education is expected to be the consequence of recentchanges.
Question 47. She wasn’t early enough to catch the bus.
A. She didn’t arrive late forthebus. B. She arrived too early for thebus.
C. She was too late to catchthebus. D. She wasn’t late for thebus.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
Question 48. It is the night of 5th November that people in Britain light bonfires and have fireworks as a
A B C
national tradition.
D
Question 49. They have carried out exhausting research into the effects of smartphones on
A B
schoolchildren’s behaviour and their academic performance.
C D
Question 50. Most workers seems to be happy with their new working conditions.
A B C D
Trang 6/7
ĐÁP ÁN
1. B 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. A 8. D 9. C 10. C
11. C 12. D 13. D 14. B 15. B 16. C 17. C 18. D 19. D 20. D
21. C 22. C 23. D 24. B 25. B 26. D 27. B 28. D 29. D 30. B
31. D 32. C 33. B 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. D 38. B 39. D 40. B
41. D 42. B 43. B 44. B 45. C 46. C 47. C 48. A 49. A 50. A
Trang 7/7
Lovebook.vn ĐỀ THI THỬ THPTQG NĂM2019
Question 1. The costalcityis _ extra buses during the summer because ofaconsiderable
increase in the number oftourists.
A. turningout. B. makingup. C.takingoff. D. puttingon.
Question 2. Although she had been told quite sternlyto herself together, she simplycouldn’t
stop the tears fromflowing.
A.bring. B.force. C.pull. D.push.
Question 3. If our teacher were herenow,he us with this difficultexercise.
A.willhelp. B.wouldhelp. C.hashelped. D.helps.
Question 4. They were at the stadium with us last night,sothey at the threatrethen.
A. needn’thavebeen. B. mighthavebeen. C. shouldhavebeen. D. can’thavebeen.
Question5. to fame at an early age may have a negative influence on children’spsychological
development.
A.Approaching. B.Rising. C.Going. D.Reaching.
Question 6. Her parents rarely let her stayoutlate, ?
A.doesn’tshe. B. don’tthey. C.doesshe. D. dothey.
Question 7. Participating in teamwork activities helps studentsdeveloptheir skills.
A.socially. B.socialize. C.social. D.society.
Question 8. Theboydenied the cake even though there was some cream left on hischin.
A.toeating. B.eating. C.toeat. D.eat.
Question 9. In most countries, photocopying books without the publisher’s permission is clearly a
copyright .
A.infliction. B.infringement. C.interference. D.interpretation.
Question 10. These volunteer programmes aim to provide education forchildrenin regions.
A.far-sighted. B.far-fetched. C.far-reaching. D.far-flung.
Question 11.Thechildren bysocialnetworksarelikelytosufferfromdepressionandother
healthproblems.
A.obsessing. B. obsessed. C.whoobsessed. D.areobsessed. Question
12. Only aftertheteacher the procedure clearly were the students allowed togoahead with
theexperiment.
A.wasexplaining. B.wouldexplain. C.hadexplained. D. hasexplained.
Question 13. Despite careful preparation, the candidate got cold feet when asked a challenging question
and gave an unsatisfactory answer.
A.gotnervous. B.becameaggressive. C.stayedconfident. D. had afever.
Trang 1/5
Question 14. Winning the first prize in the National Math Competition was the highest achievement he
got when he was at school.
A.comprehension. B.success. C.failure. D.completion.
Question 15. The team entered the competition with great confidence after getting sound advice from
their coach.
A.sensible. B.tentative. C.audible. D.sensitive.
Question 16. It is high time more intensive campaigns were initiated to protect endangered species all
over the world.
A.adapted. B.improved. C.rebuilt. D.introduced.
Question 17. Jenny and Jimmy are talking about university education.
- Jenny: “I think having a university degree is the only way to succeed inlife.”
- Jimmy:“ . There were successful people without adegree.”
A. That’sallright. B. I don’tquiteagree. C. I can’tagreemore. D. That’slife.
Question 18. Adam and Janet are at the school canteen.
- Adam:“ ”
- Janet: “Yes,please.”
A. It’s a bit hot in here,isn’tit? B. Do you mind if I sithere?
C. Can you pass me thesalt,please? D. Would you like a cup ofcoffee?
Question 19. A.affect. B. happen. C.perform. D.obtain.
Question 20. A.assistant. B. president. C.companion. D.opponent.
Question 21. A.mountains. B.problems. C.moments. D.wonders.
Question 22. A.threat. B.seat. C.meat. D.beat.
Taking piano lessons and solving math puzzles on a computer significantly improve specific math
skills of elementary schoolchildren, according to a new study. The results,(23) werepublished
in the journal Neurological Research, are the latest in a series that links musical training to the
development of higher brainfunctions.
Researchers worked with 135 second-grade students at a school in Los Angelesafter(24)
apilotstudywith102students.Childrenthatweregivenfourmonthsofpianotrainingaswellastime
Trang 2
playing(25) newly designed computer software scored 27 percent higher on math andfraction
tests than otherchildren.
Piano instruction is thought to enhance the brain’s “hard wiring” for spatial-temporal reasoning, or
the ability to visualize and transform objects in space and time, says Professor Gordon Shaw, who led the
study. At the same time, the computer game allows children to solve geometric and math puzzles that
boost their abilityto(26) shapes in theirmind.
The findings are significant (27) a grasp of proportional math and fractions is a
prerequisite to math at higher levels, and children who do not master these areas of math cannot
understand move advanced math that is critical to high-techfields.
(Adapted from “Eye on Editing 2” by Joyce S. Cain)
Question 23. A. which. B. whose. C. who. D. that.
Question 24. A. composing. B. concerning. C. conducting. D. carrying.
Question 25. A. at. B. for. C. with. D. of.
Question 26. A. manipulate. B. accumulate. C. accommodate. D. stimulate.
Question 27. A. because. B. unless. C. before. D. although.
When we meet people for the first time, we often make decisions about them based entirely on how
they look. And of course, we too are being judged on our appearance. Undoubtedly, it’s what’s inside
that’s important but sometimes we can send out the wrong signals and so get a negative reaction, simply
by wearing inappropriate clothing.
When selecting your clothes each day, it is therefore important to think about who you’re likely to
meet, where you are going to be spending most of your time and what tasks you are likely to perform.
Clearly, on a practical level, some outfits will be more appropriate to different sorts of activity and this
will dictate your choice to an extent. However, there’s no need to abandon your individual taste
completely. After all, if you dress to please somebody else’s idea of what looks good, you may end up
feeling uncomfortable and not quite yourself.
Some colours bring your natural colouring to life and others can give you a washed-out appearance.
Try out new ones by all means, but remember that dressing in bright colours when you really like subtle
neutral tones or vice versa will make you feel self-conscious and uncomfortable. You know deep down
where your own taste boundaries lie. It may be fun to cross these sometimes, but do take care not to go
too far all atonce.
Reappraising your image isn’t selfish because everyone who comes into contact with you will
benefit. You’ll look better and you’ll feel a better person all round. And if in doubt, you only need to read
Professor Albert Mehrabian’s book Silent Messages, which showed that the impact we make on each
other depends 55 percent on how we look and behave, 38 percent on how we speak, and only seven
percent on what we actuallysay.
(Adapter from “Expert First” by Jan Bell and Roger Gower)
Question 28. Which could be the best title for the passage?
A. Choosing Appropriate BusinessSuits
B. Making Judgements about People’sAppearance
C. Making Your Image Work forYou
D. Creating a ProfessionalImage
Trang 3
Question 29. According to paragraph 1, people can get a negative reaction fromothersby .
A. talking about otherpeople’sbehaviours. B. sending out rightsignals.
C. wearinginappropriateclothes. D. expressing too strongemotions.
Question 30. The word “outfits” in paragraph 2mostlymeans .
A. setsofclothes. B. typesofsignals. C. typesofgestures. D. setsofequipment.
Question 31. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 2 as a factor to be considered when
choosingclothes?
A. Places you spendtimein. B. Other people’s views onbeauty.
C. Kinds of tasksyouperform. D. People youmeet.
Question 32. The word “others” in paragraph 3refersto .
A.neutraltones. B.tasteboundaries. C.colours. D.means.
Question 33. The word “Reappraising” in paragraph 4 is closest inmeaningto .
A.reapplying. B.reconsidering. C.reminding. D.recalling.
Question 34. According to Professor Albert Mehrabian, the impact we make on each other depends
mainlyon .
A. howwespeak. B. how we look andbehave.
C. whatweread. D. what we actuallysay.
While watching sports on TV, the chances are children will see professional players cheating,
having tantrums, fighting, or abusing officials. In addition, it’s highly likely that children will be aware of
well-known cases of sportspeople being caught using drugs to improve their performance. The danger of
all this is that it could give children the idea that winning is all that counts and you should win at all costs.
Good behavior and fair play aren’t the message that comes across. Instead, it looks as if cheating and bad
behavior are reasonable ways of getting what you want. This message is further bolstered by the fact that
some of these sportspeople acquire enormous fame and wealth, making it seem they are being
handsomely rewarded either despite or because of their badbehavior.
What can parents do about this? They can regard sport on television as an opportunity to discuss
attitudes and behavior with their children. When watching sports together, if parents see a player swearing
at the referee, they can get the child’s opinion on that behavior and discuss whether a player’s skill is
more important than their behavior. Ask what the child thinks the player’s contribution to the team is.
Point out that no player can win a team game on their own, so it’s important for members to work well
together.
Another thing to focus on is what the commentators say. Do they frown on bad behavior from
players, think it’s amusing or even consider it’s a good thing? What about the officials? If they let players
get away with a clear foul, parents can discuss with children whether this is right and what effect it has on
the game. Look too at the reactions of coaches and managers. Do they accept losing with good grace or
scowl and show a bad attitude? Parents can use this to talk about attitudes to winning and losing and to
remind children that both are part of sport.
However, what children learn from watching sports is by no means all negative and parents should
make sure they accentuate the positives too. They should emphasise to children the high reputation that
well-behaved players have, not just with their teammates but also with spectators and the media. They
canfocusonthecontributionmadebysuchplayersduringagame,discussinghowvaluabletheyarein
Trang 4
the team. In the interviews after a game, point out to a child that the well-behaved sportspeople don’t
gloat when they win or sulk when they lose. And parents can stress how well these people conduct
themselves in their personal lives and the good work they do for others when not playing. In other words,
parents should get their children to focus on the positive role models, rather than the antics of the badly
behaved but often more publicizedplayers.
(Adapter from “New English File – Advanced” by Will Maddox)
Question 35. Which of the following does the passage mainly discuss?
A. The importance of team spirit insport
B. The influence of model sportspeople onchildren
C. Moral lessons for children from watchingsports
D. Different attitudes toward bad behavior insport
Question 36. The word “bolstered” in paragraph 1 is closest inmeaningto .
A.inspired. B.represented. C.energized. D.reinforced.
Question 37. According to paragraph 1, misconduct exhibited by players may lead children to think that
.
A. it is an acceptable way to winthegame. B. it is necessary in almost anygame.
C. it brings aboutundesirableresults. D. it is disadvantagesous toallconcerned. Question
38. According to paragraph 2, what should parents teach their children through watching sports?
A. Cheating is frowned upon by the majority ofplayers.
B. A team with badly-behaved players will not win agame.
C. A player’s performance is of greater value than hisbehavior.
D. Collaboration is fundamental to any team’ssuccess.
Question 39. The word “accentuate” in paragraph 4 can be bestreplacedby .
A.highlight. B.embolden. C.consolidate. D.actualize.
Question 40. The word “They” in paragraph 4refersto .
A.children. B.spectators. C.teammates. D.parents.
Question 41. Which of the following about sport is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A. Misconduct from sportspeople may go unpunished despite the presence ofofficials.
B. A well-behaved player enjoys a good reputation among his teammates, spectators and themedia.
C. Reactions of coaches and managers when their teams lose a game may be of educationalvalue.
D. Many sportspeople help others so as to project good images ofthemselves.
Question 42. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. The media tend to turn the spotlight more on sportspeople’s wrongdoings than on their gooddeeds.
B. The well-behaved players in a game invariably display desirable conducts when notplaying.
C. Players with good attitudes make a greater contribution to their teams’ budgets thanothers.
D. Well-mannered players sometimes display strong emotions after winning or losing agame.
Question 43. “I’m sorry I haven’t finished the assignment,” Fiona said.
A. Fiona apoligised for not finishing theassignment.
B. Fiona regretted having finished theassignment.
Trang 5
C. Fiona refused to finish theassignment.
D. Fiona denied having finished theassignment.
Question 44. Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people to use less energy.
A. The new regulations are thought to encourage lower consumption ofenergy.
B. It is thought that the new regulations will encourage people to consume moreenergy.
C. It was thought that lower consumption of energy was stimulated by the newregulations.
D. Lower consumption of energy is thought to lead to the introduction of the newregulations.
Question 45. It usually takes her an hour to drive to work.
A. She never spends an hour driving towork.
B. She used to drive to work in anhour.
C. She doesn’t usually drive to work in anhour.
D. She usually spends an hour driving towork.
Question 46. Drawing on her own experience in psychology, the writer successfully portrayed a volatile
A B
character with dramtic alternatives of mood.
C D
Question 47. It was the year 2014 that Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex was made a World Heritage
A B C
Site by UNESCO.
D
Question 48. My close friends spends most of their free time helping the homeless people in the
A B C D
community.
Question 49. He fulfilled his dream of travelling the world. He decided to get a job and settle down.
A. Having fulfilled his dream of travelling the world, he decided to get a job and settledown.
B. Although he had fulfilled his dream of travelling the world, he decided not to get a job and settle
down.
C. If he had fulfilled his dream of travelling the world, he would have decided to get a job and settle
down.
D. As he decided to get a job and settle down, he didn’t fulfil his dream of travelling theworld.
Question 50. She gave a great performance at the festival. We now know she has artistic talent.
A. Hardly had we known about her artistic talent when she gave a great performance at thefestival.
B. Although she gave a great performance at the festival, now we still don’t know she has artistictalent.
C. Amazing as her artistic talent is, we don’t know about her great performance at thefestival.
D. But for her great performance at the festival, we wouldn’t know about her artistic talentnow.
Trang 6
ĐÁP ÁN
1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. B 20. B
21. C 22. A 23. A 24. C 25. C 26. A 27. A 28. C 29. C 30. A
31. B 32. C 33. B 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. A 38. D 39. A 40. D
41. D 42. A 43. A 44. A 45. D 46. D 47. A 48. B 49. A 50. D
Trang 7
Question1. A.meal. B. bean. C. head. D. team.
Question2. A.attracts. B. delays. C. believes. D. begins.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question3. A.intend. B.follow. C.decide. D.install.
Question4. A.equipment. B.sympathy. C.poverty. D.character.
Question 5. Today the number of start-ups in Vietnam is mounting as the government has created
favourable conditions for them to develop their business.
A. peaking. B.decreasing. C.varying. D.rising.
Question 6. With price increases on most necessities, many people have to tighten their belt for fear of
getting into financial difficulties.
A. spendmoneyfreely. B. save on dailyexpenses.
C. dress inlooseclothes. D. put on tighterbelts.
Question 7. Thanks to highly sophisticated technology, scientists have made many important discoveries
in different fields.
A.confusing. B.accessible. C.effective. D.advanced.
Question 8. It is firmly believed that books are a primary means for disseminating knowledge and
information.
A.inventing. B.distributing. C.classifying. D.adapting.
Question 9.Thepatients with the new drug showed better signs of recovery thanthosereceiving
conventionalmedicine.
A.treating. B.havingtreated. C.whotreated. D.treated.
Question10.It toreasonthatJasonpassedtheexamwithflyingcoloursonaccountofhis working
hard during theterm.
A.lays. B.comes. C.gets. D.stands.
Question 11. Candidates are advised to dress formally to makeagood on jobinterviewers.
Page 1
A.impressive. B.impression. C.impress. D.impressively.
Question 12. You shouldn’t lose heart; success often comes to those whoarenot byfailure.s
A.putoff. B.turnedon. C.leftout. D. switchedoff.
Question 13. Mary rarely usessocialnetworks, ?
A.isn’tshe. B.doesshe. C.doesn’tshe. D. isshe.
Question 14. The presenter started his speech withafew jokes to build rapportwiththe
audience.
A.kind-hearted. B.soft-hearted. C.light-hearted. D.whole-hearted.
Question 15. If Martin were herenow,he us to solve this difficultproblem.
A.wouldhelp. B.willhelp. C.hashelped. D.helps.
Question 16. There is no excuse for your latesubmission!You the report by lastFriday.
A. musthavefinished. B. needn’t havefinished.
C. shouldhavefinished. D. mightn’t havefinished.
Question 17. Onlyaftershe from a severe illness did she realise the importance of goodhealth.
A.wouldrecover. B.hadrecovered. C.hasrecovered. D. wasrecovering.
Question 18. Ourfathersuggested to Da Nang for this summerholiday.
A.go. B.going. C.togoing. D. togo.
Question 19. Several measures have been proposedto the problem of unemploymentamong
universitygraduates.
A.create. B.address. C.pose. D.admit.
Question 20. It is advisable that the apprentice shouldbe to learn the ins and outs of thenew
job.
A.observant. B.acceptable. C.noticeable. D.permissive.
Question 21. Silas is talking to his roommate, Salah, about the Olympic Games.
- Silas: “Do you think our country can host the Olympic Games some day in thefuture?”
- Salah:“ . We can’t afford such a bigevent.”
A. No, I don’tthinkso. B. You can say thatagain.
C. I can’t agree withyourmore. D. Yes, you’reright.
Question 22. Laura is telling Bob about her exam results.
- Laura:“ ”
- Bob: “That’s great.Congratulations!”
A. I’ve passed the exam withanA. B. I’ll get the exam resultstomorrow.
C. I hope I’ll pass theexamtomorrow. D. I didn’t do well in theexam.
correct wordor phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.
Urban development is having a direct impact on the weather in many cities worldwide. It has been
noticed that thedifference(23) temperatureisusuallygreateratnightandthephenomenon occurs
in both winner and summer. Experts agree that this is due to urban development, when open green
spacesarereplacedwithasphaltroadsandtallbrickorconcretebuildings.Thesematerialsretainheat
Page 2
generated by the Sun and release it through the night. In Atlanta, in the US, this has even led to
thunderstorms(24) occur in the morning rather than, as is more common, in theafternoon.
Large cities around the world are adopting strategies to combat this issue (25) it is not
uncommon to find plants growing on top of roofs or down the walls or large buildings. In Singapore, the
governmenthas(26) totransformitintoa“citywithinagarden”and,in2006,theyheldan international
competition calling for entries to develop a master plan to help bring this about. One outcome was the
creation of 18 “Supertrees” – metal constructions resembling very tall trees. Each one is a vertical
freestanding garden and is(27) to exotic plants and ferns. They also containsolarpanels used to light the
trees at night and also containers to collect rainwater, making them truly self- sufficient.
(Adapted from “The Official Cambridge Guide to IELTS” by Pauline Cullen, Amanda French and
Vanessa Jakeman)
Question 23. A. with. B. in. C. on. D. out.
Question 24. A. where. B. which. C. what. D. when.
Question 25. A. but. B. for. C. or. D. and.
Question 26. A. committed. B. pledged. C. confessed. D. required.
Question 27. A. land. B. house. C. place. D. home.
A letter of application is a sales letter in which you are both salesperson and product, for the purpose of
an application is to attract an employer’s attention and persuade him or her to grant you an interview. To
do this, the letter presents what you can offer the employer, rather than what you want from thejob.
Like a resume, the letter of application is a sample of your work and an opportunity to demonstrate your
skills and personality. If it is written with flair and understanding and prepared with prefessional care, it is
likely to be very effective. While the resume must be factual, objective, and brief, the letter is your chance
to interpret and expand. It should state explicitly how your background relates to the specific job, and it
should emphasise your strongest and most relevant characteristics. The letter should demonstrate that you
know both yourself and the company.
The letter of application must communicate your ambition and enthusiasm. Yet it must be modest. It
should be neither aggressive nor compliant: neither pat yourself on the back nor ask for sympathy. It
should never express dissatisfaction with the present or former job or employer. And you should avoid
discussing your reasons for leaving your last job.
Finally, it is best that you not broach the subject on salary. Indeed, even if a job advertisement requires
that you mention your salary requirements, it is advisable simply to call them “negotiable.” However,
when you go on an interview, you should be prepared to mention a salary range. For this reason, you
should investigate both your field and, if possible, the particular company. You don’t want to ask for less
than you deserve or more than is reasonable.
(Adapted from “Select Readings – Intermediate” by Linda Lee and Erik Gundersen)
A. Things to avoid during a jobinterview.
B. Advice on how to find a goodjob.
C. Tips for writing an effective letter ofapplication.
D. Differences between a resume and a letter ofapplication.
Page 3
Question 29. According to paragraph 1, in a letter of application, the applicanttriesto .
A. advertise a product to attract morecustomers.
B. present what he/she wants from thejob.
C. persuade the employer to grant him/her aninterview.
D. get further information about thecompany.
A.theresume. B. anopportunity.
C. the letterofapplication. D. yourwork.
Question 31. The word “explicitly” in paragraph 2 is closest inmeaningto .
A.clearly. B.slightly. C.quickly. D.shortly.
Question 32. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE about a letter of application?
A. It should be written very briefly, but in a formalstyle.
B. It should refer to the applicant’s reasons for leaving his/her previousjob.
C. It should expand upon the information contained in the applicant’sresume.
D. It should express the applicant’s dissatisfaction with his/her formeremployer.
Question 33. The word “broach” in paragraph 4 is closest inmeaningto .
A.investigate. B.understand. C.introduce. D.avoid.
Question 34. According to paragraph 4, in a job interview, the applicant should bereadyto .
A. mention their expectedsalaryrange. B. talk about the company’sbudget.
C. negotiateworkingconditions. D. accept and salaryoffered.
Henry is the undisputed star of Dronfield School near Sheffield. Whatever the achievements of other
members of the comprehensive school, it is Henry, with his soulful eyes and glossy hair, who has hogged
the limelight, appearing on television in Britain and abroad. Yet despite all the public adulation, Henry
stirs up no envy or resentment among the 2000 students – in fact, they all adore him. The dog, who first
arrived six months ago, is a super dog, who has improved students’ behaviour and encouraged more
students to focus on their academic achievement.
Andrew Wainwright, a student at Dronfield School, says there is something magical and calming about
being able to interact with Henry during his time at the school’s catch-up classes, and that if he falls
behind, that opportunity will be denied. Even doubting staff have finally been won round. Perhaps that is
because Henry, who lies on the floor during staff meetings, has also had a calming effect on them.
It was Andrew’s teacher, Wendy Brown and the school counsellor, Julie Smart, who first proposed
buying a school dog. “Julie and I were talking one day about how looking after dogs can positively affect
children’s conduct,” says Brown. “We did some research and discovered that the presence of pets has
been shown to be therapeutic. A number of studies have shown that animals improve recovery after
surgery or illness and have a calming influence on people in a lot of settings. Some of my kids can be a
handful and some of the children Julie counsels have terribleproblems.”
Could the school dog become a craze? Other schools such as the Mulberry Bush, a primary school for
children with behavioural problems, have stepped forward to point out they already have one. Rosie
Johnston, a Mulberry staff member has been bringing her golden retriever, Muskoka, into school for three
years. Apart from being a calming influence, Muskoka even plays his part in literacy lessons. Children at
Page 4
the school can be too shy to read to adults so they read to Muskoka. “Their anxiety about mispronouncing
something or getting the words in the wrong order is reduced when they read to him,” says Johnston.
Psychologist Dr Deborah Wells from Queen's University Belfast specialises in animal-human interaction.
She believes that the underlying key to the Henry effect is that dogs offer unconditional love and that
cheers up adults and children and helps with self-esteem. But traditionalist Chris Woodhead, the former
chief inspector of schools says, “I don’t see why a teacher cannot create a positive learning environment
through the subject they teach and their personality. Dogs strike me as a bit of a publicity stunt. It’s the
kind of sentimental story journalists love.” Despite this sentiment, Henry remains as popular as ever.
(Adapted from “Ready for Advanced” by Roy Norris and Amanda French with Miles Hordern)
Question 35. Which of the following best serves as the title for the passage?
A. School Dogs: Useful ClassroomAssistants.
B. Having School Dogs: Pros andCons.
C. Henry – a Super Dog in DronfieldSchool.
D. Keeping School Dogs – a PrevalentTrend.
Question 36. The word “adulation” in paragraph 1 is closest inmeaningto .
A.unrealisticexpectation. B. deservedattention.
C.considerablecontroversy. D. excessiveadmiration.
Question 37. The phrase “a handful” in paragraph 3 is probably descriptive of a childwhois .
A. difficulttocontrol. B. inclined todisagree.
C. reluctanttoexplore. D. impossible tounderstand.
Question 38. Which of the following is mentioned in paragraph 3 as a potential impact of keeping a pet?
A. A stronger tendencytomisbehave. B. A greater desire to influenceothers.
C. Long-term chancesinconduct. D. Better recovery fromillness.
Question 39. The word “one” in paragraph 4refersto .
A.acraze B. a Mulberry staffmember
C. aprimaryschool D. a schooldog
Question 40. According to paragraph 4, which of the following is one of the roles played by Muskoka at
the Mulberry Bush?
A. Encouraging a more proactive approach to teachingliteracy
B. Minimising the number of words mispronounced by itsstudents
C. Relieving its teaching staff of unnecessaryworkload
D. Helping its students to reduce their fear of makingmistakes
Question 41. Which of the following best summarises Chris Woodhead's viewpoint in paragraph 5?
A. Teachers underestimate the role of dogs in literacylessons.
B. Students and dogs are inseparable companions in the classroomsetting
C. Schools have dogs just to attract mediaattention.
D. Dogs are capable of enlivening classroomatmosphere.
Question 42. Which of the following is implied in the passage?
A. Rosie Johnston is more experienced than Wendy Brown in working withanimals.
B. Wendy Brown and Julie Smart are dedicated animal rights activists who wish to get their message
across to youngpeople.
C. Interaction with Henry is used to boost students’ learning motivation at DronfieldSchool.
Page 5
D. Administrators at Dronfield School are sceptical as to whether Henry's companion will benefit their
students.
Question 43. “Would you like to go to the show with me?” Anna said to Bella.
A. Anna reminded Bella to go to the show withher.
B. Anna persuaded Bella to go to the show withher.
C. Anna invited Bella to go to the show withher.
D. Anna encouraged Bella to go to the show withher.
Question 44. I find it useful to join the sports club.
A. I never like joining the sportsclub.
B. I used to join the sportsclub.
C. Joining the sports club is not useful forme.
D. It is useful for me to join the sportsclub.
Question 45. It is believed that modem farming methods have greatly improved farmers’ lives.
A. People believe that there is little improvement in farmers’ lives thanks to modem farmingmethods.
B. Modem farming methods were believed to have greatly improved farmers’lives.
C. Modem farming methods are believed to have had negative effects on farmers’lives.
D. Farmers are believed to have enjoyed a much better life thanks to modem farmingmethods.
Question 46. It is the ASEAN Para Games that disabled athletes have an opportunity to have their talents
A B C
and efforts recognised.
D
Question 47. It concerns many socialogists that inadequate parents skills may lead to an increase in the
A B C
number of incidents of juvenile delinquency.
C D
Question 48. Teenagers is greatly influenced by not only their parents but also their peers.
A B C D
Question 49. Kate completed her higher education. She then decided to travel the world before getting a
job.
A. Kate had scarcely travelled the world before getting a job when she completed her highereducation.
B. Without completing her higher education, Kate decided to travel the world before getting ajob.
C. Having completed her higher education, Kate decided to travel the world before getting ajob.
D. Given that Kate decided to travel the world before getting a job, she completed her highereducation.
Page 6
Question 50. Mary left home to start an independent life. She realised how much her family meant to her.
A. Mary left home to start an independent life with a view to realising how much her family meant to
her.
B. To realise how much her family meant to her, Mary decided to leave home to start an independent
life.
C. Not until Mary had left home to start an independent life did she realise how much her family meant
toher.
D. Only when Mary realised how much her family meant to her did she leave home to start an
independentlife.
Page 7
ĐÁP ÁN
1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. B 20. B
21. C 22. A 23. A 24. C 25. C 26. A 27. A 28. C 29. C 30. A
31. B 32. C 33. B 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. A 38. D 39. A 40. D
41. D 42. A 43. A 44. A 45. D 46. D 47. A 48. B 49. A 50. D
Page 8
ĐỀ THI THỬ THPTQG NĂM2019
Question1. A.meal. B. bean. C. head. D. team.
Question2. A.attracts. B. delays. C. believes. D. begins.
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question3. A.intend. B.follow. C.decide. D.install.
Question4. A.equipment. B.sympathy. C.poverty. D.character.
Question 5. Today the number of start-ups in Vietnam is mounting as the government has created
favourable conditions for them to develop their business.
A. peaking. B.decreasing. C.varying. D.rising.
Question 6. With price increases on most necessities, many people have to tighten their belt for fear of
getting into financial difficulties.
A. spendmoneyfreely. B. save on dailyexpenses.
C. dress inlooseclothes. D. put on tighterbelts.
Question 7. Thanks to highly sophisticated technology, scientists have made many important discoveries
in different fields.
A.confusing. B.accessible. C.effective. D.advanced.
Question 8. It is firmly believed that books are a primary means for disseminating knowledge and
information.
A.inventing. B.distributing. C.classifying. D.adapting.
Question 9.Thepatients with the new drug showed better signs of recovery thanthosereceiving
conventionalmedicine.
A.treating. B.havingtreated. C.whotreated. D.treated.
Question10.It toreasonthatJasonpassedtheexamwithflyingcoloursonaccountofhis working
hard during theterm.
A.lays. B.comes. C.gets. D.stands.
Question 11. Candidates are advised to dress formally to makeagood on jobinterviewers.
Page 1
A.impressive. B.impression. C.impress. D.impressively.
Question 12. You shouldn’t lose heart; success often comes to those whoarenot byfailure.s
A.putoff. B.turnedon. C.leftout. D. switchedoff.
Question 13. Mary rarely usessocialnetworks, ?
A.isn’tshe. B.doesshe. C.doesn’tshe. D. isshe.
Question 14. The presenter started his speech withafew jokes to build rapportwiththe
audience.
A.kind-hearted. B.soft-hearted. C.light-hearted. D.whole-hearted.
Question 15. If Martin were herenow,he us to solve this difficultproblem.
A.wouldhelp. B.willhelp. C.hashelped. D.helps.
Question 16. There is no excuse for your latesubmission!You the report by lastFriday.
A. musthavefinished. B. needn’t havefinished.
C. shouldhavefinished. D. mightn’t havefinished.
Question 17. Onlyaftershe from a severe illness did she realise the importance of goodhealth.
A.wouldrecover. B.hadrecovered. C.hasrecovered. D. wasrecovering.
Question 18. Ourfathersuggested to Da Nang for this summerholiday.
A.go. B.going. C.togoing. D. togo.
Question 19. Several measures have been proposedto the problem of unemploymentamong
universitygraduates.
A.create. B.address. C.pose. D.admit.
Question 20. It is advisable that the apprentice shouldbe to learn the ins and outs of thenew
job.
A.observant. B.acceptable. C.noticeable. D.permissive.
Question 21. Silas is talking to his roommate, Salah, about the Olympic Games.
- Silas: “Do you think our country can host the Olympic Games some day in thefuture?”
- Salah:“ . We can’t afford such a bigevent.”
A. No, I don’tthinkso. B. You can say thatagain.
C. I can’t agree withyourmore. D. Yes, you’reright.
Question 22. Laura is telling Bob about her exam results.
- Laura:“ ”
- Bob: “That’s great.Congratulations!”
A. I’ve passed the exam withanA. B. I’ll get the exam resultstomorrow.
C. I hope I’ll pass theexamtomorrow. D. I didn’t do well in theexam.
correct wordor phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.
Urban development is having a direct impact on the weather in many cities worldwide. It has been
noticed that thedifference(23) temperatureisusuallygreateratnightandthephenomenon occurs
in both winner and summer. Experts agree that this is due to urban development, when open green
spacesarereplacedwithasphaltroadsandtallbrickorconcretebuildings.Thesematerialsretainheat
Page 2
generated by the Sun and release it through the night. In Atlanta, in the US, this has even led to
thunderstorms(24) occur in the morning rather than, as is more common, in theafternoon.
Large cities around the world are adopting strategies to combat this issue (25) it is not
uncommon to find plants growing on top of roofs or down the walls or large buildings. In Singapore, the
governmenthas(26) totransformitintoa“citywithinagarden”and,in2006,theyheldan international
competition calling for entries to develop a master plan to help bring this about. One outcome was the
creation of 18 “Supertrees” – metal constructions resembling very tall trees. Each one is a vertical
freestanding garden and is(27) to exotic plants and ferns. They also containsolarpanels used to light the
trees at night and also containers to collect rainwater, making them truly self- sufficient.
(Adapted from “The Official Cambridge Guide to IELTS” by Pauline Cullen, Amanda French and
Vanessa Jakeman)
Question 23. A. with. B. in. C. on. D. out.
Question 24. A. where. B. which. C. what. D. when.
Question 25. A. but. B. for. C. or. D. and.
Question 26. A. committed. B. pledged. C. confessed. D. required.
Question 27. A. land. B. house. C. place. D. home.
A letter of application is a sales letter in which you are both salesperson and product, for the purpose of
an application is to attract an employer’s attention and persuade him or her to grant you an interview. To
do this, the letter presents what you can offer the employer, rather than what you want from thejob.
Like a resume, the letter of application is a sample of your work and an opportunity to demonstrate your
skills and personality. If it is written with flair and understanding and prepared with prefessional care, it is
likely to be very effective. While the resume must be factual, objective, and brief, the letter is your chance
to interpret and expand. It should state explicitly how your background relates to the specific job, and it
should emphasise your strongest and most relevant characteristics. The letter should demonstrate that you
know both yourself and the company.
The letter of application must communicate your ambition and enthusiasm. Yet it must be modest. It
should be neither aggressive nor compliant: neither pat yourself on the back nor ask for sympathy. It
should never express dissatisfaction with the present or former job or employer. And you should avoid
discussing your reasons for leaving your last job.
Finally, it is best that you not broach the subject on salary. Indeed, even if a job advertisement requires
that you mention your salary requirements, it is advisable simply to call them “negotiable.” However,
when you go on an interview, you should be prepared to mention a salary range. For this reason, you
should investigate both your field and, if possible, the particular company. You don’t want to ask for less
than you deserve or more than is reasonable.
(Adapted from “Select Readings – Intermediate” by Linda Lee and Erik Gundersen)
A. Things to avoid during a jobinterview.
B. Advice on how to find a goodjob.
C. Tips for writing an effective letter ofapplication.
D. Differences between a resume and a letter ofapplication.
Page 3
Question 29. According to paragraph 1, in a letter of application, the applicanttriesto .
A. advertise a product to attract morecustomers.
B. present what he/she wants from thejob.
C. persuade the employer to grant him/her aninterview.
D. get further information about thecompany.
A.theresume. B. anopportunity.
C. the letterofapplication. D. yourwork.
Question 31. The word “explicitly” in paragraph 2 is closest inmeaningto .
A.clearly. B.slightly. C.quickly. D.shortly.
Question 32. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE about a letter of application?
A. It should be written very briefly, but in a formalstyle.
B. It should refer to the applicant’s reasons for leaving his/her previousjob.
C. It should expand upon the information contained in the applicant’sresume.
D. It should express the applicant’s dissatisfaction with his/her formeremployer.
Question 33. The word “broach” in paragraph 4 is closest inmeaningto .
A.investigate. B.understand. C.introduce. D.avoid.
Question 34. According to paragraph 4, in a job interview, the applicant should bereadyto .
A. mention their expectedsalaryrange. B. talk about the company’sbudget.
C. negotiateworkingconditions. D. accept and salaryoffered.
Henry is the undisputed star of Dronfield School near Sheffield. Whatever the achievements of other
members of the comprehensive school, it is Henry, with his soulful eyes and glossy hair, who has hogged
the limelight, appearing on television in Britain and abroad. Yet despite all the public adulation, Henry
stirs up no envy or resentment among the 2000 students – in fact, they all adore him. The dog, who first
arrived six months ago, is a super dog, who has improved students’ behaviour and encouraged more
students to focus on their academic achievement.
Andrew Wainwright, a student at Dronfield School, says there is something magical and calming about
being able to interact with Henry during his time at the school’s catch-up classes, and that if he falls
behind, that opportunity will be denied. Even doubting staff have finally been won round. Perhaps that is
because Henry, who lies on the floor during staff meetings, has also had a calming effect on them.
It was Andrew’s teacher, Wendy Brown and the school counsellor, Julie Smart, who first proposed
buying a school dog. “Julie and I were talking one day about how looking after dogs can positively affect
children’s conduct,” says Brown. “We did some research and discovered that the presence of pets has
been shown to be therapeutic. A number of studies have shown that animals improve recovery after
surgery or illness and have a calming influence on people in a lot of settings. Some of my kids can be a
handful and some of the children Julie counsels have terribleproblems.”
Could the school dog become a craze? Other schools such as the Mulberry Bush, a primary school for
children with behavioural problems, have stepped forward to point out they already have one. Rosie
Johnston, a Mulberry staff member has been bringing her golden retriever, Muskoka, into school for three
years. Apart from being a calming influence, Muskoka even plays his part in literacy lessons. Children at
Page 4
the school can be too shy to read to adults so they read to Muskoka. “Their anxiety about mispronouncing
something or getting the words in the wrong order is reduced when they read to him,” says Johnston.
Psychologist Dr Deborah Wells from Queen's University Belfast specialises in animal-human interaction.
She believes that the underlying key to the Henry effect is that dogs offer unconditional love and that
cheers up adults and children and helps with self-esteem. But traditionalist Chris Woodhead, the former
chief inspector of schools says, “I don’t see why a teacher cannot create a positive learning environment
through the subject they teach and their personality. Dogs strike me as a bit of a publicity stunt. It’s the
kind of sentimental story journalists love.” Despite this sentiment, Henry remains as popular as ever.
(Adapted from “Ready for Advanced” by Roy Norris and Amanda French with Miles Hordern)
Question 35. Which of the following best serves as the title for the passage?
A. School Dogs: Useful ClassroomAssistants.
B. Having School Dogs: Pros andCons.
C. Henry – a Super Dog in DronfieldSchool.
D. Keeping School Dogs – a PrevalentTrend.
Question 36. The word “adulation” in paragraph 1 is closest inmeaningto .
A.unrealisticexpectation. B. deservedattention.
C.considerablecontroversy. D. excessiveadmiration.
Question 37. The phrase “a handful” in paragraph 3 is probably descriptive of a childwhois .
A. difficulttocontrol. B. inclined todisagree.
C. reluctanttoexplore. D. impossible tounderstand.
Question 38. Which of the following is mentioned in paragraph 3 as a potential impact of keeping a pet?
A. A stronger tendencytomisbehave. B. A greater desire to influenceothers.
C. Long-term chancesinconduct. D. Better recovery fromillness.
Question 39. The word “one” in paragraph 4refersto .
A.acraze B. a Mulberry staffmember
C. aprimaryschool D. a schooldog
Question 40. According to paragraph 4, which of the following is one of the roles played by Muskoka at
the Mulberry Bush?
A. Encouraging a more proactive approach to teachingliteracy
B. Minimising the number of words mispronounced by itsstudents
C. Relieving its teaching staff of unnecessaryworkload
D. Helping its students to reduce their fear of makingmistakes
Question 41. Which of the following best summarises Chris Woodhead's viewpoint in paragraph 5?
A. Teachers underestimate the role of dogs in literacylessons.
B. Students and dogs are inseparable companions in the classroomsetting
C. Schools have dogs just to attract mediaattention.
D. Dogs are capable of enlivening classroomatmosphere.
Question 42. Which of the following is implied in the passage?
A. Rosie Johnston is more experienced than Wendy Brown in working withanimals.
B. Wendy Brown and Julie Smart are dedicated animal rights activists who wish to get their message
across to youngpeople.
C. Interaction with Henry is used to boost students’ learning motivation at DronfieldSchool.
Page 5
D. Administrators at Dronfield School are sceptical as to whether Henry's companion will benefit their
students.
Question 43. “Would you like to go to the show with me?” Anna said to Bella.
A. Anna reminded Bella to go to the show withher.
B. Anna persuaded Bella to go to the show withher.
C. Anna invited Bella to go to the show withher.
D. Anna encouraged Bella to go to the show withher.
Question 44. I find it useful to join the sports club.
A. I never like joining the sportsclub.
B. I used to join the sportsclub.
C. Joining the sports club is not useful forme.
D. It is useful for me to join the sportsclub.
Question 45. It is believed that modem farming methods have greatly improved farmers’ lives.
A. People believe that there is little improvement in farmers’ lives thanks to modem farmingmethods.
B. Modem farming methods were believed to have greatly improved farmers’lives.
C. Modem farming methods are believed to have had negative effects on farmers’lives.
D. Farmers are believed to have enjoyed a much better life thanks to modem farmingmethods.
Question 46. It is the ASEAN Para Games that disabled athletes have an opportunity to have their talents
A B C
and efforts recognised.
D
Question 47. It concerns many socialogists that inadequate parents skills may lead to an increase in the
A B C
number of incidents of juvenile delinquency.
C D
Question 48. Teenagers is greatly influenced by not only their parents but also their peers.
A B C D
Question 49. Kate completed her higher education. She then decided to travel the world before getting a
job.
A. Kate had scarcely travelled the world before getting a job when she completed her highereducation.
B. Without completing her higher education, Kate decided to travel the world before getting ajob.
C. Having completed her higher education, Kate decided to travel the world before getting ajob.
D. Given that Kate decided to travel the world before getting a job, she completed her highereducation.
Page 6
Question 50. Mary left home to start an independent life. She realised how much her family meant to her.
A. Mary left home to start an independent life with a view to realising how much her family meant to
her.
B. To realise how much her family meant to her, Mary decided to leave home to start an independent
life.
C. Not until Mary had left home to start an independent life did she realise how much her family meant
toher.
D. Only when Mary realised how much her family meant to her did she leave home to start an
independentlife.
ĐÁP ÁN
1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. B 20. B
21. C 22. A 23. A 24. C 25. C 26. A 27. A 28. C 29. C 30. A
31. B 32. C 33. B 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. A 38. D 39. A 40. D
41. D 42. A 43. A 44. A 45. D 46. D 47. A 48. B 49. A 50. D
Page 7
following question.
Question 1: Your drink cost $40, you gave me a $50 note and hereisyour .
A. change B.supply C.cash D.cost
Question 2: People canbecomevery when they are stuck in traffic for a longtime.
A.single-minded B.bad-tempered C.even-tempered D.even-handed
Question3:Jasmine, , grows only in warmplaces.
A. is a vine plant withfragrantflowers B. a vine plant with fragrantflowers
C. that is a vine plant withfragrantflowers D. a vine plant with fragrant flowers itis
Question 4:Ourcar because it’s not where it’s normally parked in the parkinglot.
A. should havebeenstolen B. would have beenstolen
C. must havebeenstolen D. need have beenstolen
Question 5: Thoughwewere after hard-working days, we tried to help our parentsredecorate
the house to welcomeTet.
A.exhaustion B.exhausted C.exhausting D.exhaustive
Question 6: At the 2015 Women in the World Summit, Hillary Clinton asserted that“ cultural
codes, religious beliefs and structural biases have to bechanged”.
A.deep-seated B.deep-seating C.seated-deep D. seating-deep
Question 7: It’s importantthatwe thismessage to youngpeople.
A.go/over B.get/down C.get/over D.go/for
Question 8: Miss Diligent didninehour’s studying a day for herexam.
A.heavy B.solid C.powerful D.big
Question 9: “At the start of the 19th century, thehighest- newspaper in the
UnitedKingdomwas The Morning Post, which sold around 4,000 copies perday.”
A.distribution B.coverage C.circulation D.sales
Question 10: Marketing this new product will be expensive,but it will be worth
themoneywespend onit.
A. atlonglast B. downtheyears C. intheevent D. in the longrun
Question 11: Laura starts a conversation with Maya- Jane’s sister.
Laura: “You must be Jane's sister. Glad to meet you.”
Maya:“ ”
A. Iam,either. B. So I am.I'mglad. C. What doyoudo? D. Metoo.
Question 12:Theboys that they had broken the window, but I’m sure theydid.
A.refused B.denied C.objected D.reject
Question 13: Lien was walking her dogs in the park, she met Lan accidentally.
Lan: “How lovely your pets are!”
Lien:“ .”
A. Thank you, it's nice of you tosayso B. Really? Theyare
C. Can you saythatagain D. I love them,too
Page 1
Question 14: Ifour team U23Uzbekistan in the finalmatch,we the championnow.
A. have defeated/wouldbe B. defeats/ willbe
C. defeated/wouldbe D. had defeated/ wouldbe
Question 15: Transplanting organs such hearts and kidneys had proved easier than transplanting muscles.
A B C D
Question 16: On the floor of the Pacific Ocean is hundreds of flat-tipped mountains more than a mile
A B C
beneath sea level.
D
Question 17: Paint must bestirred and sometimes dilution before it is applied.
A B C D
correct answer to each of the question from 18 to 25.
The principle of use and disuse states that those parts of organisms' bodies that are used grown
larger. Those parts that are not tend to wither away. It is an observed fact that when you exercise
particular muscles, they grow. Those that are never used dimish. By examining a man's body, we can tell
which muscles he uses and which he doesn't. We may even be able to guess his profession or his reaction.
Enthusiasts of the "body- building" cult make use of the principle of use and disuse to "build" their
bodies, almost like a piece of sculpture, into whatever unnatural shape is demanded by fashion in this
peculiar minority culture. Muscles are not the only parts of the body that respond to use in this kind of
way. Walk barefoot and you acquire harder skin on your soles. It is easy to tell a farmer from a bank teller
by looking at their hands alone. The farmer's hands are horny, hardened by long exposure to rough work.
The teller’s hands are relativelysoft.
The principle of use and disuse enables animals to become better at the job of surviving in their
world, progressively better during their lifetime as a result of living in that world. Humans, through direct
exposure to sunlight, or lack of it, develop a skin color which equips them better to survive in the
particular local conditions.
Too much sunlight is dangerous. Enthusiastic sunbathers with very fair skins are susceptible to skin
cancer. Too little sunlight, on the other hand, leads to vitamin-D deficiency and rickets. The brown
pigment melanin which is synthesized under the influence of sunlight, makes a screen to protect the
underlying tissues from the harmful effects of further sunlight. If a suntanned person moves to a less
sunny climate, the melanin disappears, and the body is able to benefit from what little sun there is. This
can be represented as an instance of the principle of use and disuse: skin goes brown when it is "used",
and fades to white when it isnot.
Question 18: What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. How the principles of use and disuse change people’s concepts ofthemselves.
B. The changes that occur according to the principle of use anddisuse.
C. The way in which people change themselves to conform tofashion.
D. The effects of the sun on the principle of use anddisuse.
Question 19: The phrase “wither away” in bold is closest inmeaningto .
A.split B. rot C.perish D.shrink
Question 20: The word “Those” in boldrefersto .
Page 2
A.organisms B.bodies C.parts D.muscles
Question 21: According to the passage, men whobodybuild .
A. appearlikesculptures B. change theirappearance
C. belong tostrangecults D. are veryfashionable
Question 22: From the passage, it can be inferred that author viewsbodybuilding .
A.withenthusiasm B. as an artisticfrom
C. withscientificinterest D. of doubtfulbenefit
Question 23: It can be inferred from the passage that the principle of use and disuse enables organisms to
.
A. changetheirexistence B. automaticallybenefit
C. survive inanycondition D. improve theirlifetime
Question 24: The author suggeststhatmelanin .
A. is necessary for the production ofvitaminD B. is beneficial in sunlessclimates
C. helps protectfair-skinnedpeople D. is a syntheticproduct
Question 25: In the second paragraph, the author mentions sun tanning as anexampleof .
A. humans improving theirlocalcondition B. humans surviving in adverseconditions
C. humans using the principle of useanddisuse D. humans running the risk of skincancer
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part that
differs from the other three in the pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 26:A.expand B.stagnant C.vacancy D.applicant
Question 27:A.attained B. resolved C.disused D.decreased
in the position ofprimary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 28:A.flourish B.season C.product D.today
Question 29:A.attitude B. infamously C.geneticist D.socialist
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
THE HISTORY OF WRITING
The development of writing(30) ahugedifferencetotheworldandmightseeitasthe
beginning of the media. Pieces of pottery with marks on that are probably numbers have been discovered
inChina(31) datefromaround4000BC.Hieroglyphicsandotherformsof"picturewriting"
developed in the area around Mesopotamia (modern-day Iraq), where the ancient Sumerian civilization
wasbased,fromaround3300BConwards.However,thefirst(32) alphabet was used bythe
Phoenicians around 1050 BC. Their alphabet had 22 letters and it is estimated that it lasted for 1000
years. The first two signs were called "aleph" and "beth", which in Greek became "alpha" and "beta",
which gave us the modern word"alphabet".
ThemodernEuropeanalphabetisbasedontheGreekandspread(33) otherEuropean
countries under the Romans. A number of changes took place as time passed. The Romans added the
letter G, and the letter J and V were unknown to people in Shakespeare'stime.
Ifwe(34) the history of punctuation, we also find some interesting facts. TheRomans
used to write quaesto at the end of a sentence in order to show that it was a Question. They started to
write Qo in place of the whole word, and then put the Q above the o. In the end, that became the question
mark"?"
Question 30:A.did B. had C.made D.took
Page 3
Question 31: A. where B. that C. who D. when
Question 32: A. true B. accurate C. exact D. precise
Question 33: A. to B. in C. with D. for
Question 34: A. look into B. bring on C. make off D. hold up
correct answer to each of the questions.
ENGLISH SEVENTH MEETING “SAN ANDREAS FAULT”
The San Andreas Fault line is a fracture at the congruence of two major plates of the Earth’s crust,
one of which support most of the North American continent, and the other of which underlies the coast of
California and part of the ocean floor of the Pacific Ocean. The fault originates about six hundred miles
south of the Gulf of California, runs north in an irregular line along the western coast to San Francisco,
and continues north for about two hundred more miles before angling off into the ocean. In places, the
trace of the fault is marked by a trench, or, in geological terms, a rift, and a small ponds dot the landscape.
Its western side always move north in relation to its eastern side. The total net slip along the San Andreas
Fault and the length of time it has been active are matters of conjecture, but it has been estimated that,
during the past fifteen million years, coastal California along the San Andreas Fault has moved about 190
miles in a northwesterly direction with respect to the North American plate. Although the movement
along the fault averages only a few inches a year, it is intermittent and variable. Some segments of the
fault do not have move at all for long periods of time, building up tremendous pressure that must be
released. For this reason, tremors are not unusual along the San Andreas Fault, some of which are
classified as major earthquakes. Also for this reason, small tremors are interpreted as safe, since they are
understood to be pressure that releases without causing muchdamage.
It is worth noting that the San Andreas Fault passes uncomfortably close to several major
metropolitan areas, including Los Angeles and San Francisco. In addition, the San Andreas Fault has
created smaller fault systems, many of which underlie the smaller towns and cities along the California
coast. For this reason, Californians have long anticipated the recurrence of what they refer to as “the Big
One”, a chain reaction of destructive earthquakes that would measure near 8 on the Richter scale, similar
in intensity to those that occurred in 1857 and 1906. Such a quake would wreak devastating effects on the
life and property in the region. Unfortunately, as pressure continues to build along the fault, the likelihood
of such an earthquake increases substantially.
Question 35: What is the author’s main purpose in the passage?
A. To describe the San AndreasFault.
B. To give a definition of afault.
C. To explain the reason for tremors andearthquakes.
D. To classify different kinds offaults.
Question 36: How does the author define the San Andreas Fault?
A. A plate that underlies the North Americancontinent.
B. A crack in the Earth’s crust between twoplates.
C. Occasional tremors andearthquakes.
D. Intense pressure that buildsup.
Question 37: The word originates in paragraph 1 could best bereplacedby .
A.getswider B.changesdirection C.begins D.disappears
Question 38: In which direction does the western side of the fault move?
A.West B.East C.North D.South
Page 4
Question 39: The word its in the paragraph 1refersto .
A.SanFrancisco B.ocean C.coast D.fault
Question 40: Along the San Andreas Fault,tremorsare .
A. smallandinsignificant B. rare, butdisastrous
C.frequentevents D. veryunpredictable
Question 41: The phrase “the Big One” refers to which of the following?
A. Aseriousearthquake B. The San AndreasFault
C. Theriverscale D.California
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
Question 42: The Chernobyl disaster occurred on 26 April 1986 when the Chernobyl Nuclear Power
Plant near Pripyat, a town in northern Ukraine, wentoff.
A.demolished B. ran C.developed D.exploded
Question 43: Prior to its evacuation Chernobyl was inhabited by 16,000 people but is now populated
only by Zone administrative personnel and a number of residents who refused to leave their homes or
subsequentlyreturned.
A.after B.while C.when D.before
Question 44: The Democratic Party now have 59.9% of the votes, so they’re home and dry.
A.returninghome B. safeandsuccessful C.disappointed D. at riskoflosing
Question 45: Having served in the White House for 34 years and assisted 8 presidents, Eugene Allen
experienced crucial moments in American history during his timehere.
A.unimportant B.special C.diverse D.complex
Question 46: Many doctors and nurses on duty during holidays don’t have time to relax. They don’t have
time to meet up with their families.
A. Many doctors and nurses on duty during holidays have time neither to relax nor to meet up with their
families.
B. Many doctors and nurses on duty during holidays have time neither to relax or to meet up with their
families.
C. Many doctors and nurses on duty during holidays have time either to relax or to meet up with their
families.
D. Many doctors and nurses on duty during holidays have time not only to relax but also to meet up
with theirfamilies.
Question 47: The boy lost several of his fingers because of firecrackers. The doctors are operating on
him.
A. The boy who lost several of his fingers because of firecrackers is being operatingon.
B. The boy whom the doctors are operating on him lost several of his fingers because offirecrackers.
C. The boy was whom the doctors are operating on him lost several of his fingers because of
firecrackers.
D. The doctors are operating on the boy who lost several of his fingers because offirecrackers.
Page 5
Question 48: Father said “Albert, if you break your promise, nobody will respect you.”
A. Father said that if Albert broke his promise, nobody would respecthim.
B. Father warned Albert that if he broke his promise, nobody would respecthim.
C. Father told that if Albert broke his promise, nobody would respecthim.
D. Father said to Albert if he breaks his promise, nobody will respecthim.
Question 49: People say that products are sold in this market at suitable prices.
A. Products are said to be selling in this market at suitableprices.
B. Products are said to have sold in this market at suitableprices.
C. This market is said to have sold products at suitableprices.
D. This market is said to sell products at suitableprices.
Question 50: We couldn’t have been able to go to the final match without the coach’s flexible strategies.
A. We could have been able to go to the final match with the coach’s flexiblestrategies.
B. If we could be able to go to the final match, the coach would have flexiblestrategies.
C. If we couldn’t have been able to go to the final match, we would have had the coach’s flexible
strategies.
D. Had it not been for the coach’s flexible strategies, we couldn’t have been able to go to the final
match.
Page 6
ĐÁP ÁN
1. A 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. D
11. D 12. B 13. A 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. D
21. B 22. D 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. C 27. D 28. D 29. C 30. C
31. B 32. A 33. A 34. A 35. A 36. B 37. C 38. C 39. D 40. C
41. A 42. D 43. D 44. D 45. A 46. A 47. D 48. B 49. D 50. D
Page 7
Ifyouwanttoprepareyourselfforgreatachievementandhavemoreto(1) toyour
education or your work, try reading more books. Pick(2) some of theinterestinglyinformative
books and search for well-researched materials that can help yougrow.
We should encourage our children to read more books and spend less time watching TV. Some
people have commented that this is inconsistent. "Why is the written word a superior way to get
information than television?" That is an interesting point of view worthfurther(3) . Readingisa
skillthatisinmuchgreaterdemandthanthedemandforwatchingTV.Therearenojobs(4)
require a person to be able to watch TV but reading is an integral part of many jobs. The written word is
an incredibly flexible and efficient way of communication. You can write something down and, in no
time, it can be communicated to many different people. Not only that, we can(5) vastamounts
of information through reading in a very short time. A good reader can acquire more information in
reading for two hours than someone watching TV can acquire in a full day. You are able to gain a lot of
information quickly because you are a fast reader with good comprehension skills. It will save you
massive amounts of time and you will be able to assimilate vast quantities ofinformation.
Question 1: A. gain B. gather C. collect D. contribute
Question 2: A. on B. up C. over D. out
Question 3: A. explore B. exploration C. explorer D. explorative
Question 4: A. that B. who C. when D. whom
Question 5: A. digest B. inhale C. breathe D. eat
Question 6: In The SociologyofScience, a classic, Robert Merton discussescultural,economic
and social forces that contributed to the development of modernscience.
A. nowconsidering B.nowconsidered C.whichconsiders D. whichconsidered
Question 7: Why are you solate?You here two hoursago.
A. musthavebeen B. wouldhavebeen C. shouldhavebeen D. need havebeen
Question 8: The child can hardly understand what theyarediscussing, ?
A.canhe B.can’the C.arethey D. aren’tthey
Question 9:Iaccidentally my ex and his girlfriend when I was walking along a streetyesterday.
A. losttouchwith B. kept aneyeon C. paidattentionto D. caught sightof
Question 10: Jane and Mary are going out.
Jane: “It’s going to rain”.
Mary:“ .”
A. I hopenotso B. I hope not C. I don’thopeso D. I don’t hopeeither
Question11: appear, they are really much larger than theEarth.
A. Small asthestars B. The stars assmall
Page 1
C. As thesmallstars D. Despite of the smallstars
Question 12: The patient could not be savedunlessthere a suitable organdonor.
A.hadbeen B.wouldbe C.were D.is
Question 13: He said it was an accident but I know he diditon .
A.aim B. purpose C.goal D.reason
Question 14: His brother refuses to even listen to anyone else’s point of view. Heisvery .
A.narrow-minded B.kind-hearted C.open-minded D.absent-minded
Question 15: $507,$707. Let’s the difference and say$607.
A.avoid B.split C.agree D.decrease
Question16:When a European, we should stick to the last name unless he suggests thatweuse
his firstname.
A.speaking B.discussing C.talking D.addressing
Question 17: Jordan and Jim are in a pub.
- Jordan:“ ”
- Jim: “No,thanks.”
A. Would you wantanotherdrink? B. Would you care for anotherdrink?
C. Can you help mewiththis? D. Come in,please!
Question 18: By the year 2021, 6% of allUSjobs by robots, reportsays.
A.willeliminate B. will have beeneliminated
C. willbeeliminating D. will haveeliminated
Question 19: We are big fans of Rafael Nadal and Roger Federer, so not a matchoftheirs .
A. wehadmissed B. didwemiss C. wedidn’tmiss D. wemissed
Animals have an intuitive awareness of quantities. They know without analysis the difference
between a number of objects and a smaller number. In his book “The Natural History of Selboure”
(1786), the naturalist Gilbert White tells how he surreptitiously removed one egg a day from a plover’s
nest, and how the mother laid another egg each day to make up for the missing one. He noted that other
species of birds ignore the absence of a single egg but abandon their nests if more than one egg has been
removed. It has also been noted by naturalists that a certain type of wasp always provides five - never
four, never six -caterpillars for each of their eggs so that their young have something to eat when the eggs
hatch. Research has also shown that both mice and pigeons can be taught to distinguish between odd and
even numbers of foodpieces.
These and similar accounts have led some people to infer that creatures other than humans can
actually count. They also point to dogs that have been taught to respond to numerical questions with the
correct number of barks, or to horses that seem to solve arithmetic problems by stomping their hooves the
proper number of times.
Animals respond to quantities only when they are connected to survival as a species - as in the case
of the eggs - or survival as individuals - as in the case of food. There is no transfer to other situations or
from concrete reality to the abstract notion of numbers. Animals can “count” only when the objects are
present and only when the numbers involved are small - not more than seven or eight. In lab experiments,
animals trained to “count” one kind of object were unable to count any other type. The objects, not the
numbers, are what interest them. Animals’ admittedly remarkable achievements simply do not amount to
Page 2
evidence of counting, nor do they reveal more than innate instincts, refined by the genes of successive
generations, or the results of clever, careful conditioning by trainers.
Question 20: The word “they”referto .
A.numbers B.animals C.achievements D.genes
Question 21: According to information in the passage, which of the following is LEAST likely to occur
as a result of animals’ intuitive awareness ofquantities?
A. When asked by its trainer how old it is, a money holds up fivefingers.
B. A lion follows one antelope instead of the heard of antelopes because it is easier to hunt a single
prey.
C. When one of its four kittens crawls away, a mother cat misses it and searches for thekitten.
D. A pigeon is more attracted by a box containing two pieces of food than by a box containing one
piece.
Question 22: The word “surreptitiously” is closest inmeaningto .
A.stubbornly B.secretly C.quickly D.occasionally
Question 23: What is the main idea of this passage?
A. Of all animals, dogs and horses can countbest.
B. Careful training is required to teach animals to perform tricks involvingnumbers.
C. Although animals may be aware of quantities, they cannot actuallycount.
D. Animals cannot “count” more than one kind ofobject.
Question 24: Where in the passage does the author mention research that supports his own view of
animals’ inability to count?
A.Line2-4 B.Line8-9 C.Line10-11 D. Line17-18
Question 25: Why does the author refer to Gilbert White’s book in line 2?
A. To contradict the idea that animals cancount.
B. To provide evidence that some birds are aware ofquantities.
C. To show how attitudes have changed since1786.
D. To indicate that more research is needed in thisfield.
Question 26: The author mentions that all of the following are aware of quantities in some ways
EXCEPT .
A.caterpillars B.mice C.plovers D.wasps
from the other three in the pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 27:A.heard B.early C.learn D.near
Question 28:A.theaters B. authors C.clothes D.shifts
Question 29: A. component B. habitat C. contribute D. eternal
Question 30: A. museum B. location C. recommend D. commitment
Page 3
Question 31: Africa’s farmland is rapidly becoming barren and incapable of sustaining the continent’s
already hungry population, according to a report.
A.poor B.fruitful C.arid D.desert
Question 32: Recent archaeological studies have shown that the first inhabitants of Russel Caverns were
Paleo Indians, who used the most rudimentary tools and objects for their survival.
A.technical B. basic C.superior D.original
Question 33: The Australian Open is a tennis tournament held annually over the last fortnight of January
in Melbourne, Australia.
A.twodays B. four days C.twoweeks D. twomonths
Question 34: One of the biggest issues that many victims of negligent behavior encounter is difficulty in
determining whether or not an option had foreseeable consequences.
A.predictable B.unpredictable C.ascertainable D.computable
Question 35: For thousands of years, man has used rocks as main materials for building houses, made
A B C
fences, pavements or even roofs for houses.
D
Question 36: I think I can reach your requirements so I am writing to apply for the position of
A B C D
English-speaking local guide.
Question 37: According to statistics, the number of young people who actively uses Instagram and
A B
Snapchat has increased sharply in recent years.
C D
recombined to form the beginnings of that truly A
Question 38: According to the passage, who introduced the early form of American music?
A.Americannatives. B. Harry ThackerBurleigh.
C. SlavesfromAfrica D. People from the South of the UnitedStates.
Question 39: Which type of music is often involved with piano accompaniment?
A.spirituals B.ragtime C.blues D.jazz
Question 40: What is NOT true when talking about blues?
A. They could be amusing andoptimistic.
B. A well-known blues musician was ScottJoplin.
C. They gained popularity near the time ragtime becamepopular.
D. They were a more individual style of music thanspirituals.
Page 4
Question 41: When did jazz become the most popular American music?
A. Sometime in the early 20thcentury.
B. When elements from other American musiccombined.
C. After the hit “Maple Leaf Rag” waswritten.
D. In the late1800s.
Question 42: Scott Joplin and BessieSmithwere .
A. famous ragtimemusicians
B. people who really began the American musicaltraditions
C. artists who inspired many musicianstoday
D. songwriters who wrote bluessongs
Question 43: What is the closest meaning to the word “chorus” used in the passage?
A. A group of singers thatsingtogether. B. The main part of asong.
C. Anaccompanyingsinger. D. None of theabove.
Question 44: The word “they” in the last paragraphrefersto .
A. today’smusicians
B. Scott Joplin and BessieSmith
C. the musicians’music
D. the names of the earliest African-Americansingers
Question 45: What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Today’s style of American music is mostly influenced by African-rootedsongs.
B. It is hard to exactly recognize the people who started the American musicaltradition.
C. Spirituals, blues and ragtime are the major components that formedjazz.
D. American’s musical history was built by several famousmusicians.
Question 46: Joe does a lot of exercise. He’s still very fat.
A. Despite the fact that doing a lot of exercise, Joe’s still veryfat.
B. Joe does a lot of exercise, so he’s veryfat.
C. Even though Joe does a lot of exercise, he’s veryfat.
D. Joe’s very fat, but he does a lot ofexercise.
Question 47: Canada does not require US citizens to obtain passports to enter the country. Mexico does
not require US citizens to do the same.
A. Canada does not require US citizens to obtain passports to enter the country, and Mexico does,
either.
B. Canada does not require US citizens to obtain passports to enter the country, and Mexico does not,
either.
C. Canada does not require US citizens to obtain passports to enter the country, and neither Mexico
does.
D. Canada does not require US citizens to obtain passports to enter the country while Mexicodoes.
Page 5
Question 48: “It can’t be Mike who leaked the document, it might be Tom” said our manager.
A. Our manager suspected Tom of having leaked the document, notMike.
B. Our manager blamed Tom for having leaked the document instead ofMike.
C. Our manager showed his uncertainty about leaked the document: Mike orTom.
D. Our manager made it clear that Tom was the one who leaked the document, notMike.
Question 49: Their holiday plans fell through because there was a shooting at their school on Valentine’s
Day.
A. They couldn’t go on holiday as planned as a result of a shooting at their school on
Valentine’sDay.
B. They failed to go on the holiday like they had planned because a shooting took place at their school
on Valentine’sDay.
C. A shooting at their school on Valentine’s Day almost put a stop to their holidayplans.
D. Disappointingly,ashootingattheirschoolonValentine’sDayforcedtheirholidayplanstonothing.
Question 50: She finished her driving lesson. Her father allowed her to use his car.
A. Having finished her driving lesson, her father allowed her to use hiscar.
B. Having finished her driving lesson, she was allowed to use her father’scar.
C. To be allowed to use her father’s car, she tried to finish her drivinglesson.
D. Being allowed to use her father’s car, she tried to finish her drivinglesson.
ĐÁP ÁN
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. B
11. A 12. C 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. D 17. B 18. B 19. B 20. C
21. D 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. B 26. A 27. D 28. D 29. B 30. C
31. B 32. C 33. C 34. A 35. C 36. A 37. B 38. C 39. B 40. B
Page 6
41. A 42. C 43. A 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. B 48. A 49. A 50. B
Page 7
Hnhung:3 ĐỀ THI THỬ THPTQG NĂM2019
following question.
Question 1: “Remember to phone me when you arrive attheairport, ?”
A. won’tyou B.willyou C.doyou D. don’tyou
Question 2: We should participate inTree-PlantingCampaigns our city greener,fresher.
A. organizingtomake B. organizedmaking
C. organizedtomake D. which organize tomake
Question 3: Certificates provide proofofyour .
A.qualifications B.diplomas C.ambitions D.qualities
Question 4: She passed me on the street withoutspeaking.She me.
A.mustn’tsee B. can’thaveseen C.can’tsee D.
mustn’thaveseenQuestion 5: Onioncrisisis to arise in India. This demand-supply imbalance
has resultedfrom the government’s inability to preserve the crop for non-harvestingseasons.
A.reputed B. known C.foreseen D.bound
Question6: interested in Curling, I would try to learn more about thissport.
A.WereI B. If I am C.ShouldI D. Iwas
Question 7: I’m not sure my brother will ever get married because he hates the feelingofbeing .
A.tiedin B.tieddown C.tiedup D. tied inwith
Question 8: I don’t understand whattheseresults .
A.significant B.significance C.signify D.significantly
Question9:What canbedrawnfromtheexperimentoftwoAmericanphysicists,Clinton Davisson
and LesterGermer?
A.conclusion B.attention C.contrast D.inference
Question 10: It seems that thethieftook of the open window and got inside thatway.
A.occasion B.chance C.opportunity D.advantage
Question 11: Emma is calling to Mrs. White’shome.
Emma: “Hello, may I speak to Mrs. White, please?”
Callreceiver:“ .”
A. Ofcourse,not B.Yes,please C. Holdon,please D. Waithere
Question 12: If you are an independent traveler, wecanarrange a tour.
A.well-known B.tailor-made C.ready-made D.well-kept
Question 13: There has been a widespread about whether North Korea has
successfullyminiaturized a nuclear weapon and whether it has a workingH-bomb.
A.gossip B.challenge C.doubt D.rumour
Question 14: Lucia wants to borrow his friend’s bike.
Lucia: “Is it all right if I use your bike?”
Friend:“ .”
A. I don’t want to useyourbike B. Sure, goahead
C. Sorry, no, I won’tdoit D. Please accept it with my bestwishes
Page 1
ROBOTS
Ever since it was first possible to make a real robot, people have been hoping for the invention of a
machine(15) would do all the necessary jobs around the house. If boring and repetitivefactory
work couldbe(16) by robots, why not boring and repetitive household chorestoo?
For a long time the only people who really gave the problem their attention were amateur inventors.
And they came up against a major difficulty. That is, housework is actually very complex. It has never
beenonejob,ithasalwaysbeenmany.Afactoryrobot(17) one task endlessly untilitis
reprogrammedtodosomethingelse.Itdoesn’trunthewholefactory.Ahouseworkrobot,ontheother
hand, has to do several different types of cleaning and carrying jobs and also has tocope(18) all
the different shapes and positions of rooms, furniture, ornaments, cats anddogs.(19) ,therehave
been some developments recently. Sensors are available to help the robot locate objects and avoid
obstacles. We have the technology to produce the hardware. All that is missing the software- the
programs that will operate themachine.
Question 15:A.that B.what C.when D.where
Question 16:A.succeeded B.managed C.made D.given
Question 17: A.carriesover B.carriesout C.carriesoff D.carriesaway
Question 18:A.from B.with C.by D.for
Question 19:A.However B. Therefore C.Besides D.Moreover
Question 20:A.candidates B. caves C.methods D.novels
Question 21:A.chemistry B.children C.schooling D.character
Question 22:A.political B. furniture C.yesterday D.ambulance
Question 23:A.humorous B.educator C.organism D.contaminate
correct answer to each of the following questions.
According to airline industry statistics, almost 90 percent of airline accidents are survivable or
partially survivable. But passengers can increase their chances of survival by learning and following
certain tips. Experts says that you should read and listen to safety instruction before take-off and ask
questions if you have uncertainties. You should fasten your seat belt low on your hips and as tightly as
possible. Of course, you should also know how the release mechanism of your belt operates. During
takeoffs and landings, you are advised to keep your feet flat on the floor. Before take-off, you should
locate the nearest exit and an alternative exit and count the rows of seats between you and the exits so that
you can reach them in the dark if necessary. In the event that you are forewarned of a possible accident,
you should put your hands on your ankles and keep your head down until the plane comes to a complete
stop. If smoke is present in the cabin, you should keep your head low and cover your face with napkins,
towels, or clothing. If possible, wet these fore added protection against smoke inhalation. To evacuate as
Page 2
quickly as possible, follow crew commands and do not take personal belongings with you. Do not jump
on escape slides before they are fully inflated, and when you jump, do so with your amrs and legs
extended in front of you. When you get to the ground, you should move away from the plane as quickly
as possible, and smoke near thewreckage.
Question 24: What is the main topic of the passage?
A. Procedures for evacuationaircraft.
B. Guidelines for increasing aircraft passengersurvival.
C. Airline industry accidentstatistics.
D. Safety instructions in airtravel.
Question 25: Travelers are urged by expert to read and listen tosafetyinstruction .
A. if smoke is inthecabin B. in anemergency
C. before locatingtheexits D. beforetake-off
Question 26: According to the passage, airline travelers should keep their feet flat onthefloor .
A. especiallyduringlandings B. throughout theflight
C. only if an accidentispossible D. during take-offs andlandings
Question 27: According to te passage, which exits should an airline passenger locate before take-off?
A. The ones with counted rows of seats betweenthem.
B. The nearestone.
C. The two closest to the passenger’sseat.
B. The ones that can be found in the dark.
Question 28: The word “them” in boldrefersto .
A.seats B. rows C.exits D.feet
Question 29: It can be inferred from the passage that people are more likely survive fires in aircrafts if
they .
A. don’t smoke in or nearaplane B. read airline safetystatistics
C. wear asafetybelt D. keep their headslow
Question 30: Airline passengers are advised to do all of thefollowingEXCEPT .
A. ask questionsaboutsafety B. locate the nearestexit
C. fasten their seat beltsbeforetake-off D. carry personal belongings in anemergency
Question 31: The word “inflated” in bold is closest inmeaningto .
A.expanded B.lifted C.assembled D.increased
Question 32: The mountain climbers proceeded forward on their long trek up the side of the mountain.
A B C D
Question 33: The nesets of most bird species are strategic placed to camouflage them against predators.
A B C D
Question 34: Rocks have forming, wearing away and re-forming ever since the Earth took shape.
A B C D
Page 3
Question 35: Today, Amur leopard, one of the world’s most endangered wild cats, is found only in the
Amur River basin of eastern Russia, having already gone extinct from China and the Korean Peninsula.
A.diedfor B.diedfrom C.diedof D. diedout
Question 36: The students got high marks in the test but Mary stood out.
A. got verygoodmarks B. got a lot ofmarks
C. got higher marksthansomeone D. got the most marks ofall
Fish that live on the sea bottom benefit by being flat and hugging the contours. There are two very
different types of flatfish and they have evolved in very separate ways. The skates and rays, relatives of
the sharks, have become flat in what might be called the obvious way. Their bodies have grown out
sideways to form great “wings”. They look as though they have been flattened but have remained
symmetrical and “the right way up”. Conversely, fish such as plaice, sole, and halibut have become flat
in a different way. There are bony fish which have a marked tendency to be flattened in a vertical
direction; they are much “taller” then they are wide. They use their whole, vertically flattened bodies as
swimming surfaces, which undulate through the water as they move. Therefore, when their ancestors
migrated to the seabed, they lay on one side than on their bellies. However, this raises the problem that
one eye was always looking down into the sand and was effectively useless – In evolution this problem
was solved by the lower eye “moving” around the other side. We see this process of moving around
enacted in the development of every young bony flatfish. It starts life swimming near the surface, and is
symmetrical and vertically flattened, but then the skull starts to grow in a strange asymmetrical twisted
fashion, so that one eye, for instance the left, moves over the top of the head upwards, and old Picasso –
like vision. Incidentally, some species of 20 flatfish settle on the right side, others on the left, and others
on eitherside.
Question 37: The passage is mainlyconcernedwith .
A.symmetricalflatfish B. bonyflatfish
C. evolutionofflatfish D. different types offlatfish
Question 38: The author mentions skates and rays as examples offishthat .
A.becomeasymmetrical B. appear tofly
C. havespreadhorizontally D. resemblesharks
Question 39: According to the passage, fish suchasplaice .
A. have difficultiesinswimming B. live near thesurface
C. havedistortedheads D. have pooreyesight
Question 40: The word “conversely” is closest inmeaningto .
A.similarly B.alternatively C.inversely D.contrafily
Question 41: The word “this”refersto .
A. the migration oftheancestors B. the practice of lying on oneside
C. the problem of the one eyelookingdownwards D. the difficulty of the only one eye beinguseful
Question 42: According to the passage, the ability of a bony flatfish to move its eyesaroundis .
A.average B.weak C.excellent D.variable
Question 43: It can be inferred from the passage that the early life of aflatfishis .
A.oftenconfusing B.prettynormal C.verydifficult D. full ofdanger
Page 4
Question 44: We do not know precisely what caused the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah, the cities
on the Jordan River plain in the southern region of the land of Canaan.
A.casually B.flexibly C.wrongly D.informally
Question 45: South Korea carried out a simulated attack on North Korea’s nuclear test site in a huge
show of force response to Pyongyang’s detonation of what it claims is a hydrogen bomb.
A.putup B.putin C.putoff D. puton
Question 46: It was an interesting novel. I stayed up all night to finish it.
A. I stayed up all night to finish the novel so it wasinteresting.
B. Unless it were an interesting novel, I would not stay up all night to finishit.
C. Though it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finishit.
D. So interesting was the novel that I stayed up all night to finishit.
Question 47: The child gave some instructions. I don’t understand any of them.
A. The instructions the child gave are not understanding tome.
B. It was the instructions the child gave that confusedme.
C. It hasn’t been clear to me about the instructions given by thechild.
D. I’m finding it difficult to figure out what the child required according to hisinstructions.
Question 48: You should have made your children do housework as soon as they were able to do so.
A. It was essential to make your children do housework as soon as they were able to do so but you
didn’t.
B. You didn’t make your children do housework as they were able to doso.
C. You should make your children do housework as soon as they are able to doso.
D. You made your children do housework but they weren’t able to doso.
Question 49: When the birth rate is high, the expectation of life is low.
A. The birth rate and the expectation of life are high and lowrespectively.
B. The higher the birth rate, the lower the expectation oflife.
C. The birth rate is as high as the expectation oflife.
D. The high rate of giving birth depends on the low rate of expectation oflife.
Question 50: Richard said “Thanks, Bob. You were very kind to me yesterday”.
A. Richard thanked to Bob as he had been very kind to himyesterday.
B. Richard thanked to Bob as he had been very kind to himyesterday.
C. Richard thanked Bob for he had been very kind to him the daybefore.
D. Richard said thanks to Bob as he was very kind to himyesterday.
Page 5
ĐÁP ÁN
1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. D
11. C 12. B 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. B 19. A 20. A
21. B 22. A 23. D 24. B 25. D 26. D 27. C 28. C 29. D 30. D
31. A 32. B 33. C 34. A 35. D 36. D 37. C 38. C 39. C 40. D
41. B 42. C 43. C 44. C 45. C 46. D 47. C 48. A 49. B 50. D
Page 15
Any change in one part of an ecosystem can cause changes in other parts. Droughts, storms and
fires can change ecosystems. Somechanges(1) ecosystems. If there istoo(2) rainfall,
plants will not have enough water to live. If a kind of plant dies off, the animals that feed on it may also
die or move away. Some changes are good for ecosystems. Some pine forests need fires for he pine trees
to reproduce. The seeds are sealed inside pinecones. Heat from a forest fire melts the seal and lets the
seeds(3) . Polluting the air, soil, and water can harm ecosystems.Building(4) onrivers
for electric power and irrigation can harm ecosystems around the rivers. Bulldozing wetlands and cutting
down forests destroy ecosystems. Ecologists are working with companies and governments to find better
waysof(5) fish, cutting down trees, and building dams. They are looking for ways to getfood,
lumber, and other products for people without causing harm toecosystems.
Question 1: A. harms B. harmful C. harmless D. harm
Question 2: A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
Question 3: A. out B. in C. go D. fly
Question 4: A. moats B. ditches C. bridges D. dams
Question 5: A. catching B. holding C. carrying D. taking
Question6: A.skating B.status C.stadium D.statue
Question7: A.definitions B.documents C.combs D.doors
Question8: A.popularity B.conscientious C.apprenticeship D.personality
Question9: A.relax B.wonder C.problem D.special
In the last third of the nineteenth century a new housing form was quitely being developed. In 1869
the Stuyvesant, considered New York’s first apartment house was built on East Eighteenth Street. The
building was financed by the developer Rutherfurd Stuyvesant and designed by Richard Morris Hunt, the
first American architect to graduate from the Ecole des Beaux Arts in Paris. Each man had lived in Paris,
and each understood the eonomics and social potential of this Parisian housing form. But the Stuyvesant
was at best a limited success. In spite of Hunt’s inviting façade, the living space was awkwardly
arranged. Those who could afford them were quite content to remain in the more sumptous, single-family
homes, leaving the Stuyvesant to newly married couples andbachelors.
The fundamental problem with the Stuyvesant and the other early apartment buildings that quickly
followed, in the 1870’s and early 1880’s was that they were confined to the typical New York building
Page 1
lot. That lot was a rectangular area 25 feet wide by 100 feet deep-a shape perfectly suited for a row house.
The lot could also accommodate a rectangular tenement, though it could not yield the square, well-
lighted, and logically arranged rooms that great apartment buildings require. But even with the awkward
interior configurations of the early apartment buildings, the idea caught on. It met the needs of a large and
growing population that wanted something better then tenements but could not afford or did not want row
houses.
So while the city’s newly emerging social leadership commissioned their mansions, apartment
houses and hotels began to sprout in multiple lots, thus breaking the initial space constraints. In the
closing decades of the nineteenth century, large apartment houses began dotting the developed portions of
New York City, and by the opening decades of the twentieth century, spacious buildings, such as the
Dakota and the Ansonia finally transcended the tight confinement of row house building lots. From there
it was only a small step to building luxury apartment houses on the newly created Park Avenue, right next
to the fashionable Fifth Avenue shoppingarea.
Question 10: The new housing form discussed in the passagerefers to .
A. single-familyhomes B.apartmentbuildings C.rowhouses D.hotels
Question 11: The word “inviting” in bold is closest inmeaningto .
A.open B.encouraging C.attracting D.asking
Question 12: Why was the Stuyvesant a limited success?
A. The arrangement of the rooms was notconvenient.
B. Most people could not afford to livethere.
C. There were no shopping areasnearby.
D. It was in a crowdedneighborhood.
Question 13: It can be inferred that the majority of people who lived in New York’s first apartments were
A.highlyeducated B.unemployed C.wealthy D.young
Question 14: It can be inferred that a New York apartment building in the 1870’s and 1880’s had all of
the followingcharacteristicsEXCEPT .
A. Its room arrangement wasnotlogical. B. It wasrectangular.
C. It wasspaciousinside. D. It had limitedlight.
Question 15: The word “yield” in bold is closest inmeaningto .
A.harvest B.surrender C.amount D.provide
Question 16: Why did the idea of living in an apartment become popular in the late 1800’s?
A. Large families needed housing with sufficientspace.
B. Apartments were preferable to tenements and cheaper than rowhouses
C. The city officials of New York wanted housing that was centrallylocated.
D. The shape of early apartments could accommodate a variety of interiordesigns.
Question 17: The author mentions the Dakota and the Ansonia inboldbecause .
A. they are examples of large, well-designed apartmentbuildings
B. their design is similar to that of rowhouses
C. they were built on a single buildinglot
D. they are famoushotels
Question 18: Everyone at her housewarming was very friendly towards me.
Page 2
A.amicable B.inapplicable C.hostile D.futile
Question 19: The clubs meet on the last Thursday of every month in a dilapidated palace.
A.renovated B.regenerated C.furnished D.neglected
Question 20: If you inherited a millionpounds,what with themoney?
A. wouldyoudo B. willyoudo C. doyoudo D. are you going todo
Question21: They the play on New Year’s Eve as they went to the Countdown Party2018.
A. won’thaveseen B. wouldn’t haveseen
C. needn’thaveseen D. can’t haveseen
Question 22: Lien and Loan are planning for their
weekend. Lien:“ ”
Loan: “Not really.”
A. I don’t like that newmovie.
B. Would you like to watch a cartoon or adocumentary?
C. Would you recommend the new movie at theOdeon?
D. How often do you go to themovies?
Question 23: Something tells methatyou to a singlewordI in the past tenminutes.
A. haven’t listened/wassaying B. didn’t listen/said
C. haven’t been listening/havesaid D. haven’t listened/said
Question24: The country mouse ran home as fast as his legs could carryhim.
A.frightening B.frighten C.frightful D.frightened
Question 25: The plice spokesman said hewas to believe that the arrested man was
theserialkiller they had been lookingfor.
A.inclued B.seemed C.suspected D.supposed
Question 26: For lunch, I always haave something quick and easy: a sandwich, a salad, toast and the
.
A.same B.similar C.like D.rest
Question 27: I don’t think anyone understood what I was saying at the meeting, did they? I totally failed
to getmypoint .
A.around B.along C.across D.about
Question 28: This fruit has been in the fridge for over three weeks! Itisall .
A.sour B.mouldy C.rotten D.bitter
Question 29: As I have just had atooth ,Iamnotallowedtoeatordrinkanythingforthree hours.
A.takenout B. crossedout C.brokenoff D. triedon
Question 30: We don’t seem to have any more of that book, Sir. It isoutof but we aregettinga
new delivery next Thursday if you would like to pop backthen.
A.stock B. order C.print D.shop
Question 31: Mary is going shopping with her friend.
Mary: “What do you think of fashion?”
Mary’sfriend:“ ”
Page 3
A. I am crazyaboutit. B. Of course, the fashion show isexcellent.
C. Well, it’s beyondmyexpectation. D. It’s none of mybusiness.
Question 32: Hyolyn, the former main vocalist for the group SISTAR, has known for being one of the
most well-rounded idols, being extremely good at signing,dancingand .
A.performedlive B. performinglive
C. she also good atperforminglive D. for performinglive
Question 33: I phonedTiki,who me that my reference books would be delivered within 3days.
A.assured B.confirmed C.guaranteed D.reassured
Question 34: We’re really close friends but we just can not see eye to eye on politics.
A. notseewell B. not share the same viewsabout
C.nutunderstand D. not carefor
Question 35: The changes in a person’s physical and emotional state caused by drinking alcohol are
known as intoxication.
A.drunkenness B.poison C.sleepiness D.excitement
Are organically grown foods the best food choices? The advantages claimed for such foods over
conventionally grown and marketed food products are now being debated. Advocates of organic foods –
a term whose meaning varies greatly – frequently proclaim that such products are safer and more
nutritious than others.
The growing interest of consumers in the safety and more nutritional quality of the typical North
American diet is a welcome development. However, much of this interest has been sparked by sweeping
claims that the food supply is unsafe or inadequate in meeting nutritional needs. Although most of these
claims are not supported by scientific evidence, the preponderance of written material advancing such
claims makes it difficult for the general public to separate fact from fiction. As a result, claims that eating
a diet consisting entirely of organically grown foods prevents or cures disease or provides other benefits
to health have become widely publicized and form the basis forfolklore.
Almost daily the public is besieged by claims for “no-aging” diets, new vitamins, and other wonder
foods. There are numerous unsubstantiated reports that natural vitamins are superior to synthetic ones,
that fertilized eggs are nutritionally superior to unfertilized eggs, that untreated grains are better than
fumigated grains and thelike.
One thing that most organically grown food products seem to have in common is that they cost
more than conventionally grown foods. But in many cases consumers are misled if they believe organic
foods can maintain health and provide better nutritional quality than conventionally grown foods. So there
is real cause for concern if consumers, particularly those with limited incomes, distrust the regular food
and buy only expensive organic foodsinstead.
Question 36: The word “Advocates” is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A.Proponents B.Merchants C.Inspectors D.Consumers
Question 37: The word “others”refersto .
A.advantages B.advocates C.organicfoods D.products
Page 4
Question 38: The “welcome development” is anincreasein .
A. interest in food safety and nutritional quality of the typical North Americandiet
B. the nutritional quality of the typical North Americandiet
C. the amount of healthy food grown in NorthAmerica
D. the number of consumers in NorthAmerica
Question 39: According to the first paragraph, which of the following is true about the term “organic
foods”?
A. It is accepted bymostnutritionists. B. It has been used only in recentyears.
C. It has nofixedmeaning. D. It is seldom used byconsumers.
Question 40: The author implies that there is cause for concern if consumers with limited incomes buy
organic foods instead of conventionally grownfoodsbecause .
A. organic foods can be more expensive but are often no better than conventionally grownfoods
B. many organic foods are actually less nutritious than similar conventionally grownfoods
C. conventionally grown foods are more readily available than organicfoods
D. too many farmers will stop using conventional methods to grow foodcrops
Question 41: According to the last paragraph, consumers who believe that organic foods are better than
conventionally grown foodsareoften .
A.careless B.mistaken C.thrifty D.wealthy
Question 42: What is the one thing in common that most organic food seem to have?
A. They cost more than conventionally grownfood.
B. They are healthier than conventionally grownfood.
C. They come from an unknownsource.
D. They are home –made.
Question 43: After the social science lecture all students are invited to take part in a discussion of the
A B C
issues which were risen in the talk.
D
Question 44: A football match begins with the ball kicking forwards from a spot in the centre of the field.
A B C D
Question 45: The salary of a professor is higher than a secretary.
A B C D
Question 46: It is difficult to get tickets for 2018 World Cup. It was wise of him to buy the tickets for
2018 World Cup in advance.
A. Since they are difficult to get, he should have brought the tickets for 2018 World
Cupbeforehand.
B. Although he bought the tickets for 2018 World Cup in advance, he wasn’t wise enough to doso.
C. Such is te difficulty in getting the tickets for 2018 World Cup that it was wise of him to buy them
beforehand.
Page 5
D. The tickets for 2018 World Cup is so difficult to get that he had enough wisdom to buythem.
Question 47: We arrived at airport. We realized our passports were still at home.
A. It was until we arrived at the airport that we realize our passports were still athome.
B. We arrived at the airport and realized that our passports are still athome.
C. Not until had we arrived at the airport, we realized our passports were still athome.
D. Not until we arrived at the airport, did we realize that our passports were still athome.
Question 48: Intelligent thought she may seem, she’s not to be relied on.
A. She’s too intelligent to be reliedon.
B. However she seems intelligent, she’s not to be reliedon.
C. She may be intelligent, but she’s not to be reliedon.
D. However intelligent she seems, she’s not to be reliedon.
Question 49: “You’re always cheating on exams, An.”, said the teacher.
A. The teacher asked his student why they always cheated onexams.
B. The teacher realized that his student always cheated onexams.
C. The teacher complained about his student cheating onexams.
D. The teacher made his student not always cheat onexams.
Question 50: Israel, India and Pakistan are generally believed to have nuclear weapons that use only
nuclear fission.
A. There’s a general belief that that Israel, India and Pakistan should have nuclear weapons that use
only nuclearfission.
B. It is generally believed that Israel, India and Pakistan have nuclear weapons that use only nuclear
fission.
C. The general belief is that Israel, India and Pakistan should have nuclear weapons that use only
nuclearfission.
D. It generally believes that Israel, India and Pakistan have nuclear weapons that use only nuclear
fission.
Page 6
ĐÁP ÁN
1. D 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. B
11. C 12. A 13. D 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. A 18. C 19. C 20. A
21. D 22. C 23. C 24. D 25. A 26. C 27. C 28. C 29. A 30. A
31. A 32. B 33. A 34. B 35. A 36. A 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. A
41. B 42. A 43. D 44. C 45. D 46. C 47. D 48. D 49. C 50. B
Page 7
following question.
Question1: every major judo title, Mark retired from internationalcompetition.
A. Whenhewon B.Havingwon C.Winning D. Onwinning
Question 2: The opposition will be elected into government at the next election, withouta ofa
doubt.
A.shade B.shadow C.benefit D.hue
Question 3:Shewas out of 115 applicants for the position of managingDirector.
A.short-changed B.short-listed C.shorted-sighted D.short-handed
Question 4: It seems that the world record for this event is almostimpossibleto .
A.get B.beat C.take D.achieve
Question 5: The smell was so bad thatitcompletely us off ourfood.
A.set B.took C.got D.put
Question 6: He has been waiting for this letter for days,andat it hascome.
A.last B.theend C.present D. themoment
Question 7:It is opportunity to see African wildlife in its naturalenvironment.
A.anunique B. aunique C.theunique D.unique
Question 8:IfI the same problem you had as a child, I might not have succeeded in life asyou
have.
A.have B. wouldhavehad C.hadhad D.had
Question 9: Delegates willmeetwith from industry and thegovernment.
A.represented B.representative C.representatives D.presenters
Question10:Determiningthemineralcontentofsoilsamplesisanexactingprocess; experts
must perform detail tests to analyze soilspecimens.
A.sothat B. however C.afterwards D.therefore
Question 11: Peter and Thomas are talking about their mission.
Peter: “It is important?”
Thomas:“ ”.
A. Not onyourlife! B. It’s a matter of life anddeath!
C. No worry,that’snothing. D. It’sridiculous.
Question 12: Ann is asking Mathew’s opinion after biology class.
Ann: “Does the global warning worry you?”
Mathew:“ ”
A. Whatashame! B. Oh, it’s hotter andhotter.
C. I can’t bear to thinkaboutit. D. I don’t like hotweather.
Question 13: You lookexhausted.You in the garden allday.
A. must havebeenworking B. should have beenworking
C. would havebeenworking D. will have beenworking
Question 14: I’ve never really enjoyed going to the ballet or the opera; they’re notreallymy .
Page 1
A. pieceofcake B. sweetsandcandy C.biscuit D. cup oftea
Question 15: A. spear B. gear C. fear d. pear
Question 16: A. performed B. finished C. interviewed D. delivered
Question 17: The composer Verdi has written the opera Aida to celebrate the opening of the Suez Canal,
A B C
but the opera was not performed until 1871.
D
Question 18: Wealthy people have always desired and wear precious stones because their beauty is
A B C
lasting.
D
Question 19: It was not until she could read and write when she was allowed to use smartphone.
A B C D
Question 20: His physical condition was not an impediment to his career as a violinist.
A.hindrance B.obstruction C.furtherance D.setback
Question 21: The ship went down although strenuous efforts were made to save it.
A.exhausting B.forceful C.energetic D.half-hearted
Criticism
The volume of traffic in many cities in the world today continues to expand. This (22)
many problems, including serious air pollution, lengthy delays, and the greater risk (23)
accidents. Clearly, something must be done, but it is often difficult to persuade people to change their
habits and leave their cars at home.
One possible approach is to make it more expensive for people to use their cars be increasing
chargesforparkingandbriningintougherfinesforanyonewho(24) the law.Inaddition,
drivers could be required to pay for using particular routes at different times of the day. This system, also
known as ‘road pricing’, is already being introduced in a number of cities, using a special electronic card
(25) to windscreen of thecar.
Another ways of dealing with the problem is to provide cheap parking on the outskirts of the city,
and strictly control the number of vehicles allowed into the centre. Drivers and their passengers then use a
special bus service for the final stage of their journey.
Page 2
Of course, the most important(26) is to provide good public transport. However, toget
people to give up the comfort their cars, public transport must be felt to be reliable, convenient and
comfortable, with fares charged at an acceptablelevel.
Question 22: A. causes B. results C. leads D. invents
Question 23: A. of B. for C. about D. by
Question 24: A. crosses B. refuses C. breaks D. cracks
Question 25: A. fixed B. joined C. built D. placed
Question 26: A. thought B. thing C. work D. event
Question 27:A.mutually B.apologize C.permission D.reaction
Question 28:A.survival B. industry C.endangered D.commercial
Question 29: Nowadays, there have still been some decisions by sports referees which are likely to be
either unsatisfactory or problematic.
A.strict B. arguable C.tactful D.firm
Question 30: Nobel’s original legacy of nine million dollars was invested, and the interest on this sum is
used for the awards which very from $30,000 to $125,000.
A.fortune B. prize C.heritage D.bequest
Of all modern instruments, the violin is apparently one of the simplest. It consists in essence of a
hollow, varnished wooden sound box, or resonator, and a long neck covered with a fingerboard, along
which four strings are stretched at high tension. The beauty of design, shape, and decoration is no
accident. The proportions of the instrument are determined almost entirely by acoustical considerations.
Its simplicity of appearance is deceptive. About 70 parts are involved in the construction of a violin. Its
tone and its outstanding range of expressiveness make it an ideal solo instrument. No less important,
however, is its role as an orchestral and chamber instrument. In combination with the larger and deeper-
sounding members of the same family, the violins form the nucleus of the modern symphonyorchestra.
The violin has been in existence since about 1550. Its importance as an instrument in its own right
dates from the early 1600’s, when it first became standard in Italian opera orchestras. Its stature as an
orchestral instrument was raised further when in 1626 Louis XIII of France established at his court the
orchestra known as Les vinq-quatre violons du Roy (The King’s 24 Violins), which was to become
widely famous later in the century.
In its early history, the violin had a dull and rather quiet tone resulting from the fact that the strings
were think and were attached to the body of the instrument very loosely. During the eighteenth and
nineteenth century, exciting technical changes were inspired by such composer-violinists as Vivaldi and
Tartini. Their instrumental compositions demanded a fuller, clearer, and more brilliant tone that was
produced by using thinner strings and a far higher string tension. Small changes had to be made to the
violin’s internal structure and to the fingerboard so that they could withstand the extra strain.
Page 3
Accordingly, a higher standard of performance was achieved, in terms of both facility and interpretation.
Left-hand technique was considerably elaborated, and new fingering patterns on the fingerboard were
developed for very high notes.
Question 31: The word “standard” in paragraph 2 is closest inmeaningto .
A. practical B.customary C.possible D.unusual
Question 32: “The King’s 24 Violins” is mentionedtoillustrate .
A. the competition in the 1600’s between French and Italianorchestras
B. how the violin became a renownedinstrument
C. the superiority of Frenchviolins
D. why the violin was considered the only instrument suitable to be played byroyalty
Question 33: What is the main idea presented in paragraph 3?
A. The violin is probably the best known and most widely distributed musical instrument in theworld.
B. The violin has been modified to fit its evolving musicalfunctions.
C. The violin had reached the hight of its popularity by the middle of the eighteenthcentury.
D. The technique of playing the violin has remained essentially the same since the1600’s.
Question 34: The word “they” in paragraph 3refersto .
A. CivaldiandTartini B. internal structure andfingerboard
C. thinner strings and a higherstringtension D. smallchanges
Question 35: According to the passage, early violins were different from modern violins in that early
violins .
A.wereheavier B. produced softertones
C. were easiertoplay D. broke down moreeasily
Question 36: According to the passage, which of the following contributes to a dull sound being
produced by a violin?
A. Alongfingerboard B. Asmallbody C. Highstringtension D.ThickstringsQuestion
37: All of the following are mentioned in the passage as contributing to the ability to play modern
violinmusicEXCEPT .
A. use of rare wood for the fingerboard andneck
B. different ways to use the fingers to play very highnotes
C. more complicated techniques for the lefthand
D. minor alterations to the structure of theinstrument
Advertising helps people recognize a particular brand, persuades them tro try it, and tries to keep
them loyal to it. Brand loyalty is perhaps the most important goal of consumer advertising. Whether they
produce cars, canned foods or cosmetics, manufacturers want their customers to make repeated purchases.
The quality of the product will encourage this, of course, but so, too, will affect advertising.
Advertising relies on the techniques of market research to identify potential users of a product. Are
they homemakers or professional people? Are they young or old? Are they city dwellers or country
dwellers? Such questions have a bearing on where and when ads should be played. By studying
readership breakdowns for newspapers and magazines as well as television ratings and other statistics, an
advertising agency can decide on the best way of reaching potential buyers. Detailed researchand
Page 4
marketing expertise are essential today when advertising budgets can run into thousands of millions of
dollars.
Advertising is a fast-paced, high-pressure industry. There is a constant need for creative ideas that
will establish a personality for a product in the public’s mind. Current developments in advertising
increase the need for talented workers.
In the past, the majority of advertising was aimed at the traditional white family – breadwinner
father, non- working mother, and two children. Research now reveals that only about 6 percent of
American households fit this stereotype. Instead, society is fragmented into many groups, with working
mothers, single people and older people on the rise. To be most successful, advertising must identify a
particular segment and aim its message toward that group.
Advertising is also making use of new technologies. Computer graphics are used to grab the
attention of consumers and to help them see products in a new light. The use of computer graphics in a
commercial for canned goods, for instance, gave a new image to the tin can.
A. How to develop a successful advertisingplan
B. New techniques and technologies of marketresearch
C. The central role of advertising in sellingproducts
D. The history of advertising in the UnitedStates
Question 39: The word “this” in bold type in paragraph 1refersto .
A. the quality oftheproduct B. effectiveadvertising
C. repeatedly buying thesamebrand D. the most importantgoal
Question 40: It can be inferred from paragraph 2 thatadvertisersmust .
A. encourage people to try newproducts
B. aim their message at homemakers and professionalpeople
C. know about the people who will buy theproduct
D. place several ads in newspapers andmagazines
Question 41: According to paragraph 2, marketresearchinclues .
A. studying televisionratings
B. hiring researchers with backgrounds in manyfields
C. searcihng for talentedworkers
D. determining the price of aproduct
Question 42: The author implies that the advertisingindustryrequires .
A. millionsofdollars B. a college-educated workforce
C.innovativethinking D. governmentregulation
Question 43: According to the passage, most advertising used to bedirectedat .
A. working motherswithchilren B. two-parent families withchildren
C.unmarriedpeople D. olderadults
Question 44: The phrase “in a new light” in bold type in paragraph 5 is closest inmeaningto .
A.differently B. with the use of colorenhancement
C.moredistinctly D. in a more energy-efficientway
Question 45: Where in the passage does the author give an example of a new development in
advertising?
A.Paragraph1 B.Paragraph2 C.Paragraph3 D. Paragraph5
Page 5
Question 46: We gain more knowledge about how to stay safe online. We worry about the threats of
cybercrime less.
A. The more knowledge about how to stay safe online we gain, the less we worry about the threats of
cybercrime.
B. The more we stay online to gain safety knowledge, the less we worry about the threats of
cybercrime.
C. The more knowledge about how to stay safe online we gain, the more we worry about the threats of
cybercrime.
D. The more we know about how to stay safe online, we worry about the threats of cybercrimeless.
Question 47: The new contract sounds good. However, it seems to have some problems.
A. In spite of the fact that the new contract sounds good, it appears to have someproblems.
B. In spite of its sound, the new contract appears to have manyproblems.
C. In order to get less problems, the new contract should improve itssound.
D. If it had much less problems, the new contract would soundbetter.
Question 48: Due to unforeseen circumstances, our group’s scheduled visit to the museum has been
calledoff.
A. The trip to the museum that we’d planned is now cancelled because something unexpected has
happened.
B. Something happened at the museum, so they cancelled ourvisit.
C. We are no longer going to the museum because there is no time on ourschedule.
D. We can’t go to see the museum at the arranged time because it will beclosed.
Question 49: The little girl said “Will you help me open the parcel? I can’t do it alone”.
A. The little girl asked me if I would help her open the parcel as she couldn’t do italone.
B. The little girl asked me if I will help her open the parcel as she can’t do italone.
C. The little girl asked me to open the parcel because she couldn’t doit.
D. The little girl asked me to help her open the parcel because she couldn’t do italone.
Question 50: They said that “IZZI GALA EVENT” on 23 December went like a bomb.
A. “IZZI GALA EVENT” on 23 December was complained to have gone like adisaster.
B. “IZZI GALA EVENT” on 23 December is said to go like abomb.
C. “IZZI GALA EVENT” on 23 December was complained to be veryviolent.
D. “IZZI GALA EVENT” on 23 December was praised to be verysuccessful.
Page 6
ĐÁP ÁN
1. B 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. D 16. B 17. A 18. B 19. B 20. C
21. D 22. A 23. A 24. C 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. B 30. D
31. B 32. B 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. D 37. A 38. B 39. C 40. C
41. A 42. C 43. B 44. D 45. D 46. A 47. A 48. A 49. D 50. D
Page 7
Question 1: Henry was found a temporary job in a factory.
A. eternal B.genuine C.permanent D.satisfactory
Question 2: We had a whale of time as everything was quite fantastic.
A. had little timetoplay B. had a lot of time toplay
C.felthappy D. feltdisappointed
Question3: A.equip B. vacant C.secure D.oblige
Question4: A.effectiveness B.accountancy C.satisfaction D.appropriate
Question5: A.decides B.combines C.lives D.appoints
Question6: A.picture B. culture C.pure D.nature
Question 7: Mariohasnow to the point where his English is almostfluent.
A.arrived B.approached C.advanced D.reached
Question 8: It seems that he is having a lotofdifficulties, ?
A.doesn’tit B.isn’tit C.isn’the D. doesn’the
Question 9:If energy inexpensive and unlimited, many things in the world would bedifferent.
A.is B.willbe C.were D. wouldbe
Question 10: Opera singer Maria Callas was knownforher , powerfulvoice.
A.intensity B.intensify C.intense D.intensely
Question11: , he would have been able to pass theexam.
A.Studyingmore B. Had he studiedmore
C. If hestudiedmore D. If he were studyingmore
Question 12: Dr. Parker gave my momalovely for spaghetticarbonara.
A.recipe B.prescription C.receipt D.paper
Question 13: My sunburnt nose made mefeelrather for the first few days of theholiday.
A.self-confident B.self-centered C.self-conscious D.self-evident
Question 14: Why ishealways the subject ofmoney?
A.bringingup B.takingup C.lookingup D. turningup
Question15: that she burst intotears.
A. So angrywasshe B. Suchheranger C. She wassoanger D. Her anger wasso
Page 1
Question 16: We regret to tell you that the materials youorderedare .
A. outofreach B. outofpractice C. outofstock D. out ofwork
Question 17: Do you remember Daisy?Iran her at the Fairyesterday.
A.by B. down C.across D.in
Question 18: Itisnot to be drunk in thestreet.
A.respecting B.respectably C.respectful D.respectable
Question 19: A salesgirl is talking to a customer in a clothes shop.
Salesgirl: “Can I help you, madam?”
Customer: “ ”
A. Yes, it’s in oursummersale. B. It’s verycheap.
C. No, thanks. I’mjustlooking. D. Right. It looks a bitsmall.
Question 20: Cairo and Roma are talking in the living room.
Cairo: “ ?”
Roma: “I’d rather you didn’t, if you don’t mind.”
A. Would you do meafavour B. Would you mind if I opened thedoor
C. Will you please openthewindow D. Do you mind helping me with mywork
Question 21: The woman is famous not only for her beauty, intelligent but also for her hardworking.
A B C D
Question 22: Among the world’s 44 richest countries, there has been not war since 1945.
A B C D
Question 23: What we know about certain diseases are still not sufficient to prevent them from spreading
A B C
easily among the population.
D
Question 24: The lost hikers stayed alive by eating wild berries and drinking spring water.
A.revived B.surprised C.connived D.survived
Question 25: Father has lost his job, so we’ll have to tighten our belt to avoid getting into debt.
A.earnmoney B.savemoney C.sitstill D.economize
The modern comic strip started out as ammunition in a newspapaer war between giants of the
American press in the late nineteenth century. The first full-color comic strip appeared in January 1894 in
the New York World, owned by Joseph Pulitzer. The first regular weekly full-color comic supplement,
similar to today’s Sunday funnies, appeared two years later, in William Randolph Hearst’ rival New York
paper, the Morning Journal.
Page 2
Both were immensely popular and publishers realized that supplementing the news with comic
relief boosted the sale of papers. The Morning Journal started another feature in 1896, the “Yellow Kid”,
the first continuous comic character in the United States, whose creator, Richard Outcault, had been lured
away from the World by the ambitious Hearst. The “Yellow Kid” was in many ways a pioneer. Its comic
dialogue was the strictly urban farce that came to characterize later strips, and it introduced the speech
baloon inside the strip, usually placed above the characters’heads.
The first strip to incorporate all the elements of later comics was Rudolph Dirks’s “Katzenjammer
Kids”, based on Wilhelm Busch’s Max and Moritz, a European satire of the nineteenth century. The
“Kids” strip, first published in 1897, served as the prototype for future American strips. It contained not
only speech baloons, but a continuous cast of characters, and was divided into small regular panels that
did away with the larger panoramic scenes of earliercomics.
Newspaper syndication played a major role in spreading the popularity of comic strips throughout
the country. Though weekly colored comics came first, daily black-and-white strips were not far behind.
The first appeared in the Chicago American in 1904. It was followed by many imitators, and by 1915
black-and-white comic strips had become a staple of daily newspapers around the country.
Question 26: In what order does the author discuss various comic strips in the passage?
A. In the order in which they werecreated.
B. From most popular to leastpopular.
C. According to the newspaper in which theyappeared.
D. In alphabetical order bytitle.
Question 27: According to the passage, the “Yellow Kid” was the first comic strip to do all of the
following EXCEPT .
A. feature the same character ineachepisode B. include dialogue inside abaloon
C. appear in aChicagonewspaper D. characterize city life in a humorousway
Question 28: The word “incorporate” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto .
A.combine B.mention C.create D.affect
Question 29: Why does the author mention Joseph Pulitzer and William Randolph Hearst?
A. Their comic strips are still publishedtoday.
B. They owned major competitivenewspapers.
C. They established New York’s firstnewspaper.
D. They published comic strips about the newspaperwar.
Question 30: The word “it” in paragraph 2refersto .
A.balloon B.farce C.dialogue D. the “YellowKid”
Question 31: The passage suggests that comic strips were popular for which of the following reasons?
A. Readers enjoyed the unusualdrawings.
B. They were about real-lifesituations.
C. Readers could identify with thecharacters.
D. They provided a break from serious newsstories.
A. The differences between early and modern comicstrips.
B. Features of early comic strips in the UnitedStates.
C. The effects of newspapers on comic stripstories.
D. A comparison of two popular comicstrips.
Page 3
Mobile phones emit microwave radio emissions. Researchers are questioning whether exposure to
these radio wavesmight(33) to brain cancer. So far, the data are not conclusive. Thescientific
evidence does not enable us to say with certainly that mobile phones are categorically(34)
.Onthe other hand, current research has not yet proved clear
adverse effect associated with the prolonged use of mobilephones.
Numerous studies are nowgoing(35) in various countries. Some of theresultsare
contradictory but others have shown an association between mobile phone use and cancer.(36) ,
these studies are preliminary and the issue needs further, long-terminvestigation.
Until the scientific data is more definite, it is prudent for people to try not to use mobile phone for
long periods of time. Don’t think that hands free phones are any safer either. At the moment, research is
in fact showing the opposite and they may be just as dangerous. It is also thought that young people (37)
bodies are still growing may be at particular risk.
Question 33: A. bring B. lead C. cause D. produce
Question 34: A. risky B. unhealthy C. secure D. safe
Question 35: A. on B. by C. through D. about
Question 36: A. Additionally B. However C. While D. Though
Question 37: A. whose B. that C. with D. as
Butterflies are among the most extensively studied insects – an estimated 90 percent of the world’s
species have scientific names. As a consequence, they are perhaps the best group of insects for examining
patterns of terrestrial biotic diversity and distribution. Butterflies also have a favorable image with the
general public. Hence, they are an excellent group for communicating information on science and
conservation issues such as diversity.
Perhaps the aspect of butterfly diversity that has received the most attention over the past century is
the striking difference in species richness between tropical and temperate regions.
For example, in 1875 one biologist pointed out the diversity of butterflies in the Amazon when he
mentioned that about 700 species were found within an hour’s walk, whereas the total number found on
the British islands did not exceed 66, and the whole of Europe supported only 321. This early comparison
of tropical and temperate butterfly richness has been well confirmed.
A general theory of diversity would have to predict not only this difference between temperate and
tropical zones, but also patterns within each region, and how these patterns very among different animal
and plant groups. However, for butterflies, variation of species richness within temperate or tropical
regions, rather than between them, is poorly understood. Indeed, comparisons of numbers of species
among the Amazon basin, tropical Asia, and Africa are still mostly “personal communication” citations,
even for vertebrates. In other words, unlike comparison between temperate and tropical areas, these
patterns are still in the documentation phase.
In documenting geographical variation in butterfly diversity, some arbitrary, practical decisions are
made. Diversity, number of species, and species richness are used synonymously; little is known about
the evenness of butterfly distribution. The New World butterflies make up the preponderance of
Page 4
example because they are the most familiar species. It is hoped that by focusing on them, the errors
generated by imperfect and incomplete taxonomy will be minimized.
Question 38: The word “striking” in paragraph 2 is closest inmeaningto .
A.physical B. confusing C.noticeable D.successful
Question 39: Butterflies are a good example for communicating information about conversation issues
becausethey .
A. are simpleinstructure B. have been given scientificnames
C. are viewed positivelybypeople D. are found mainly in temperateclimates
Question 40: The word “exceed” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto .
A.locate B.allow C.gobeyond D. come closeto
Question 41: Which of the following is NOT well understood by biologists?
A. European butterflyhabitats.
B. Differences in species richness between temperate and tropicalregions.
C. Differences in species richness within a temperate or a tropicalregion.
D. Comparisons of behavior patterns of butterflies and certain animalgroups.
Question 42: All of the following are mentioned as being important parts of a general theory of diversity
EXCEPT .
A. differences between temperate and tropicalzones
B. patterns of distribution of species in eachregion
C. migration among temperate and tropicalzones
D. variation of patterns of distribution of species among different animals andplants
Question 43: Which aspect of butterflies does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Theirphysicalcharacteristics B. Their adaptation to differenthabitats
C.Theirnames D. Theirvariety
Question 44: The word “they” in paragraph 1referto .
A.insects B.butterflies C.patterns D.issues
Question 45: The idea “little is known about the evenness of butterfly distribution” in paragraph 5 is
that .
A. there are many other things that we don’t know about butterfly evennessdistribution
B. we don’t know anything about butterfy evennessdistribution
C. we know much about butterfly evennessdistribution
D. we know about butterfly evenness distribution to someextent
Question 46: John was not here yesterday. Perhaps he was ill.
A. John needn’t be here yesterday because he wasill.
B. Because of his illness, John shouldn’t have been hereyesterday.
C. John might have been ill yesterday, so he was nothere.
D. John must have been ill yesterday, so he was nothere.
Question 47: “Cigarette?”, he said. “No, thanks.”, I said.
A. He asked for a cigarette, and I immediatelyrefused.
B. He mentioned a cigarette, so I thankedhim.
Page 5
C. He offered me a cigarette, but I promptlydeclined.
D. He asked if I was smoking, and I denied atonce.
Question 48: They started the meal after they had reached an agreement.
A. Reaching an agreement, they started themeal.
B. Having reached an agreement, they started themeal.
C. Having had the meal, they reached anagreement.
D. Having the meal, they reached anagreement.
Question 49: It had been snowing all day. A great many people managed to get to the end-of-term
concert.
A. Very few people indeed were prevented from getting to the end-of-term concert by the
heavysnow.
B. Since there had been snow all day long, it wasn’t easy for people to get to the end-of-termconcert.
C. As it had been snowing heavily all day, a great many people just could not get to the end-of-term
concert.
D. A lot of people did get to the end-of-term convert in spite of the snow that fell allday.
Question 50: People said that the manager would return next Monday.
A. The manager was said to have returned onMonday.
B. The manager was said to return nextMonday.
C. The manager is said to return nextMonday.
D. The manager is said to have returned onMonday.
Page 6
ĐÁP ÁN
1. C 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. C 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. C
11. B 12. A 13. C 14. A 15. A 16. C 17. C 18. D 19. C 20. B
21. B 22. D 23. B 24. D 25. D 26. A 27. C 28. A 29. B 30. D
31. D 32. B 33. B 34. D 35. A 36. B 37. A 38. C 39. C 40. C
41. C 42. C 43. D 44. B 45. A 46. C 47. C 48. B 49. D 50. B
Page 7
Question 1: He decided to buy some chocolate keptinan container for hisfather,
A. airtighted B. tight-air C.tightaired D.airtight
Question 2: The politician tried to arouse the crowd, but most ofthemwere to his arguments.
A.closed B.indifferent C.careless D.dead
Question 3: - “Can you take the day off tomorrow?”
- “Well, I’ll havetoget from myboss.”
A.permission B.licence C.allowance D.permit
Question 4: I do not believe that this preposterousschemeis of our seriousconsideration.
A.worthy B.worth C.worthwhile D.worthless
Question 5: Hemademe they had left thedistrict.
A.tobelieve B.believed C.believe D.believing
Question 6: Dr.Evanshas a valuable contribution to the life of theschool.
A.done B.created C.caused D.made
Question 7: It’s a pity you didn’t askbecauseI you.
A. shouldhavehelped B. couldhavehelped C. musthavehelped D. would havehelped
Question 8: It was difficult to guesswhather to the news wouldbe.
A.feelings B.reaction C.capital D.opinion
Question 9: The greater part ofLondon of wood, but after the great fire, wider streets andbrick
houses .
A. havebeen/arebuilt B. was/werebuilt C. was/ wouldbebuilt D. had been/werebuilt
Question 10: Harry and Kate are talking in Harry’s office.
Kate: “May I open the window?”
Harry:“ ”
A. Whatsuitsyou? B. You arefree.
C.Accommodateyourself! D. Goahead!
Question 11: The show was very funny.Theywere sportcommentators.
A.sendingup B.takingup C.lookingup D. bringingup
Question 12: Maria is talking to Ann after work.
Maria:“ ?”
Ann: “With pleasure.”
A. Could you give mealift B. Would you mind If Ismoked
C. What do you plantodo D. Would you like a cup oftea
Question 13: The newcomer has gotfewfriends, ?
A.doesn’tshe B.doesshe C.hasn’tshe D. hasshe
Question14: more help, I could call myneighbour.
A.Needed B. ShouldIneed C. Ihaveneeded D. I shouldneed
Mark the letter A, B C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
Question 15: In 1864 George Pullman designed a sleeping car that eventually saw widespread use.
A.previously B.ultimately C.familiarly D.simultaneously
Question 16: Why are you so arrogant?
A.snooty B.stupid C.humble D.cunning
Question 17: He was asked to account for his presence at the scene of crime.
A.complain B.exchange C.explain D.arrange
Question 18: Pop music is not my cup of tea; I prefer classical music.
A. doesn’t suitmytaste C. is not my favouritedrink
B. is something Ienjoymost D. is an object I don’tneed
from the other three in the position ofprimary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 19:A.great B.bean C.teacher D.means
Question 20:A.removed B. approved C.beloved D.relieved
Question 21: A. statistical B.solidarity C.sociology D.managerial
Question 22:A.familiar B. redundant C.customary D.reluctant
Question 23: Gilbert Newton Lewis, a chemist, helped to develop the modem electron theory of valence,
A B
a theory what explains the forces holding atoms together in molecules.
C D
Question 24: Carnegie Hall was the first bulding in New York designing specially for orchestral music.
A B C D
Question 25: Lady Liberty has long been a symbol of free and hope to people all over the world, but have
A B C
you ever wondered where she came from?
D
Accustomed though we are to speaking of the films made before 1927 as "silent", the film has never
been, in the full sense of the word, silent. From the very beginning, music was regarded as an
indispensable accompaniment; when the Lumiere films were shown at the first public film exhibition in
the United States in February 1896, they were accompanied by piano improvisations on popular tunes. At
first, the music played bore no special relationship to the films; an accompaniment of any kind was
sufficient. Within a very short time, however, the incongruity of playing lively music to a solemn film
became apparent, and film pianists began to take some care in matching their pieces to the mood of the
film.
As movie theaters grew in number and importance, a violinist, and perhaps a cellist, would be added
to the pianist in certain cases, and in the larger movie theaters small orchestras were formed. For a
number of years the selection of music for each film program rested entirely in the hands of the conductor
or leader of the orchestra, and very often the principal qualification for holding such a position was not
skill or taste so much as the ownership of a large personal library of musical pieces. Since the conductor
seldom saw the films until the night before they were to be shown (if, indeed, the conductor was lucky
enough to see them then), the musical arrangement was normally improvised in the greatesthurry.
To help meet this difficulty, film distributing companies started the practice of publishing
suggestions for musical accompaniments. In 1909, for example, the Edison Company began issuing with
their films such indications of mood as “pleasant”, “sad”, “lively”. The suggestions became more explicit,
and so emerged the musical cue sheet containing indications of mood, the titles of suitable pieces of
music, and precise directions to show where one piece led into thenext.
Certain films had music especially composed for them. The most famous of these early special
scores was that composed and arranged for D.w. Griffith's film Birth of a Nation, which was released in
1915.
Question 26: The passage mainly discusses musicthatwas .
A. performed before the showing of afilm
B. played during silentfilms
C. recorded during filmexhibitions
D. specifically composed for certain movietheaters
Question 27: What can be inferred that the passage about the majority of films made after 1927?
A. They were truly“silent”.
B. They were accompanied by symphonicorchestras.
C. They incorporated the sound of the actors'voices.
D. They coưesponded to specific musicalcompositions.
Question 28: It can be inferred that orchestra conductors who worked in movie theatersneededto .
A. be able to playmanyinstruments B. have pleasantvoices
C. be familiar with a wide varietyofmusic D. be able to compose originalmusic
Question 29: The word “them” in paragraph 2refersto .
A.years B. hands C.pieces D.films
Question 30: According to the passage, what kind of business was the Edison Company?
A. Itproducedelectricity. B. It distributedfilms.
C. It publishedmusicalarrangements. D. It made musicalinstruments.
Question 31: It maybe inferred from the passage that the first musical cue sheetsappearedaround .
A.1896 B.1909 C.1915 D.1927
Question 32: Which of the following notations is most likely to have been included on a musical cue
sheet of the early 1900's?
A.“Calm,peaceful” B. “Piano,violin”
C. “Key ofCmajor” D. “Directed by D. w.Griffith's”
Question 33: The word “scores” in paragraph 4 mostlikelymeans .
A.totals B.successes
C. groupsofmusicians D. musicalcompositions
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c,or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
NEIGHBOURS INFLUENCE BUYING DECISIONS
However objective we believe ourselves to be, most of us do not judge a product solely on its merits,
considering quality, value and style before making adecision.(34) , we are easilyinfluencedby
the people aroundUS.
There is nothing wrong with this. It is probably a smarter way to make decisions than (35)
on only our own opinions. But it does make life hard for companies. They have long understood that
groups of friends and relatives tend to buy the same products, but understanding the reasons has been
tricky.Itisbecausetheyaresosimilarwith(36) to how much money they make
andwhattelevision ads they watch that they independently arrive at the same decision? Or do they copy
one another,perhaps(37) envy or perhaps because they have shared information about theproducts?
Research in Finland recently found overwhelming evidence that neighbours have a big influence on
buying decisions. When one of a person’s ten nearest neighbours bought a car, thechances(38)
thatpersonwouldbuyacarofthesamebrandduringthenextweekandahalfroseby86percent.The researchers
argued that it was not just a matter of envy.Used cars seemed to attract neighbours even more than new
cars. This suggested that people were not trying to keep up with their neighbours, they were keen to learn
from them. Since used cars are less reliable, a recommendation of one can strongly influence a
buyingdecision.
Question 34: A.What’smore B.Instead C.Unlike D.Inplace
Question 35:A.basing B.trusting C.supposing D.relying
Question 36:A.connection B. regard C.relation D.concern
Question 37: A. for B.as to C. out of D. about
Question 38: A. who B. whose C. that D. when
Glass is a remarkable substance made from the simplest raw materials. It can be colored or colorless,
monochrome or polychrome, transparent, translucent, or opaque. It is lightweight impermeable to liquids,
readily cleaned and reused, durable yet fragile, and often very beautiful. Glass can be decorated in
multiple ways and its optical properties are exceptional. In all its myriad forms - as table ware, containers,
in architecture and design - glass represents a major achievement in the history of technological
developments.
Since the Bronze Age about 3, 000 B.C., glass has been used for making various kinds of objects. It
was first made from a mixture of silica, line and an alkali such as soda or potash, and these remained the
basic ingredients of glass until the development of lead glass in the seventeenth century. When heated, the
mixture becomes soft and malleable and can be formed by various techniques into a vast array of shapes
and sizes. The homogeneous mass thus formed by melting then cools to create glass, but in contrast to
most materials formed in this way (metals, for instance), glass lacks the crystalline structure normally
associated with solids, and instead retains the random molecular structure of a liquid. In effect, as molten
glass cools, it progressively stiffens until rigid, but does so without setting up a network of interlocking
crystals customarilyassociated with that process. This is why glass shatters so easily when dealt a blow.
Why glass deteriorates over time, especially when exposed to moisture, and why glassware must be
slowly reheated and uniformly cooled after manufacture to release internal stresses induced by uneven
cooling.
Another unusual feature of glass is the manner in which its viscosity changes as it turns from a cold
substance into a hot, ductile liquid. Unlike metals that flow or freeze at specific temperatures glass
progressively softens as the temperature rises, going through varying stages of malleability until it flows
like thick syrup. Each stage of malleability allows the glass to be manipulated into various forms, by
different techniques, and if suddenly cooled the object retains the shape achieved at that point. Glass is
thus amenable to a greater number of heat-forming techniques than most other materials.
Question 39: Why does the author list the characteristics of glass in paragraph 1?
A. To demonstrate how glassevolved.
B. To show the versatility ofglass.
C. To explain glassmakingtechnology.
D. To explain the purpose of each component ofglass.
Question 40: What does the author imply about the raw materials used to make glass?
A. They were the sameforcenturies. B. They areliquid.
C. Theyaretransparent. D. They are veryheavy.
Question 41: According to the passage, how is glass that has cooled and become rigid different from
most other rigidsubstances?
A. It has an interlockingcrystalnetwork. B. It has an unusually low meltingtemperature.
C. It has varyingphysicalproperties. D. It has a random molecularstructure.
Question 42: The words “exposed to” in paragraph 2 mostlikelymean .
A.hardenedby B.chilledwith C.subjectedto D. deprivedof
Question 43: What must be done to release the internal stresses that build up in glass products during
manufacture?
A. The glass must be reheated and evenlycooled.
B. The glass must be cooledquickly.
C. The glass must be kept moist untilcooled.
D. The glass must be shaped to its desired formimmediately.
A.feature B.glass C.manner D.viscosity
Question 45: According to the passage, why can glass be more easily shaped into specific forms than can
metals?
A. It resists breaking whenheated.
B. It has better opticalproperties.
C. It retains heat while its viscositychanges.
D. It gradually becomes softer as its temperaturerises.
Mark the letter A, B, cor D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
Question 46: “Never borrow money from friends”, my father said.
A. My father advised me to borrow money fromfriends.
B. My father told me not to borrow money fromfriends.
C. My father suggested me that I should borrow money fromfriends.
D. My father advised me not to lend my friendsmoney.
Question 47: They were exposed to biased information, so they didn't know the true story.
A. If they got unbiased information, they could know the truestory.
B. If they had unbiased the information, they could have known the truestory.
C. If they had been exposed to unbiased information, they would have known the truestory.
D. If they have exposed to the unbiased information, they could have seen the truestory.
Question 48: People believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
A. 13 is believed to have been an unluckynumber.
B. 13 is believed to be an unluckynumber.
C. It was believed that 13 was an unluckynumber.
D. It is believed that 13 has been an unluckynumber
Mark the letter A, B, c,or D on you answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
of sentences in the followingquestions.
Question 49: He is very intelligent. He can solve all the problems in no time.
A. So intelligent is he that he can solve all the problems in notime.
B. He is very intelligent that he can solve all the problems in notime.
C. An intelligent student is he that he can solve all the problems in notime.
D. So intelligent a student is he that he can solve all the problems in notime.
Question 50: We had had very salty food. We were all dying of thirst.
A. Having very salty food, we were all dying ofthirst.
B. Having had very salty food, we were all dying ofthirst.
C. Dying of thirst, we had very saltyfood.
D. Having died of thirst, we had very saltyfood.
-----------------HẾT-------------------
ĐÁP ÁN
l.D 2.B 3.A 4.A 5.C 6.D 7.B 8.B 9.D 10.D
11.A 12.A 13.C 14.B 15.A 16.C 17.C 18. A 19. A 20.C
21.A 22.C 23.C 24.B 25.C 26. B 21.C 28.C 29.D 30.B
31.B 32.A 33.D 34. B 35. D 36.B 37.C 38.C 39.B 40.A
41.D 42.C 43.A 44. B 45.D 46.B 47.C 48.B 49.A

50.B
Question 1: Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull istryingto himself with
USPresidentDonaldTrump and impress Australianvoters.
A.gratify B.please C.ingratiate D.commend
Question 2: Shemadeno to her illness but only to her futureplans.
A.statement B.mention C.reference D.comment
Question 3: It is difficult to assessthefull of the damage caused by Hurricane Sandy, oneofthe
most destructive storms the U.S. has had in quite sometime.
A.range B.extent C.amount D.quality
Question 4: Frankly, I'dratheryou anything about it for the timebeing.
A.don'tdo B. hadn'tdone C.didn'tdo D. haven'tdone
Question 5: An acrobatic aerial performance titled Vietnamese Wings by twoVietnameseartists the
highest prize at the International Circus Festival Circuba 2017, held in Cuba between June 25 and July 2.
A.havewon B.won C.hadwon D.win
Question 6: Our team could have defended the AFC U23Championshiptitle
thesevereweathercondition.
A. had it notbeenfor B. it had notbeenfor C. it hadn'tbeenfor D. hadn't it beenfor.
Question 7: I am trying to finda watch for my mother and a dollwith hair formylittle
sister.
A.water-proof/snow-white B. proofed water/ whitesnowed
C. proofwater/whitesnow D.water-proofed/snow-whited
Question 8: Smith had a luckyescape.He .
A. would havebeenkilled B. must have beenkilled.
C. could havebeenkilled D. should have beenkilled.
Question 9: Hardly any of the paintings at the gallery wereforsale, ?
A.werethey B.weren’tthey C.wasn’tit D. wasit
Question 10: Mr. Nixon refused to answer the questionsonthe that the matter wasconfidential.
A.reasons B.excuses C.grounds D.foundation
Question 11: While the victory moves Vietnam, incredibly, a step nearer to the title, it sees Qatar fall at
the semi-final stage forthesecond competition in AFC U23Championship.
A.successive B.success C.successfully D.successful
Question12:Peter Rae and screamed “Get out of mysight”.
A.turnedon B.tookon C.gotback D. showedoff
Question 13: A salesclerk is talking to a customer in an Apple Store.
Salesclerk:" "
Customer: "Yes. I'd like to buy a MacBook Air."
A. Do you lookforsomething? B. Good morning. Can I helpyou?
C. Excuse me. Do you want tobuyit? D. Can you help me buysomething?
Question 14: Nadir is telling Kate about his scholarship.
Nadir: “I’ve been awarded a scholarship to study in America.”
Kate:“Oh,really? !”
A. Take care of yourself B.Congratulations C. You are always lucky D. Lucky asyouare Mark
the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the followingquestions.
Question 15: The government must be able to prevent and deter threats to our homeland as well as detect
impending danger before attacks or incidents occur.
A.irrefutable B.imminent C.formidable D.absolute
Question 16: Although Facebook is still relatively popular among teenagers, they don’t have the cool
factor they once had.
A.absolutely B.relevantly C.almost D.comparatively
Question 17: Punctuality is a necessary habit in all public affairs in civilized society.
A. Beingintime B.Lateness C. Beingontime D.Time-keeping
Question 18: When U23 Vietnam went to the final versus U23 Uzbekistan, all the nation was walking on
air.
A.extremelyhappy B.verydisappointed C.veryperplexed D. extremelylight
Question 19:A.support B. confide C.precede D.swallow
Question 20: A. forgettableB. philosophy C.humanism D.objectively
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part that
differs from the other three in the pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 21: A. middle B. mile C. kind D. time
Question 22: A. marbles B. classes C. teaches D. changes
Question 23: All nations may have to make fundamental changes in their economic, politics and
A B C
technological institutions if they are to preserve the environment.
D
Question 24: Students suppose to read all the questions carefully and find out the answers to them.
A B C D
Question 25: Food prices have raised so rapidly in the past few months that some families have been
A B
forced to alter their eating habits.
C D
Most people can remember a phone number for up to thirty seconds. When this short amount of
time elapses, however, the numbers are erased from the memory. How did the information get there in the
first place? Information that makes its way to the short term memory (STM) does so via the sensory
storage area. The brain has a filter which only allows stimuli that is of immediate interest to pass on to the
STM, also known as the workingmemory.
There is much debate about the capacity and duration of the short term memory. The most accepted
theory comes from George A. Miller, a cognitive psychologist who suggested that humans can remember
approximately seven chunks of information. A chunk is defined as a meaningful unit of information, such
as a word or name rather than just a letter or number. Modem theorists suggest that one can increase the
capacity of the short term memoiy by chunking, or classifying similar information together. By
organizing information, one can optimize the STM, and improve the chances of a memory being passed
on to long termstorage.
When making a conscious effort to memorize something, such as information for an exam, many
people engage in "rote rehearsal". By repeating something over and over again, one is able to keep a
memory alive. Unfortunately, this type of memory maintenance only succeeds if there are no
interruptions. As soon as a person stops rehearsing the information, it has the tendency to disappear.
When a pen and paper are not handy, people often attempt to remember a phone number by repeating it
aloud. If the doorbell rings or the dog barks to come in before a person has the opportunity to make a
phone call, he will likely forget the number instantly. Therefore, rote rehearsal is not an efficient way to
pass information from the short term to long term memory. A better way is to practice " elaborate
rehearsal". This involves assigning semantic meaning to a piece of information so that it can be filed
along with other pre-existing long termmemories.
Encoding information semantically also makes it more retrievable. Retrieving information can be
done by recognition or recall. Humans can easily recall memories that are stored in the long term memory
and used often; however, if a memory seems to be forgotten, it may eventually be retrieved by prompting.
The more cues a person is given (such as pictures), the more likely a memory can be retrieved. This is
why multiple choice tests are often used for subjects that require a lot ofmemorization.
Question 26: According to the passage, how do memories get transferred to the STM?
A. They revert from the longtermmemory. B. They are filtered from the sensory storagearea.
C. They get chunked when they enterthebrain. D. They enter via the nervoussystem.
Question 27: All of the following are mentioned as places in which memories are stored EXCEPT
the .
A.STM. B. longtermmemory. C. sensorystoragearea. D. maintenancearea.
Question 28: Why does the author mention a dog's bark?
A. To give an example of a type ofmemory.
B. To provide a type ofinterruption.
C. To prove that dogs have better memories thanhumans.
D. To compare another sound that is loud like adoorbell.
Question 29: The word “elaborate” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto .
A.complex B.efficient C.pretty D.regular
Question 30: Which of the following is NOT supported by the passage?
A. The working memory is the same as the short termmemory.
B. A memory is kept alive through constantrepetition.
C. Cues help people to recognizeinformation.
D. Multiple choice exams are the mostdifficult.
A.apen B.apaper C. aphonenumber D. aperson
Question 32: The author believes that rote rotation is .
A. the best way toremembersomething B. more efficient thanchunking
C. ineffective in thelongrun D. an unnecessaryinterruption
Question 33: The word “cues” in paragraph 4 is closest inmeaningto .
A.questions B.clues C.images D.tests
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
The lack of printing regulations and the unenforceability of British copyright law in the American
colonies made it possible for colonial printers occasionally to act as publishers. Although they rarely
undertook major publishing project because it was difficult to sell books as cheaply as they could be
imported from Europe, printers in Philadelphia did publish work that required only small amounts of
capital, paper, and type. Broadsides could be published with minimal financial risk. Consisting of only
one sheet of paper and requiring small amounts of type, broadsides involved lower investments of capital
than longer works. Furthermore, the broadside format lent itself to subjects of high, if temporary, interest,
enabling them to meet with ready sale. If the broadside printer miscalculated, however, and produced a
sheet that did not sell, it was not likely to be a major loss, and the printer would know this immediately,
there would be no agonizing wait with large amounts of capital tied up, books gathering dust on the
shelves’ and creditors impatient forpayment.
In addition to broadsides, books and pamphlets, consisting mainly of political tracts, catechisms,
primers, and chapbooks were relatively inexpensive to print and to buy. Chapbook were pamphlet-sized
books, usually containing popular tales, ballads, poems, short plays, and jokes, small, both in formal and
number of pages, they were generally bound simply, in boards (a form of cardboard) or merely stitched in
paper wrappers (a sewn antecedent of modern-day paperbacks). Pamphlets and chapbooks did not require
me paper or a great deal of type to produce they could thus be printed in large, cost-effective editions and
sold cheaply.
By far, the most appealing publishing investments were to be found in small books that had proven
to be steady sellers, providing a reasonably reliable source of income for the publisher. They would not,
by nature, be highly topical or political, as such publications would prove of fleeting interest. Almanacs,
annual pu ications t at contained information on astronomy and weather patterns arranged according to
the days, week, and months of a given year, provided the perfect steady seller because their information
pertained to the locale in which they would beused.
Question 34: Which aspect of colonial printing does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Laws governing theprintingindustry. B. Competition amongprinters.
C. Types ofpublicationsproduced. D. Advances in printingtechnology.
Question 35: According to the passage, why did colonial printers avoid major publishing projects?
A. Few colonial printers owned printing machinery that was large enough to handle majorprojects.
B. There was inadequate shipping available in thecolonies.
C. Colonial printers could not sell their work for a competitiveprice.
D. Colonial printers did not have the skills necessary to undertake large publishingprojects.
Question 36: Broadsides could be published with little risk to colonial printersbecausethey .
A. required a small financial investment and soldquickly.
B. were in great demand in Europeanmarkets.
C. were more popular with colonists than chapbooks andpamphlets.
D. generally dealt with topics of long-term interest to manycolonists.
Question 37: The word “they” in paragraph 2refersto .
A.chapbooks B.tales C.jokes pages
Question 38: The word “appealing” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto .
A.dependable B.respectable C.enduring D.attractive
Question 39: What were "steady sellers"?
A. Printers whose incomes were quitelarge.
B. People who traveled from town to town selling books andpamphlets.
C. Investors who provided reliable financial support for newprinters.
D. Publications whose sales were usually consistent from year toyear.
Question 40: All of the following are defined in thepassageEXCEPT .
A.broadsides B.catechisms C.chapbooks D.Almanacs
The texting pigeons
Not everybody recognizes the benefits of new developments in communications technology. Indeed,
some people fear that text messaging may actually be having anegative(41) on youngpeople's
communication and language skills, especially when we hear that primary school children may be at risk
of becoming addicted to the habit. So widespread has texting become, however, that even pigeons have
started doingit.(42) , in this case, it's difficult to view the results as anything butpositive.
Twenty of the birds are about to take to the skies with the task of measuring air pollution, each
(43) with sensor equipment and a mobile phone. The readings made by the sensors will be
automatically converted into text messages and beamed to the Internet-(44) they will appearon
a dedicated 'pigeon blog'.
The birds will also each have a GPS receiver and a camera to capture aerial photos, and researchers
are building a tiny 'pigeon kit' containing all these gadgets. Each bird will carry these in a miniature
backpack,(45) , that is, from the camera, which will hang around itsneck.
The data the pigeons text will be displayed in the form of an interactive map, which will provide
local residents with up-to-the-minute information on their local airquality.
Question 41:A.result B.outcome C.effect D.conclusion
Question 42: A. Therefore B.What'smore C.Whereas D.Thatis
Question 43:A.armed B.loaded C.granted
D.stockedQuestion 44:A.when B.which
C.where D.whatQuestion 45:A.instead
B.except C.apart D.besides
Question 46: People said they had demolished the building.
A. The building was said tohavedemolished. B. The building was said to have beendemolishing.
C. The building was said tobedemolished. D. The building was said to have beendemolished.
Question 47: We arrived at the airport. We realized our passports were still at home.
A. It was until we arrived at the airport that we realize our passports were still athome.
B. We arrived at the airport and realized that our passports are still athome.
C. Not until had we arrived at the airport, we realized our passports were still athome.
D. Not until we arrived at the airport, did we realize that our passports were still athome.
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
Question 48: He was driving so fast that he could have had an accident.
A. He wasn’t driving fast enough to avoid anaccident.
B. He didn’t have an accident although he was driving veryfast.
C. If he had been driving very fast, he would have had anaccident.
D. An accident happened, and it was caused by his very fastdriving.
Question 49: I said to her “If you let your son do whatever he wants, you will spoil him”.
A. I said if she lets her son do whatever he wants, she will spoilhim.
B. I warned her that if she let her son do whatever he wanted, she would spoilhim.
C. I warned her that if she let her son do whatever she wanted, she would spoilhim.
D. I told her if her son did whatever she wanted, she would spoilhim.
Question 50: No matter how hard Fred tried to start the car, he didn’t succeed.
A. Fried tried very hard to start the car, andsucceeded.
B. Fried tried hard to start the car, and withsuccess.
C. However hard he tried, Fried couldn’t start thecar.
D. It’s hard for Fried to start the car because he neversucceeded.
------------------HẾT---------------------
ĐÁP ÁN
l.c 2.C 3.B 4.C 5.B 6.A 7.A 8.C 9.A 10.C
1 l.A 12. A 13,B 14.B 15.B 16.D 17.B 18.B 19.D 20.C
21.A 22.A 23.C 24. A 25.A 26.B 27.D 28.B 29.A 30.D
31.C 32.C 33 .B 34.C 35.C 36.A 37.A 38.D 39.D 40.B
41.C 42.B 43. A 44.C 45.C 4G.D 47, D 48.B 49.B 50.C
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. supportive B.substantial C.compulsory D.curriculum
Question 2: A. campaigns B.wonders C.ecologists D.captions
three in the position ofprimary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3:A.limit B.capture C.advance D.double
Question 4: A. respectableB.affectionate C.occasional D.kindergarten
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each the
Question 5: The death rate would decrease ifhygienicconditions improved.
A. are B. havebeen C.were D. hadbeen
Question 6: John: “The instructions were in French and I translated them into English for
him.” Anna:“You . He knowsFrench.”
A. shouldn’thavetranslated B. can’t havetranslated
C. needn’thavetranslated D. wouldn’t havetranslated
Question 7: In 2006, the news agency Reuters withdrew from sale 920 pictures taken by a photographer
because two images taken inLebanonwere to have been digitallymanipulated.
A.believed B.suggested C.announced D.recommended
Question 8: He walked from the court a free man,havingbeen of murder.
A.unconvinced B.discharged C.liberated D.acquitted
Question 9: Everyone laughedwhenhe the teacher sowell.
A.lookedup B.tookoff C.sentoff D.calledup Question
10: How did the framersputinto the idea of popular sovereignty expressedinthe
Declaration ofIndependence?
A.practice B.trial C.test D.examination.
Question 11: You can’t wash this jacket in the washing machine- you need togetit .
A.dry-cleaning B.spin-dried C.spring-cleaned D. cleandried
Question 12: Candidates should never be late fortheinterview, .
A.shouldthey B.shouldn’tthey C.arethey D. aren’tthey
Question 13: Ho Chi Minh City authorities opened its Lunar New Year (Tet) 2018 Flower Street on
Nguyen Hue Pedestrian Street on the evening of February 13 and people feel like their time here.
A.enjoy B.toenjoy C.enjoying D.enjoyed
Question 14: Politicians blame the media if they don’t win the election. They are
sopredictable.
A.variable B.variety C.various D.invariably
Question 15: The new political party cametothe after the generalelection.
A.fore B.back C.side D.front
Question16: , dolphins have no sense ofsmell.
A. As knownasfar B. As far asisknown C. It is knownasfar D. Known as far as itis
Question 17: A high school teacher is talking to her colleague.
Teacher: “I’ve been working at this school for 35
years.” Colleague:“ ”
A. Why didyouleave? B. Are you going to retiresoon?
C. Why hadyouleft? D. Will youretire?
Question 18: Two university students Lando and Larry are talking while doing their practice test.
Lando:“ ?”
Larry: “Well, actually I’d rather you didn’t.”
A. Would you bother if I had a look atyour paper C. Can I helpyou
B. Would you mind giving meahand D. May 1 goout
Endangered species
There are three valid arguments to support the preservation of endangered species. Aesthetic
justification contends that biodiversity contributes to the quality of life because many of the endangered
plants and animals are particularly appreciated for their unique physical beauty. The aesthetic role of
nature in all its diverse forms is reflected in the art and literature of every culture attaining symbolic status
in the spiritual life of many groups. According to the proponents of the aesthetic argument, people need
nature in all its diverse and beautiful forms as part of the experience of the world.
Another argument that has been put forward, especially by groups in the medical and
pharmacological fields, is that of ecological self-interest. By preserving all species, we retain a balance of
nature that is ultimately beneficial to humankind. Recent research on global ecosystems has been cited as
evidence that every species contributes important or even essential functions that may be necessary to the
survival of our own species. Some advocates of the ecological argument contend that important chemical
compounds derived from rare plants may contain the key to a cure for one of the diseases currently
threatening human beings. If we do not protect other species, then they cannot protect us.
Apart from human advantage in both the aesthetic and ecological arguments, the proponents of a
moral justification contend that all species have the right to exist, a viewpoint stated in the United Nations
World Charter for Nature, created in 1982. Furthermore, if humankind views itself as the stewards of all
the creatures on Earth, then it is incumbent upon human beings to protect them, and to ensure the
continued existence of all species. Moral justification has been extended by a movement called "deep
ecology," the members of which rank the biosphere higher than people because the continuation of life
depends on this larger perspective. To carry their argument to its logical conclusion, all choices must be
made for the biosphere, not for people.
Question 19: Which of the following is the main topic of the passage?
A. The beauty oftheworld B. The quality oflife
C. The preservationofspecies D. The balance ofnature
Question 20: Which of the arguments supports animal rights?
A.Aestheticjustification B. Ecologicalargument
C.Self-interestargument D. Moraljustification
Question 21: The word “perspective” in the 3rd paragraph could best be replaced by
A.idea B.event C.truth D.view
Question 22: The word “them” in the 3rd paragraphrefersto .
A.humankind B.stewards C.creatures D. humanbeings
Question23: Where in the passage does the author explain how rare species contribute to the health of the
human species?
A.line1-3 B.line5-6 C.line11-13 D. line18-20
Question 24: According to the passage, what do we know from research on global ecosystems?
A. Nature isverydiverse. B. A balance of nature isimportant.
C. Humans have a responsibilitytonature. D. Nature represents spiritualvalues
Question 25: The author mentioned all of the following as justifications for the protection of endangered
speciesEXCEPT .
A. the natural compounds neededformedicines B. the intrinsic value of the beauty ofnature
C. the control of pollution inthebiosphere D. the right to life implied by theirexistence
Question 26: It can be inferred from the passage thattheauthor .
A. is a member of the "deep ecology"movement
B. does not agree with ecologicalself-interest
C. supports all of the arguments to protectspecies
D. participated in drafting the Charter forNature
Why read books?
Is it worth readingbooks,(27) nowadays there are so many other forms ofentertainment?
Some people say that even paperback books are expensive, and not everyone can borrow books from a
library. They might add that television is more exciting and that viewers can relax as they watch their
favourite(28) .Allthatmaybetrue,butbooksarestillverypopular.Theyencouragethereader
to use his or her imagination for a start. You can read a chapter of a book, or just a few pages, and then
stop. Of course, it may beso(29) that you can't stop! There are many different kindsofbooks,
so you can choose a crime novel or an autobiography, or abook(30) givesyouinteresting
information. If you find it hard to choose, you can read reviews, or ask friends for ideas. Personally, I
can’t do without books, but Ican(31) up television easily enough. You can't watchtelevisionat
busstops!
Question 27:A.in B. or C.why D.since
Question 28:A.ones B.programmes C.episodes D.cereals
Question 29:A.current B.imagined C.interest D.gripping
Question 30:A.whose B.which C.what D.when
Question 31:A.pick B. look C.give D.turn
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction.
Question 32: To avoid confusion, the two twins never wear the same clothes.
A B C D
Question 33: If one has a special medical condition such as diabetes, epilepsy, or allergy, it is advisable
A
that they carry some kind of identification in order to avoid being given improper medication in
an B C D
emergency.
Question 34: To remove strains from permanent press clothing, carefully soaking in cold water
A B
before washing with a regular detergent.
C D
Question 35: In order to pass all exams with flying colours, you should concentrate on your study as
well as take some useful tips to reduce stress and anxiety.
A. berelatedto B. beinterestedin C. pay noattentionto D. express interestto
Question 36: He was found guilty of bribery. Now his reputation is under a cloud.
A. a glowofpride B.ashame C. outofreach D. open todoubt
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D onyour answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
Question 37: Polio is one of the top ten incurable diseases that modem medicine has failed to eradicate.
A.disabling B.vexatious C.dangerous D.iưeparable
Question 38: Jane and Fed are both in their forties so they’re going into marriage with their eyes wide
open.
A.wideawake B. with greatsurprise
C. fully aware of what theyaredoing D. with people’sadmiration
The Art World
One of the major problems in the art world is how to distinguish and promote an artist. In effect, a
market must be created for an artist to be successful. The practice of signing and numbering individual
prints was introduced by James Abbott McNeill Whistler, the nineteenth-century artist best known for the
painting of his mother, called "Arrangement in Grey and Black", but known to most of US as "Whistler's
Mother". Whistler's brother-in-law, Sir Francis Seymour Haden, a less well-known artist, had speculated
that collectors might find prints more attractive if they knew that there were only a limited number of
copies produced. By signing the work in pencil, an artist could guarantee and personalize each print.
As soon as Whistler and Haden began the practice of signing and numbering their prints, thefr work
began to increase in value. When other artists noticed that the signed prints commanded higher prices,
they began copying the procedure.
Although most prints are signed on the right-hand side in the margin below the image, the placement
of the signature is a matter of personal choice. Indeed, prints have been signed within image, in any of the
margins, or even on the reverse side of the 'print. Wherever the artist elects to sign it, a signed print is still
valued above an unsigned one, even in the same edition.
Question 39: Which of the following would be a better title for the passage?
A.Whistler'sMother. B. Whistler's GreatestWorks,
C. The Practice ofSigningPrints. D. Copying Limited EditionPrints.
Question 40: What made Whistler's work more valuable?
A. His fame asanartist. B. His painting of hismother,
C. His signature ontheprints. D, His brother-in-law'sprints.
Question 41: The word “speculated” in the paragraph I could best be replaced by .
A.guessed B.noticed C.denied D.announced
A. thesameedition B. theimage
C. thereverseside D. aprint
Question 43: What was true about the painting of Whistler's mother?
A. It was painted by Sir FrancisHaden.
B. Its title was "Arrangement in Grey andBlack".
C. It was not one of Whistler's bestpaintings.
D. It was a completely new method ofpainting.
Question 44: The author mentions all of the following as reasons why a collector prefers a signed print
EXCEPT .
A. it guarantees theprint'sauthenticity B. it makes the print morepersonal
C. it encourages higher prices fortheprint D. it limits the number of copies of theprint
Question 45: It can be inferred from the passage that artists numbertheirprints .
A. as anaccountingprocedure B. to guarantee a limitededition
C. when the buyerrequestsit D. at the same place on each of theprints
Mark the letter Á, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
of sentences in the following questions.
Question 46: I did not read his book. I did not understand what the lecturer was saying.
A. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me tounderstand.
B. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in hisbook.
C. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read hisbook.
D. The lecturer's book which Ĩ had not read was difficult tounderstand.
Question 47: When I had finished the report, I went out for a cup of coffee.
A. Finishing the report, I went out for a cup ofcoffee.
B. Having finished the report, I went out for a cup ofcoffee.
C. Going out for a cup of coffee, I finished myreport.
D. To finish the report, I went out for a cup ofcoffee.
Mark the letter A, B, c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
Question 48: People believe that the weather is changing dramatically.
A. The weather is believed to be changingdramatically.
B. The weather is believed to have changeddramatically.
C. The weather is believed to changedramatically.
D. The weather is believed to have been changingdramatically.
Question 49: “Why don’t you get your hair cut, Gavin?” said Adam.
A. Adam advised Gavin to cut hishair.
B. Gavin was suggested to have ahaircut.
C. It was suggested that Adam get Gavin’s haircut.
D. Adam suggested that Gavin should have his haircut.
Question 50: The plane had taken off. Paul realized he was on the wrong flight.
A. Hardly had Paul realized he was on the wrong flight when the plane tookoff.
B. It was not until the plane had taken off, did Paul realize he was on the wrongflight.
C. Not until the plane had taken off, did Paul realize he was on the wrongflight.
D. No sooner had the plane taken off than Paul had realized he was on the wrongflight.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.C 2.C 3.C 4.D 5.C 6.C 7.A 8.D 9.B 10. A
11.D 12.A 13.C 14.D 15. A 16.B 17.B 18. A 19.C 20.D
21.D 22.C 23.C 24.B 25.C 26.c 27.D 28.B 29.D 30.B
31.C 32.B 33.B 34.B 35.C 36.A 37.D 38.C 39.C 40.C
41.A 42.D 43.B 44.C 45.B 46.C 47.B 48.A 49.D 50.C
Mark the letter A, 8. C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the wordfs) OPPOSITE in meaning
to the underlined wordfs) in each of the followingquestions.
Question 1: Experts say that another outbreak of flu epidemic is on the cards.
A. likeiytohappen B. unlikelytooccur C. tobeprevented D. on theincrease
Question 2: We have known each other long enough that I will forgive you this discourtesy.
A.politeness B.rudeness C.measurement D.encouragement
Question 3: Ms. Black and Ms. White are talking about Mr. Brown’s upcoming retirement.
Ms. Black: Mr. Brown is going to retire next
month.” Ms,White:“ ”
A. Oh, I havenoidea. B. You don'tsay!
C. Right, you'd probably bethenext. D.Congratulations!
Question 4: Mandy has got a bad news. She is talking to Mano about it.
Mandy:“ ”
Mano: "Never mind, better luck next time."
A. I've broken yourpreciousvase. B. I have a lot on mymind.
C. I couldn t keep my mindonwork. D. I didn't get the vacantposition.
Question 5: Nobody could have predicted that the show would arouse so much interest and that over two
hundredpeople away.
A.wouldturn B. would haveturned
C. would have tobeturned D. had beenturned
Question 6: Studentsshouldnever to violence to solve anyproblems.
A.exert B. resolve C.resort D.recourse
Question 7: The novelty of married lifeseemsto if the couple involved don't have waystorenew
theirlove.
A.turnout B.dowithout C.fadein D. wearoff
Question 8: Tom was serious when he said he wanted to be an actor when he grewup.We athim.
We hurt hisfeelings.
A. needn’thavelaughed B. couldn’t havelaughed
C. shouldn’thavelaughed D. mustn’t havelaughed
Question 9:It never my head that such great Bulgarian rose festivals would be held inHanoi,our
capitalcity.
A.struck B. dawned C.occurred D.entered
Question 10: Only one ofthepeople was qualified for thejob.
A.interviewed B.interviewing C.tointerview D. whointerviewing
Question 11: After one hour’s performance of many famous singers heating up My Dinh Stadium,
out .
A. Park Hang-seo and hisdisciplescame B. did Park Hang-seo and his disciplescome
C. came Park Hang-seo andhisdisciples D. be Park Hang-seo and his disciplescoming
Question 12: With all due respect, I think yourcommentsare .
A.short-sighted B.far-sighted C.single-minded D. single-handed
Question 13: It is alleged that mothers and grandmothers spoil thechildrenby theirmistakes.
A.neglecting B.overlooking C.avoiding D.passing
Question 14: Internet Service is the latestmodeof which helps US getrequiredinformation
directly through computers by opening thesite.
A.communicate B.communication C.communicative D.communicator
Question 15: Despite all the evidence, he wouldn’t admit that he wasinthe .
A.fault B. error C.wrong D.slip
Question 16: I don’t suppose there is anything wrong withthissentence, ?
A.isthere B.isn'tthere C.doI D. don'tI
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
Question 17: An important factor should be considered is Mr. Lopez's ability to keep the new restaurant
A B
going for several months with limited revenue.
C D
Question 18: I think we have sufficient enough information to write the report.
A B C D
Question 19: Energy research, medicinal, tourism, and copper are important to the economy of Butte,
A B C D
Montana.
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
Question 20:A.supports B.computers C.machines D.armchairs
Question 21:A.famous B. nervous C.loud D.serious
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three
Question 22:A.entrance B. handle C.demand D.measure
Question 23: A. photocopyB.particular C.enthusiasm D.economy
Mark the letter A, B, c or D your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
Question 24: The 2004 Indian Ocean earthquake, measured 9.1 on the Richter scale, occurring on 26
December wiped out a large number of residential coastal areas.
A.eradicated B.paidoff C.bumpedoff D. gaveup
Question 25: The National Institute of Mental Health is conducting far-reaching research to determine
the psychological effects of using drugs.
A.refined B.extensive C.prevalent D.tentative
Most forms of property are concrete and tangible, such as houses, cars, furniture or anything else
that is included in one’s possessions. Other forms of property can be intangible, and copyright deals with
intangible forms of property. Copyright is a legal protection extended to authors of creative works, for
example, books, magazine articles, maps, films, plays, television shows, software, paintings, photographs,
music, choreography in dance and all other forms of intellectual or artisticproperty.
Although the purpose of artistic property is usually public use and enjoyment, copyright establishes
the ownership of the creator. When a person buys a copyrighted magazine, it belongs to this individual as
a tangible object. However, the authors of the magazine articles own the research and the writing that
went into creating the articles. The right to make and sell or give away copies of books or articles belongs
to the authors, publishers, or other individuals or organizations that hold the copyright. To copy an entire
book or a part of it, permission must be received from the copyright owner, who will most likely expect to
be paid.
Copyright law distinguishes between different types of intellectual property. Music may be played
by anyone after it is published. However, if it is performed for profit, the performers need to pay a fee,
called a royalty. A similar principle applies to performances of songs and plays. On the other hand,
names, ideas, and book titles are excepted. Ideas do not become copyrighted property until they are
published in a book, a painting or a musical work. Almost all artistic work created before the 20 th century
is not copyrighted because it was created before the copyright law waspassed.
The two common ways of infringing upon the copyright are plagiarism and piracy. Plagiarizing the
work of another person means passing it off as one’s own. The word plagiarism is derived from the Latin
plagiarus, which means “abductor”. Piracy may be an act of one person, but, in many cases, it is a joint
effort of several people who reproduce copyrighted material and sell it for profit without paying royalties
to the creator. Technological innovations have made piracy easy and anyone can duplicate a motion
picture on videotape, a computer program, or a book. Video cassette recorders can be used by practically
anyone to copy movies and television programs, and copying software has become almost as easy as
copying a book. Large companies zealously monitor their copyrights for slogans, advertisements, and
brand names, protected by a trademark.
A. Legal rights ofpropertyowners. B. Legal ownership of creativework.
C. Examples ofcopyrightpiracy. D. Copying creating work forprofit.
Question 27: The word “principle” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto .
A.crucialpoint B.cardinal role C.fundamental rule D. formidableforce
Question 28: Which of the following properties is NOT mentioned as protected by copyright?
A. musicandplays B. paintingsandmaps C.printedmedium D. scientificdiscoveries
Question 29: It can be inferred from the passage that it islegalif .
A. two songs, written by two different composers, have the samemelody
B. two books, written by two different authors, have the sametitles
C. two drawings, created by two different artists, have the sameimages
D. two plays, created by two different playwrights, have the same plot andcharacters
Question 30: With which of the following statements is the author most likely to agree?
A. Teachers are not allowed to make copies of published materials for use by theirstudents.
B. Plays written in the 16th century cannot be performed in theaters withoutpermission.
C. Singers can publicly sing only the songs for which they wrote the music and thelyrics.
D. It is illegal to make photographs when sightseeing ortraveling.
Question 31: The phrase “infringing upon” in paragraph 4 is closest inmeaningto .
A.impingingupon B.inductingfor C.violating D.abhorring
Question 32: The word “they” in paragraph 3referto .
A.ideas B.names C.titles D.performances
Question 33: According to the passage, copyrightlawis .
A.meticulouslyobserved B. routinelyignored
C.frequentlydebated D. zealouslyenforced
Cooperation is the common endeavor of two or more people to perform a task or reach a jointly
cherished goal. Like competition and conflict, there are different forms of cooperation, based on group
organization and attitudes.
In the first form, known as primary cooperation, group and individual fuse. The group contains
nearly all of each individual’s life. The rewards of the group’s work are shared with each member. There
is an interlocking identity of individual, group and task performed. Means and goals become one, for
cooperation itself isvalued.
While primary cooperation is most often characteristic of preliterate societies, secondary cooperation
is characteristic of many modem societies. In secondary cooperation, individuals devote only part of their
lives to the group. Cooperation itself is not a value. Most members of the group feel loyalty, but the
welfare of the group is not the first consideration, Members perform tasks so that they can separately
enjoy the fruits of their cooperation in the form of salary, prestige, or power. Business offices and
professional athletic teams are examples of secondary cooperation.
In the third type, called tertiary cooperation or accommodation, latent conflict underlies the shared
work. The attitudes of the cooperating parties are purely opportunistic: the organization is loose and
fragile. Accommodation involves common means to achieve antagonistic goals: it breaks down when the
common means cease to aid each party in reaching its goals. This is not, strictly speaking, cooperation at
all, and hence the somewhat contradictory term antagonistic cooperation is sometimes used for this
relationship.
Question 34: What is the author’s main purpose in the first paragraph of the passage?
A. To urge readers to cooperate moreoften.
B. To offer a brief definition ofcooperation.
C. To explain how cooperation differs from competition andconflict.
D. To show the importance of group organization andattitudes.
Question 35: The word “cherished” in paragraph 1 is closest inmeaningto .
A.defined B.agreedon C.prized D. setup
Question 36: Which of the following statements about primary cooperation is supported by information
in thepassage?
A. It is usually the first stage of cooperation achieved by a group of individuals attempting tocooperate.
B. It is most commonly seen among people who have not yet developed reading and writingskills.
C. It is an ideal that can never beachieved.
D. It was confined to prehistorictimes.
Question 37: According to the passage, why do people join groups that practice secondary cooperation?
A. To experience the satisfaction ofcooperation.
B. To associate with people who have similarbackgrounds.
C. To get rewards forthemselves.
D. To defeat a commonenemy.
Question 38: Which of the following is an example of the third form of cooperation as it is defined in the
fourth paragraph?
A. Students form a study group so that all of them can improve theirgrades.
B. Members of a farming community share work and the food that theygrow.
C. Two rival political parties temporarily work together to defeat a thirdparty.
D. A new business attempts to take customers away from an establishedcompany.
Question 39: Which of the following is NOT given as a name for the third type of cooperation?
A.Tertiarycooperation B. Antagonisticcooperation
C.Accommodation D. Latentconflict
Question 40: The word “fragile” in paragraph 4 is closest inmeaningto .
A.involuntary B. poorlyplanned C.inefficient D. easilybroken
Stories about how people somehow know when they are being watched have been going around for
years. However, few attempts have been made to investigate the phenomenon scientifically. Now, with
the completion of the largest ever study of the so- called staring effect, there is impressive evidence that
this is a recognizable and genuine sixth sense. The study involved hundreds of children. For the
experiments, they sat with theireyes(41) so they could not see, and with their backs toother
children, who were told to either stare at them or look away. Time and time again the results showed that
the children who could not see were able to tell when they were being stared at. In a total of more than 18,
000trials(42) worldwide,thechildrencorrectlysensedwhentheywerebeingwatchedalmost 70% of
the time. The experiment was repeated with the added precaution of putting the children who were being
watched outside theroom,(43) from the starters by the windows. This was donejust
in case there was some pretending going on with the children telling each other whether they were
looking or not. This prevented the possibility of sounds being transmitted between the children. The
results, (44) less impressive, were more or less the same. Dr. Sheldrake, the biologist
(45) designedthestudy,believesthattheresultsareconvincingenoughtofindoutthrough
further experiments precisely how the staring effect might actually came about.
Question 41:A.shaded B.covered C.masked D.wrapped
Question 42: A. worked over B.carriedout C.carriedon D.workedthrough
Question 43:A.parted B.separated C.split D.divided
Question 44:A.though B. however C.even D.quite
Question 45:A.which B.whose C.who D.whom
Question 46: John is studying hard. He doesn’t want to fail the next exam.
A. John is studying hard in order not to fail the nextexam.
B. John is studying hard in order that he not fail the nextexam.
C. John is studying hard so as to fail the nextexam.
D. John is studying hard in order to not to fail the nextexam.
Question 47: She gave in her notice. She planned to start her new job in January.
A. She gave in her notice, plan to start her new job inJanuary.
B. She gave in her notice with a view to starting her new job inJanuary.
C. Her notice was given in with an aim to start her new job inJanuary.
D. Her notice was given in order for her to start her new job inJanuary.
Question 48: He might have forgotten the place you’d arranged to meet at.
A. Perhaps he didn’t remember where you were going tomeet.
B. You planned to meet him at a place that he’d forgottenabout.
C. He didn’t remember meeting you at thattime.
D. He couldn’t remember where the meeting placewas.
Question 49: They recommend that the hotel should be redecorated.
A. The hotel should be recommended to beredecorated.
B. The hotel is recommended to beredecorated.
C. The hotel is recommended to haveredecorated.
D. The hotel was recommended to beredecorated.
Question 50: “You're always making terrible mistakes”, said the teacher.
A. The teacher asked his students why they always made terriblemistakes.
B. The teacher realized that his students always made teưiblemistakes.
C. The teacher complained about his students making terriblemistakes.
D. The teacher made his students not always make terriblemistakes.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.B 2.A 3.B 4.D 5.C 6.C 7.D 8.C 9.D 10. A
11.C 12. A 13.B 14.B 15.C 16.A 17. A 18.A 19.A 20.A
21.C 22.C 23. A 24.A 25.B 26.B 27.C 28.D 29.B 30.A
31.C 32.A 33.B 34.B 35.C 36.B 37.C 38.C 39.D 40.D
41.B 42.B 43.B 44.A 45.C 46.A 47.B 48.A 49. B 50.C
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D onyour answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three
in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 1:A.lecture B. inspire C.figure D.wonder
Question 2:A.triangular B.variety C.simplicity D.interviewer
Question 3:A.infamous B.fame C.stranger D.danger
Question 4: A. melancholyB.chase C.charity D.charge
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer in each of the
Question 5: The little girl startedcrying.She her doll, and no one was able to find it forher.
A.haslost B.hadlost C.waslosing D. waslost
Question 6: They live inavery populated area ofItaly.
A.sparsely B.scarcely C.hardly B.barely
Question 7: Lora is talking to Paula about her dancing competition.
Lora:“ ”
Paula: “Never mind, better luck next time”.
A. I have a lot onmymind. B. I didn’t get anyprize.
C. I’ve brokenyourrecord. D. I couldn’t keep mycup.
Question 8: He promisedtotelephone I have never heard from himagain.
A.but B.except C.although D.because
Question 9: What should youconsiderbefore for an exerciseclass?
A.signup B. tosignup C.signingup D. will signup
Question 10: Becareful!Don’t your drink on thetable.
A.spill B.spread C.flood D.flow
Question11: of all the staff, I would like to wish you a happyretirement.
A.Instead B.Inplace C.Onbehalf D. Onaccount
Question 12: Anne is talking to John when he visits her home.
Anne: “Make yourself at home.”
John:“ ”
A. Yes, can Ihelpyou? B. Not at all. Don’t mentionit.
C. Thanks! The sametoyou. D. That’s very kind. Thankyou.
Question 13: Her little grandson has been a sourceofgreat to her.
A.enjoyable B.enjoyed C.enjoying D.enjoyment
Question 14: I’m afraid that we don’thaveany size in stock,madam.
A.higher B.large C.greater D.taller
Question 15: You should go to your dentistforregular .
A.check-ins B.check-outs C.check-ups D.check-up
Question 16: No amount of money can buytruefriendship, ?
A.can’tit B.canit C.doesit D. doesn’tit
Question17: any free time, I would attend some spring festivals organized in ourneighborhood.
A. Were Itohave B. ShouldIhave C. IfIhave D. Were Ihave
Question 18: You willhaveto your holiday if you are too ill totravel.
A.calloff B. cutdown C.backout D. putaside
Mark the letter A, B, C or D oil your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the followingquestions.
Question 19: As you can see, my father does a lot of gardening and those rose bushes are the apples of
his eye. He's so proud of them.
A. the things that he likesverymuch B. the apples that heprefers
C. the things that is very importanttohim D. the things that hedislikes
Question 20: Laura loves to talk to anyone. Sometimes her chatter really gets on my nerves.
A.annoysme B.disturbsme C.pleasesme D. encouragesme
Question 21: The museum was overrun with tourists, so we decided to go back another day.
A. crowdedwithtourists B. having notourists
C. havingtouristsrunning D. not having enoughtourists
Question 22: The victim of the racial discrimination settled for the apology from the company.
A.made B.accepted C.offered D.issued
Criticism
It can take a long time to become successful in your chosen field, however talented you are. One
thing you have tobe(23) of is that you will face criticism along the way. The world is fullof
people who would rather say something negative than positive. If you’ve made up your mind to achieve a
certain goal such as writing a novel, don’t let the negative criticism of others prevent you from reaching
your purpose and let constructive criticism have a positive(24) on your work. If
someonesaysyou’re totally lacking talent, ignore them. That’s negative criticism. If, however, someone
advises you to reviseyourworkandgivesyougoodreasonsfordoingso,youshould(25) theirsuggestions
carefully. There are many filmstars(26) wereonceoutofjob.Therearemanyfamous
novelists who made a complete mess of their first novel - or who didn’t, but had to keep on approaching
hundreds of publishers before they could get It published. Being successful does depend on luck, to a
certain extent. But things are more likely toturn(27) well if you persevere and staypositive.
Question 23: A. knowledgeable B.clever C.worried D.aware
Question 24:A.affect B.effect C.result D.change
Question 25:A.cautious B. consider C.reckon D.remember
Question 26:A.which B.whom C.when D.that
Question 27:A.away B. on C.out D.off
correct answer to each ofthequestions. .
The rules of etiquette in American restaurants depend upon a number of factors the physical location
of the restaurant, eg., rural or urban; the type of restaurant, eg., informal or formal; and certain standards
that are more universal. In other words, some standards of etiquette vary significantly while other
standards apply almost anywhere. Learning the proper etiquette in a particular type of restaurant in a
particular area may sometimes require instruction, but more commonly it simply requires sensitivity and
experience. For example, while it is acceptable to read a magazine in a coffee shop, it is inappropriate to
do the same in a more luxurious setting. And, if you are eating in a very rustic setting it may be fine to
tuck your napkin into your shirt, but if you are in a sophisticated urban restaurant this behavior would
demonstrate a lack of manners. It is safe to say, however, that in virtually every restaurant it is
unacceptable to indiscriminately throw your food on the floor. The conclusion we can most likely draw
from the above is that while the types and locations of restaurants determine etiquette appropriate to them,
some rules apply to all restaurants.
Question 28: With what topic is this passage primarily concerned?
A. Rulesofetiquette. B. Instruction in properetiquette.
C. The importance ofgoodmanners. D. Variable and universal standards ofetiquette.
Question 29: According to the passage, which of the following is a universal rule of etiquette?
A. Tucking a napkin inyourshirt. B. Not throwing food on thefloor.
C. Reading a magazinewhileeating. D. Eating in rusticsettings.
Question 30: What does the word “it” in line 5 refer to?
A. learning theproperetiquette B. clearinstruction
C. knowing the typeofrestaurant D.sensitivity
Question 31: Which of the following words is most similar to the meaning of “rustic” in line 7?
A.agricultural B.ancient C.unsophisticated D.urban
Question 32: The word “manners” in line 9 could best be replaced by which of the following?
A.experience B.character C.ceremony D.tact
Question 33: The author uses the word “draw” in line 10tomean .
A.pickout B.dragaway C.evoke D.infer
Question 34: What is the author's main purpose in this passage?
A. To assist people in learning sophisticatedmanners
B. To describe variations in restaurantmanners
C. To simplify rules of restaurantetiquette
D. To compare sophisticated and rusticrestaurants
Niagara Falls, one of the most famous North American natural wonders, has long been a popular
tourist destination. Tourists today flock to see the two falls that actually constitute Niagara Falls: the 173-
foot- high Horseshoe Falls on the Canadian side of the Niagara River in the Canadian province of Ontario
and the 182-foot-high American Falls on the U.S. side of the river in the state of New York.
Approximately 85 percent of the water that goes over the falls actually goes over Horseshoe Falls, with
the rest going over AmericanFalls.
Most visitors come between April and October, and it is quite a popular activity to take a steamer
out onto the river and right up to the base of the falls for a close-up view. It is also possible to get a
spectacular view of the falls from the strategic locations along the Niagara River, such as Prospect Point
of Table Rock, or from one of the four observation towers which have heights up to 500feet.
Tourists have been visiting Niagara Falls in large numbers since the 1800's; annual visitation now
averages above 10 million visitors per year. Because of concern that all these tourists would inadvertently
destroy the natural beauty of this scenic wonder, the State of New Y ork in 1885 created Niagara Falls
Park in order to protect the land surrounding American Falls. A year later Canada created Queen Victoria
Park on the Canadian side of the Niagara, around Horseshoe Falls. With the area surrounding the falls
under the jurisdiction of government agencies, appropriate steps could be taken to preserve the pristine
beauty of the area.
Question 35: What is the major point that the author is making in this passage?
A. Niagara Falls can be viewed from either the American side or the Canadianside.
B. A trip to the United States isn’t complete without a visit to NiagaraFalls.
C. Niagara Falls has had an interestinghistory.
D. It has been necessary to protect Niagara Falls from the many tourists who gothere.
Question 36: The word “flock” in paragraph 1 could best bereplacedby .
A. come byplane
B. come in largenumber
C. come out ofboredom
D. come without knowing what they willsee
Question 37: According to the passage, which of the following best describes Niagara Falls?
A. Niagara Falls consists of two rivers, one Canadian and the otherAmerican.
B. American Falls is considerably higher than HorseshoeFalls.
C. The Niagara River has two falls, one in Canada and one in The UnitedStates.
D. Although the Niagara River flows through the United States and Canada, the falls are only in the
UnitedStates.
Question 38: A “steamer” in paragraph 2isprobably .
A.abus B. aboat C.awalkway D. apark
Question 39: The expression “right up” in paragraph 2 could best bereplacedby .
A. turn totheright B. follow correctprocedures
C.travelupstream D. all the wayup
Question 40: The passage implies that touristsprefer to .
A. visit Niagara Falls during warmerweather
B. see the falls from a greatdistance
C. take a ride over thefalls
D. come to Niagara Falls for a wintervacation.
Question 41: According to the passage, why was Niagara Falls created?
A. To encourage tourists to visit NiagaraFalls
B. To show off the natural beauty of NiagaraFalls
C. To protect the area around NiagaraFalls
D. To force Canada to open Queen VictoriaPark
Question 42: The paragraph following the passage mostprobablydiscusses .
A. additional ways to observe thefalls
B. steps taken by government agencies to protect thefalls
C. a detailed description of the division of the falls between the United States andCanada
D. further problems that are destroying the area around thefalls
Question 43: The tongue is the principle organ of taste, and is crucial for chewing, swallowed, and
A B C D
speaking.
Question 44: The man, together with his family, were invited to the Clambake last night.
A B C D
Question 45: Hardly he had graduated from Vietnam Naval Academy when he joined Vietnam Coast
A B C D
Guard.
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
Question 46: The woman wanted to have more time for her new-born grand-daughter. She left her job as
an accountant.
A. The woman wanted to have more time for her new-born grand-daughter because she left her job as
anaccountant.
B. The woman left her job as an accountant in order to have more time for her new-born grand-
daughter.
C. The woman had more time for her new-born grand-daughter, even though she left her job as
an accountant.
D. Having left her job as an accountant, her new-born grand-daughter could have moretime.
Question 47: The plan may be ingenious. It will never work in practice.
A. Ingenious as it may be, the plan will never work inpractice.
B. Ingenious as may the plan, it will never work inpractice.
C. The plan may be too ingenious to work inpractice.
D. The plan is as impractical as it isingenious.
Question 48: The students complained that the teacher was inexperienced.
A. The students praised the teacher for hisexperience.
B. The teacher was favored because of hisinexperience.
C. The teacher was not supported for hisinexperience.
D. The teacher was popular despite hisinexperience.
Question 49: Right after the police had arrived at the scene, the situation was settled.
A. The police did not arrive at the scene until the situation had beensettled.
B. If the police had arrived at the scene, the situation would have beensettled.
C. The police had no sooner arrived at the scene than the situation wassettled.
D. The situation had been settled just before the police arrived at thescene.
Question 50: “You didn’t lock the door this morning as I found the keys on the table when I got home!”
the woman told her son.
A. The woman scolded her son with unlocking the door that morning as she found the key on
thetable.
B. The woman criticized her son for not locking the door that morning, adding that she saw the keys on
thetable.
C. The woman blamed her son for not unlocking the door that morning as she found the key on the
table. D. The woman reproached her son of not locking the door that morning, emphasizing that she saw
the keys on thetable.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.B 2.D 3.A 4.A 5.B 6.A 7.B 8.A 9.C 10. A
11.C 12.D 13.D 14.B 15.C 16.B 17.A 18.A 19.D 20.C
21.A 22.B 23.D 24.B 25.B 26.D 27.C 28.D 29.B 30.A
31.C 32.D 33.D 34.C 35.D 36. B 37.C 38.B 39.D 40.A
41.C 42.B 43.D 44.C 45.A 46.B 47.A 48.C 49.C 50.B
Question 1: A. solutions B. hospitals C. families D. projects
Question 2: A. accountant B. amount C. founding D. country
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three
Question 3:A.environment B. philosophy C.medicine D.attenuate
Question 4:A.technology B. audience C.territory D.commerce
Question5: in all parts of the state, pines are the most common trees inGeorgia.
A. Found B.Finding C.Tofind D. Arefound
Question 6: Local authorities have to learn toallocateresources .
A.efficient B.efficiency C.inefficient D.efficiently
Question 7: Shallweget ? It’s gettinglate
A.go B. togo C.going D.gone
Question 8: Thorny enters the meeting room and sees a lot of men. He is asking one of the men near the
door. Thorny: “Excuse me. I don’t want to interrupt you but...”
Theman:“ ”
A. What can I doforyou? B. Certainly. How dareyou!
C. Iquiteagree D. I have noidea
Question9:John to walk home if Sara hadn’t given him alift.
A.wouldhave B. had C. wouldhavehad D. hadhad
Question 10: I’d rather you a noise last night; I couldn’t get to sleep.
A.hadn’tmade B.wouldn’ttake C.didn’ttake D. haven’tmade.
Question 11:Don’tbe by these slick - talkingsalesmen.
A.putaside B. put up C.takenin D. takenaway.
Question12:The ofthefamilyhomefollowingthedivorcewasagreatshocktothe children.
A. break-down B. break-in C. break-up D. break -out
Question 13: Only 300 for that laptop? That’sareal !
A.bargain B.contract C.sale D.donation
Question14: It last night because the ground is reallywet.
A. mighthaverained B. canhaverained C. shouldhaverained D. must haverained
Question 15: Floodshavecompletely the farmer’scrops.
A.ruined B.damaged C.injured D.harmed
Question 16: All hishardwork in greatsuccess.
A.accounted B.culminated C.merged D.succumbed
Trang 1/16
Question17: “ accordance thewishes my people”thepresident
said, “Iamretiring publiclife.”
A. In, with,of,from B. On, to,for,in C. In, of,from,at D. To, in, of,for.
Question 18: Olga and her mother are standing on the balcony on a wet day.
Mother: “Oh, how I hate this weather!”
Olga:“ ”
A.Iagree B. I do too C. SoamI D. I thinkso
Very few people in the modem world obtain their food supply by hunting and gathering in the natural
environment surrounding their homes. This method of harvesting from nature’s provision is the oldest
known subsistence strategy and has been practised for at least the last two million years. It was, indeed,
the only way to obtain food until rudimentary farming and the domestication of wild animals were
introduced about 10,000 years ago.
Because hunter-gatherers have fared poorly in comparison with their agricultural cousins, their numbers
have dwindled, and they have been forced to live in marginal environments, such as deserts and arctic
wastelands. In higher latitudes, the shorter growing seasons have restricted the availability of plant life.
Such conditions have caused a greater dependence on hunting, and on fishing along the coasts and
waterways. The abundance of vegetation in the lower latitudes of the tropics, on the other hand, has
provided a greater opportunity for gathering a variety of plants. In short, the environmental differences
have restricted the diet and have limited possibilities for the development of subsistence societies.
Contemporary hunter-gatherers may help US understand our prehistoric ancestors. We know from the
observation of modem hunter-gatherers in both Africa and Alaska that a society based on hunting and
gathering must be very mobile. While the entire community camps in a central location, a smaller party
harvests the food within a reasonable distance from the camp. When the food in the area has become
exhausted, the community moves on to exploit another site. We also notice seasonal migration patterns
evolving for most hunter-gatherers, along with a strict division of labor between the sexes. These patterns
of behavior may be similar to those practised by mankind during the Paleolithic Period.
Question 19: The word “domestication” in the first paragraphmostlymeans .
A. adapting animals to suit a new workingenvironment
B. hatching and raising new species of wild animals in thehome
C. teaching animals to do a particular job or activity in thehome
D. making wild animals used to living with and working forhumans
Question 20: According to the passage, subsistence societies dependmainlyon .
A.hunter-gatherers’tools B. nature’sprovision
C.farmingmethods D. agriculturalproducts
Question 21: In the lower latitudes of thetropics,hunter-gatherers .
A. can free themselvesfromhunting B. have better food gathering fromnature
C. live along the coasts and waterwaysforfishing D. harvest shorter seasonalcrops
Question 22: A typical feature of both modem and prehistoric hunter-gatherersisthat .
A. they live in the forests for alltheirlife B. they don’t have a healthy and balanceddiet
C. they don’t have a strong senseofcommunity D. they often change their livingplaces
Question 23: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned?
A. Harvesting from the natural environment had existed long before farming was takenup.
Trang 2/16
B. The environmental differences produce no effect on subsistencesocieties.
C. The number of hunter-gatherers decreases where farming isconvenient.
D. Hunting or fishing develops where there are no or short growingseasons.
Question 24: According to the author, most contemporary and prehistoric hunter-gatherers share .
A. some methodsofproduction B. some patterns ofbehavior
C. some restricteddailymles D. only the way of dutydivision
Question 25: Which of the following would serve as the best title of the passage?
A. Hunter-gatherers andSubsistenceSocieties B. Evolution of Humans’ FarmingMethods
C. Brief History ofSubsistenceFarming D. Hunter-gatherers: Always on theMove
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numberedblanks.
When I was at school, sports day was the highlight of the year. Let me set the scene. First of all, on
sports day, it was alwaysbound(26) rain. Sunny weather? No such luck. Despitethe
previous two months of soaring temperatures, as likely as not, on the morning of the games, The
temperature would plummet. So, imagine a hundred(27) small children, dressed intight
shorts and thin vests, shivering in the cold, unaware of the heartbreak that lies in store for them. Swept up
by the excitement and desperate to win, tempers soon get frayed. One girl finds herself disqualified from
the egg and spoon race despite giving it everything she’s got, and another boy, (28) jealous of the
winner of the sack race, makes the mistake of being rude to him within earshot of the teachers. Scores of
tinychildren,bitterlydisappointedattastingdefeatforthefirsttime,breakdownandcry.Twentyyears
on, I’m certainly not(29) any young, but I do have some really lasting(30) of
those days atschool!
Question 26:A.for B. to C.by D.of Question
27:A.enthusiast B. enthusiastic C.enthuse D.emthusiasm
Question 28:A.fiercely B.warmly C.keenly
D.stronglyQuestion 29:A.putting B. getting
C.going D.coming Question 30: A.
remembrancesB.mementoes C.memories D.souvenirs
Question 31: It is essential that cancer is diagnosed and treated as early as possible in order to assure a
A B C D
successful cure.
Question 32: One of the features of London is the number of big stores, most of them are to be found in
A B C D
or near the West End.
Question 33: The painting was so beautiful that I stood there admired it for a long time.
A B C D
Most journeys in Britain and the US are made by road. Some of these are made on public transport but
most are by private car.
In Britain many people rely on their cars for daily local activities, e.g. getting to work, doing the
shopping, and visiting friends. People living in urban areas may use buses, trains or, in London, the
Underground,to get to city centres, mainly because traffic is often heavy and it is difficult to find
Trang 3/16
anywhere to park a car. Some places in the country may have a bus only two or three times a week so
people living there have no choice but to rely on their cars.
In the US, large cities have good public transportation systems. The El railroad in Chicago and the
underground systems of New York, Boston, San Francisco and Washington, DC are heavily used.
Elsewhere, most Americans prefer to use their cars. Families often have two cars and, outside major
cities, have to drive fairly long distances to schools, offices, shops, banks, etc. Many college and even
high-school students have their owncars.
Long-distance travel in Britain is also mainly by road, though railways link most towns and cities. Most
places are linked by motorways or other fast roads and many people prefer to drive at their own
convenience rather than use a train, even though they may get stuck in a traffic jam. Long-distance
coach/bus services are usually a cheaper alternative to trains, but they take longer and may be less
comfortable. Some long-distance travel, especially that undertaken for business reasons, may be by air.
There are regular flights between regional airports, as well as to and from London. A lot of freight is also
distributed by road, though heavier items and raw materials often go by rail.
In the US much long-distance travel is by air. America has two main long-distance bus companies,
Greyhound and Trailways. Amtrak, the national network, provides rail services for passengers. Private
railway companies such as Union Pacific now carry only freight, though in fact over 70% of freight goes
by road.
The main problems associated with road transport in both Britain and the US are traffic congestion and
pollution. It is predicted that the number of cars on British roads will increase by a third within a few
years, making both these problems worse. The British government would like more people to use public
transport, but so far they have had little success in persuading people to give up their cars or to share rides
with neighbours. Most people say that public transport is simply not good enough. Americans too have
resisted government requests to share cars because it is less convenient and restricts their freedom.
Petrol/gasoline is relatively cheap in the US and outside the major cities public transport is bad, so they
see no reason to use their cars less.
(Extracted from Oxford Guide to British and American Culture, Oxford University Press, 2000)
Question 34: In Britain and the US most peopletravelby .
A.sea B. rail C.road D.air
Question 35: According to the passage, people in London may prefer the Underground to their own cars
due to .
A.cheaptickets B.airpollution C.longdistances D. heavytraffic
Question 36: It is mentioned in paragraph 3 that the public transportation systems in the US are good in
.
A.somestates B.allcities C.largestates D. largecities
Question 37: Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Few college students in the US have their owncars.
B. Families in the US often have more than onecar.
C. Most Americans prefer to drive their cars outside largecities.
D. The underground systems are popular in some major UScities.
Question 38: The phrase “at their own convenience” in paragraph 4 is closest inmeaningto .
A. at the latest time andnearestplace B. at an appropriate time andplace
C. at an early time andnearbyplace D. at the fastest time and nearestplace
Question 39: According to the information in paragraph 3, long-distance travellers in the US can choose
from mode(s) oftransport.
Trang 4/16
A.one B. two C.three D.four
Question 40: It is stated in the passage that the major problems of road transport in Britain and the US
are .
A. speeding andbadroads B. accidents andpollution
C. traffic jamsandpollution D. drink-driving and trafficjams
Question 41: The word “they” in the last sentence of the passage can best be replaced by .
A.thegovernment B. majorcities C.Americans D.neighbours
Question 42: The exercise was a piece of cake; I can do it with my eyes closed.
A.challenging B. easy C.boring D.understandable
Question 43: Research has shown that sending young offenders to prison can be counterproductive.
A. achievinggoodresults B. achieving badresults
C. achievingunfortunateresults D. achieving indirectresult
Question 44: Nobody owned up to breaking the window.
A.objectedto B.decidedon C.confessedto D. allowedfor
Question 45: I don’t really go in for winter sports very much.
A. am notgoodat B. do not hate C. donotpractice D. am not keenon
Mark the letter A, By Cy or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 46: We spend about one-third of our lives sleeping. We know relatively little about our sleep.
A. We shall know more about our sleep if we spend more than one-third of our livessleeping.
B. We know relatively little about our sleep; as a result, we spend about one-third of our livessleeping.
C. Despite spending about one-third of our lives sleeping, we know relatively little about oursleep.
D. We spend about one-third of our lives sleeping so that we know relatively little about our sleep.
Question 47: He was successful because he was determined to pursue personal goals. He was not
talented.
A. His success lay in his natural ability, not in his determination to pursue personalgoals.
B. In addition to his determination, his talent ensured his success in pursuing hisgoals.
C. It was his determination to pursue personal goals, not talent, that contributed to hissuccess.
D. His determination to pursue personal goals made him successful andtalented.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
Question 48: Peter’s main subject at university is electronics.
A. The university lets Peter major inelectronics.
B. Peter thinks electronics is a specialsubject.
C. Peter majors in electronics atuniversity.
D. Electronics is among the subjects that Peterlikes.
Question 49: People say that the tulip originated from Constantinople.
A. The tulip is said to originate fromConstantinople.
Trang 5/16
B. The tulip was said to have originated fromConstantinople.
C. The tulip is said to have originated fromConstantinople.
D. The tulip was said to originate fromConstantinople.
Question 50: “How brave you are!” he said to the firemen.
A. He asked how brave the firemenwere.
B. He blamed the firemen for theirdiscouragement.
C. He criticized the firemen for theirdiscouragement.
D. He praised the firemen for theircourage.
Trang 6/16
ĐÁP ÁN
1.D 2.D 3.C 4.A 5.A 6.D 7.C 8.A 9.C 10.A
11.C 12.C 13.A 14.D 15.A 16.B 17. A 18.B 19.D 20.B
21.B 22.D 23.B 24.B 25.A 26.B 27.B 28.A 29.B 30.C
31.B 32.C 33.C 34.C 35.D 36.D 37.A 38.B 39.C 40.C
41.C 42.A 43.A 44.C 45.D 46.C 47.C 48.C 49.C 50.D
Trang 7/16
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of others in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. subsidy B. substantial C. undergraduate D. drugstore
Question 2: A. preface B. gazelle C. surface D. flamingo
Question 3: A. interestinglyB.surprisingly C.provincially D.annoyingly
Question 4:A.mislead B. cover C.correct D.involve
Question 5: Janeisvery about hercareer.
A.single-handed B.single-minded C.fresh-face D.bare-faced
Question6: Light are small planes with seats for no more than aboutsixpassengers.
airplane B. airship C.aircraft D.aircrafts
Question 7: A: How much is thiscar?
B: 15,000 dollars. My uncle paid foritby .
A.cash B. credit C.installments D. hirepurchase
Question 8: She’scertainlya writer, she has written quite a few bools thisyear.
A.fruitful B. prolific C.fertile D.successful
Question 9: Husha and Honish are talking about Trishie after watching her music performance.
Husha: “Trishie’s the best singer in our school.”
Honish:“ ”
A.Yes,please. B. I couldn’t agree with youmore.
C.That’sOK! D. Yes, tell me aboutit.
Question 10: They were accused of treating the country’sflagwith .
A.respect B. irrespect C.disrespect D.non-respect
Question 11: What measureshave been to control traffic jam at rushhours?
A.imagined B. taken C.done D.carried
Question 12: A teacher is talking to the principal about their school plan.
The teacher: “Why are the renovations being
delayed?” Theprincipal:“ .”
A. Yes, but it shouldbechanged B. We must get a permitfirst
C. It was delayed overtwohours D. The building really needsrenovating
Question 13: “I can’t rememberusever ,” replied thestranger.
A.beingmet B. tohavemet C.havingmet D.cooks
Question 14: IfMr.David at the meeting, he would make aspeech.
A.were B. had been C.was D. hasbeen
Question15: the food before, Tom didn’t want to eat itagain.
Trang 1/17
A.Havingeaten B. Toeat C.Eaten D.Eating
Question 16: Leave it in the ovenuntilit brown.
A.turns B. colours C.changes D.cooks
Question17: ? Your eyes arered.
A. Didyoucry B. Have you beencried
C. Wereyoucrying D. Have you beencrying
Question 18: After seeing the film Memoir ofaGeisha, .
A. Have youbeencried B. the book made many people want to readit
C. many people wanted to readthebook D. the reading of the book interestedpeople
It’s often said that we learn things at the wrong time. University students frequently do the minimum of
work because they’re crazy about a good social life instead. Children often scream before their piano
practice because it’s so boring. They have to be given gold stars and medals to be persuaded to swim, or
have to be bribed to take exams. But the story is different when you’re older.
Over the years, I’ve done my share of adult learning. At 30,1 went to a college and did courses in
History and English. It was an amazing experience. For starters, I was paying, so there was no reason to
be late - I was the one frowning and drumming my fingers if the tutor was late, not the other way round.
Indeed, if I could persuade him to linger for an extra five minutes, it was a bonus, not a nuisance. I wasn’t
frightened to ask questions, and homework was a pleasure not a pain. When I passed an exam, I had
passed it for me and me alone, not for my parents or my teachers. The satisfaction I got was entirely
personal.
Some people fear going back to school because they worry that their brains have got rusty. But the joy
is that, although some parts have rusted up, your brain has learnt all kinds of other things since you were
young. It has learnt to think independently and flexibly and is much better at relating one thing to another.
What you lose in the rust department, you gain in the maturity department.
In some ways, age is a positive plus. For instance, when you’re older, you get less frustrated.
Experience has told you that, if you’re calm and simply do something carefully again and again,
eventually you’ll get the hang of it. The confidence you have in other areas - from being able to drive a
car, perhaps - means that if you can’t, say, build a chair instantly, you don’t, like a child, want to destroy
your first pathetic attempts. Maturity tells you that you will, with application, eventually getthere.
I hated piano lessons at school, but I was good at music. And coming back to it, with a teacher who
could explain why certain exercises were useful and with musical concepts that, at the age of ten, I could
never grasp, was magical. Initially, I did feel a bit strange, thumping out a piece that I’d played for my
school exams, with just as little comprehension of what the composer intended as I’d had all those years
before. But soon, complex emotions that I never knew poured out from my fingers, and suddenly I could
understand why practice makes perfect.
Question 19: It is implied in paragraph1that .
A. young learners are usually lazy in theirclass
B. teachers should give young learners lesshomework
C. young learners often lack a good motivation forlearning
D. parents should encourage young learners to studymore
Question 20: The writer’s main point in paragraph 2 is to show that as peoplegrowup, .
A. they cannot learn as well as youngerlearners
Trang 2/17
B. they have a more positive attitude towardslearning
C. they tend to leam less as they arediscouraged
D. they get more impatient with theirteachers
Question 21: While doing some adult learning courses at a college, the writerwassurprised .
A. to have more timetoleam B. to be able to leam morequickly
C. to feel learningmoreenjoyable D. to get on better with thetutor
Question 22: In paragraph 3, the word“rusty”means .
A. not as good as it used to be through lack ofpractice
B. impatient because of having nothing todo
C. covered with rust and not as good as it used tobe
D. staying alive and becoming moreactive
Question 23: The phrase “get there” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaningto“ ”.
A. have the things you have longdesired
B. achieve your aim with hardwork
C. arrive at an intended place withdifficulty
D. receive a school or collegedegree
Question 24: All of the following are true about adult learning EXCEPT
A. experience in doing other things can help one’slearning
B. young people usually feel less patient thanadults
C. adults think more independently and flexibly than youngpeople
D. adult learners have fewer advantages than younglearners
Question 25: It can be inferred from paragraph 4 that maturity is a positive plus in the learning process
becauseadultlearners .
A. pay more attention to detail than youngerlearners
B. have become more patient than youngerlearners
C. are less worried about learning than youngerlearners
D. are able to organize themselves better than youngerlearners
Question 26: It is implied in the last paragraph that when you learn later inlife,you .
A. should expect to take longer to learn than when you wereyounger
B. find that you can recall a lot of things you leamt whenyounger
C. can sometimes understand more than when you wereyounger
D. are not able to concentrate as well as when you wereyounger
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numberedblanks.
Working mothers
Because an increasing number of people are opting to work outside the traditional office, notebook PCs
are becoming more and more popular. However, you should know that notebook PCs aren't for everyone.
Asyou(27) up the pros and cons of your desktop PC with a new system, you should bear
(28) mindthatyoumaygetbetterprofitforyourmoneybyinvestinginafaster,more powerful
desktopPC.
Portability comes at a price. Leave your laptop unattended for any length of time in any sort of public
place and you will quickly discover that it has been stolen. You could even lose it without any intentional
neglect on your area; laptops (and all the business and personal information they contain) are easy (29)
forskilledthieves.So,yes,therearedefinitelyserioussecurityissues.Also,ifyouare
Trang 3/17
prone to tossing your laptop around as you do your purse, workout bag or umbrella, you’ll probably break
it before you get your money's worth. Guarantees are getting better and longer, but they still won’t cover
a simple slip, letalone(30) carelessness. So, beforeyou(31) out to get
yourself the latest technological appliance, think long and hard as to whether a notebook PC is really
suitable foryou.
Question 27: A. measure B. weigh C. even D. count
Question 28: A. on B. in C. over D. of
Question 29: A. aims B. objects C. targets D. goals
Question 30: A. usual B. normal C. regular D. habitual
Question 31: A. rush B. speed C. move D. walk
Question 32: If carefully doing, the experiment will be successful.
A B C D
Question 33: The new computer chip is the smallest one than has ever been developed.
A B C D
Question 34: Although this car appears to be manufactured by a different company, it has the same body
A B C
style, size, and perform as that one.
D
Scientists have developed a new bionic computer chip that can be mated with human cells to combat
disease. The tiny device, smaller and thinner than a strand of hair, combines a healthy human cell with an
electronic circuitry chip. Doctors can control the activity of the cell by controlling the chip with a
computer.
It has long been established that cell members become permeable when exposed to electrical impulses.
Researchers have conducted genetic research for years with a trial-and-error process of bombarding cells
with electricity in an attempt to introduce foreign substances such as new drug treatments or genetic
material. They were unable to apply a particular level of voltage for a particular purpose. With the new
invention, the computer sends electrical impulses to the chip, which triggers the physicians to open a
cell’s pores withcontrol.
Researchers hope that eventually they will be able to develop more advanced chips whereby they can
choose a particular voltage to activate particular tissues, whether they be muscle, bone, brain, or others.
They believe that they will be able to implant multiple chips into a person to deal with one problem or
more than one problem.
Question 35: The word “strand” in the second sentence is closest inmeaningto .
A.chip B. type C.color D.thread
Question 36: The author implies that scientists are excited about the newtechnologybecause .
A. it is possible to kill cancer with a singlejolt.
B. It is less expensive than currenttechniques.
C. It allows them to be able to shock cells for the firsttime.
D. It is more precise than previoustechniques.
Question 37: The word “eventually” in the third paragraph is closest inmeaningto .
Trang 4/17
A. inthefuture B.especially C.possibly D.finally
Question 38: The author implies that up to now, the point of applying electric impulse to cells was to
.
A. open their walls tointroducemedication B. killthem
C.combinecells D. stopgrowth
Question 39: The author states that scientists previously wereawarethat .
A. electric impulses could affectcells
B. electric charges could harm aperson
C. cells interact with each other through electricalcharges
D. they could control cells with a separatecomputer
Question 40: The word they in the first sentences of the third paragraphrefersto .
A.chips B. tissues C.voltages D.researchers
Question 41: The author indicates that it is expected doctors will beableto .
A. place more than one chip in a singleperson
B. place one large chip in a person to control multipleproblems
C. place a chip directly inside acell
D. place a chip inside a strand ofhair
Question 42: One of the fundamentals of education, mathematics is taught from the earliest grades in
school.
A.basics B. understandings C.needs D.points
Question 43: In 1969, the Beatles officially broke up after playing together as a band for more than a
decade.
A.separated B. united C.workedtogether D.cooperated
Question 44: One of our group’s main goals is to discourage the use of chemical fertilizers
A.prevent B. encourage C.avoiding D.expect
Question 45: Many people lost out when the new regulations were enforceD.
A. were atanadvantage B. were at adisadvantage
C. losttheirjobs D. becamefainted
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the
Question 46: You need not have washed the sheets. The hotel staff does the cleaning.
A. It is good that you washed thesheets.
B. It was not necessary to wash the sheets, even though youdid.
C. It was necessary to wash the sheets, but you did not doit.
D. It was necessary to wash the sheets, and you did not doit.
Question 47: You’d better take the keys. It’s possible I’ll come home late.
A. You’d better take the keys as I possibly come homelate.
B. You’d better take the keys in case I come homelate.
Trang 5/17
C. I’ll probably come home late so that you’d better take thekeys.
D. If I come home late, you’d better take thekeys.
Question 48: He was annoyed because his secretary came late to work.
A. His secretary came late to work made himannoyed.
B. His secretary’s coming late to work made himannoying.
C. He objected to his secretary’s coming late towork.
D. He objected to that his secretary came to worklate.
Question 49: “I don’t think Janet will win this time”- said Tony.
A. Tony wondered if Janet would win thistime.
B. Tony believed that Janet would win thattime.
C. Tony doubted whether Janet would win thattime.
D. Tony suggested that Janet should try to win thattime.
Question 50: I have learnt never to take sides in any arguments between my close friends.
A. I support neither side in my close friends’arguments.
B. I don’t encourage my close friends toargue.
C. If I support one side in arguments, the other will beupset.
D. I don’t support any of my closefriends.
Trang 6/17
ĐÁP ÁN
1.B 2.C 3.A 4.B 5.B 6.C 7.C 8.B 9.B 10.C
11.B 12.B 13.C 14.A 15. A 16. A 17.D 18.C 19.C 20.B
21.C 22.A 23.B 24.D 25.B 26.C 27.B 28.B 29.C 30.D
31.A 32.B 33.B 34.D 35.D 36.D 37.A 38.A 39.A 40.D
41.A 42.A 43.A 44.B 45.A 46.B 47.B 48.C 49.C 50.A
Trang 7/17
Question 1: A. criteria B. mechanize C. industry D. elephant
Question 2: A. peninsula B. professional C. curriculum D. auditorium
Question 3: A. understated B.washed C.produced D.confessed
Question 4:A.eternal B. energy C.eradicate D.eliminate
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions
Question 5: She wasmuchless than hersister.
A.industrial B. industrious C.industry D.industrialized
Question 6: You willhaveto your holiday if you are too ill totravel.
A.calloff B. cutdown C.backoff D. putaside
Question 7:Thiscloth very thin.
A.feels B. touches C.holds D.handles
Question 8: At 4 o’clock Mr. Hutchinson stillhadsome to do in thegarden.
A.works B. jobs C.effort D.task
Question 9: People demand higher wages becausepricesare all thetime.
A.rising B. progressing C.growing D.exceeding
Question 10: Next weekwhenthere a full moon, the ocean tides will behigher.
A.willbe B. willhavebeen C.isbeing D.is
Question 11: John contributed fifty dollars, but he wishes hecouldcontribute .
A. morefiftydollars B. one other fiftydollars
C. the sameamountalso D. anotherfifty
Question 12: I didn’t know you were asleep.Otherwise,I so much noise when I camein.
A.didn’tmake B. wouldn’thavemade C.won’tmake D. don’tmake
Question 13: Rico is seeing his close friend - Rosa off at the railway station.
Rosa: “Ok. I must be going now. I’ll be in touch.”
Rico:“ ”
A. Right.Seeyou. B. Ok. I’ll ringyou.
C. I must begoing,too. D. No, you can’t gonow.
Question 14: The room looks verydark.You it blue
A. shouldhavepainted B. must havepainted
C. needhavepainted D. would havepainted
Question 15: A shop assistant is talking to a customer.
Shopassistant:“ ?”
Customer: “Ok, thanks. I am just looking.”
Trang 1/18
A. Can I help you? We’ve got some newshoes.
B. Which tie do you want, the blue one or the pinkone?
C. Why don’t you like this type of Tshirt?
D. Do you want to have alook?
Question 16: Wouldyoumind to make personalcalls?
A. not usingofficephone B. not to use officephone
C. not useofficephone D. don’t use officephone
Question17: I my Mum by cooking dinners forher.
A.cheeredup B. lookedup C.waitedfor D. feltlike
Question 18: She has seldom received letters from her formerstudentslately, ?
A.doesn’tshe B.doesshe C.hasn’tshe D. hasshe
Foot racing is a popular activity in the US. It is seen not only as a competitive sport but also as a way to
exercise, to enjoy the camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money to a good cause. Though
serious runners may spend months training to compete, other runners and walkers might not train at all.
Those not competing to win might run in an effort to beat their own time or simply to enjoy the fun and
exercise. People of all ages, from those of less than one year (who may be pushed in astrollers) to those in
their eighties, enter into this sport. The races are held on city streets, on college campuses, through parks,
and in suburban areas, and they are commonly 5 to 10 kilometers in length.
The largest footrace in the world is the 12-kilometer Bay to Breakers race that is held in San Francisco
every spring. This race begins on the east side of the city near San Francisco Bay and ends on the west
side at the Pacific Ocean. There may be 80.000 or more people running in this race through the streets and
hills of San Francisco. In the front are the serious runners who compete to win and who might finish in as
little as 35 minutes. Behind them are the thousands who take several hours to finish. In the back of the
race are those who dress in costumes and come just for fun. One year there was a group of men who
dressed like Elvis Presley, and another group consisted of firefighters who were tied together in a long
line and who were carrying a fire hose. There was even a bridal party, in which the bride was dressed in a
long white gown and the groom wore a tuxedo. The bride and groom threw flowers to bystanders, and
they were actually married at some point along theroute.
Question 19: The main purpose of this passageisto .
A. encourage peopletoexercise B. describe a popularactivity
C. make fun of runnersincostume D. give reasons for the popularity of footraces
Question 20: Which of following is NOT implied by author?
A. Foot races appeal to a variety ofpeople.
B. Walkers can compete forprizes.
C. Entering a race is a way to give support to anorganization.
D. Running is a good way to strengthen theheart.
Question 21: The word “beat” as used in paragraph 1 could be best replaced by which of the following?
A.incline B. overturn C.outdo D.undermine
Question 22: In what lines does the author give reasons for why people enter footraces?
A.Line1-2 B. Line4-5 C.Line8-11 D. Line13-14
Question 23: The word “costumes” as used in paragraph 2 most likely refers to .
A.outfits B. uniforms C.cloaks D.suits
Trang 2/18
Question 24: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in this passage?
A. Some runners looked likeElvisPresley. B. Some runners were ready to put out afire.
C. Some runners were participating inawedding. D. Some runners were serious aboutwinning.
Question 25: Which of following best describes the organization of this passage?
A.chronologicalorder B. specific togeneral
C. causeandresult D. statement andexample
School lunch
Research has shown that over half the children in Britain who take their own lunches to school do not eat
(26) in the middle of the day. In Britain, schools have to(27) meals atlunchtime.
Children can choose to bring their own food or have lunch at the school canteen.
One shocking finding of the research is that school meals are much healthier than lunches prepared by
parents. There arestrict(28) for the preparation of school meals, which have toinclude
one(29) of fruit and one of vegetables, as well as meat, a dairy item and starchy foodlike
break or pasta. Lunchboxes examined by researchers contained sweet drinks, crisps and chocolate bars.
Children consume twice as much sugar as they should atlunchtime.
The research will provide a better understanding (30) why the percentage of
overweight in Britain has increased in the last decade. Unfortunately, the government can’t criticize
parents, but it can remind them of the nutritional value of milk, fruit and vegetables. Small changes in
their children’s diet can affect their future health. Children can easily develop bad eating habits at this
age, and parents are the only ones who can preventit.
Question 26: A. appropriately B. properly C. probably D. possibly
Question 27: A. give B. provide C. make D. do
Question 28: A. standards B. procedures C. conditions D. ways
Question 29: A. piece B. portion C. bowl D. kilo
Question 30: A. of B. about C. at D. on
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
Question 31: I invited 20 people to my party, some of them are my former classmates.
A B C D
Question 32: They received such a good advice from their teachers that they all studied very well.
A B C D
Question 33: Peacocks are among the most exotic birds in nature: its long tail feathers fan out to reveal a
A B C D
profusion of vivid colors.
correct answer to each of the questions from 34 to41.
Overpopulation, the situation of having large numbers of people with too few resources and too little
space, is closely associated with poverty. It can result from high population density, or from low amounts
of resources, or from both. Excessively high population densities put stress on available resources. Only a
certain number of people can be supported on a given area of land, and that number depends on how
Trang 3/18
much food and other resources the land can provide. In countries where people live primarily by means of
simple farming, gardening, herding, hunting, and gathering, even large areas of land can support only
small numbers of people because these labor-intensive subsistence activities produce only small amounts
of food.
In developed countries such as the United States, Japan, and the countries of Western Europe,
overpopulation generally is not considered a major cause of poverty. These countries produce large
quantities of food through mechanized farming, which depends on commercial fertilizers, large-scale
irrigation, and agricultural machinery. This form of production provides enough food to support the high
densities of people in metropolitan areas.
A country’s level of poverty can depend greatly on its mix of population density and agricultural
productivity. Bangladesh, for example, has one of the world’s highest population densities, with 1, 147
persons per sq km. A large majority of the people of Bangladesh engage in low -productivity manual
D. possibly D. do D. ways D. kilo D.on
farming, which contributes to the country’s extremely high level of poverty. Some of the smaller
countries in Western Europe, such as the Netherlands and Belgium, have high population densities as
well. These countries practice mechanized farming and are involved in high-tech industries, however, and
therefore have high standards ofliving.
At the other end of the spectrum, many countries in sub-Saharan Africa have population densities of
less than 30 persons per sq km. Many people in these countries practice manual subsistence farming;
these countries also have infertile land, and lack the economic resources and technology to boost
productivity. As a consequence, these nations are very poor. The United States has both relatively low
population density and high agricultural productivity; it is one of the world’s wealthiestnations.
High birth rates contribute to overpopulation in many developing countries. Children are assets to many
poor families because they provide labor, usually for farming. Cultural norms in traditionally mral
societies commonly sanction the value of large families. Also, the governments of developing countries
often provide little or no support, financial or political, for family planning; even people who wish to keep
their families small have difficulty doing so. For all these reasons, developing countries tend to have high
rates of population growth.
(From "Poverty" by Thomas J. Corbett)
Question 34: Which of the following is given a definition in paragraph 1?
A. Overpopulation B.Populationdensity C.Simplefarming D.Poverty
Question 35: What will suffer when there are excessively high population densities?
A.Availableresources B.Skilledlabor C.Farmingmethods D. Landarea
Question 36: The phrase “that number” in paragraph 1 refers to thenumberof .
A.people B.densities C.resources D.countries
Question 37: In certain countries, large areas of land can only yield small amounts of food because
.
A. there is lackofmechanization B. there are small numbers oflaborers
C. there is an abundanceofresources D. there is no shortage of skilledlabor
Question 38: Bangladesh is a country where the level of poverty dependsgreatlyon .
A. its population densityonly
B. both population density and agriculturalproductivity
C. population density in metropolitanareas
D. its high agriculturalproductivity
Question 39: The phrase “engage in” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto .
Trang 4/18
A.escapefrom B.lookinto C.giveup D. participatein
Question 40: Which of the following is TRUE, according to the passage?
A. In certain developed countries, mechanized farming isapplied.
B. In sub-Saharan African countries, productivity is boosted bytechnology.
C. There is no connection between a country’s culture andoverpopulation.
D. All small countries in Western Europe have high populationdensities.
Question 41: Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?
A. High Birth Rate anditsConsequences. B. Overpopulation: A Cause ofPoverty,
C. Overpopulation: AWorldwideProblem. D. Poverty in DevelopingCountries.
Question 42: Are you certain that you are cut out for that kind of job?
A. are determinedtotake B. don’t want totake
C.areoffered D. have the necessary skillsfor
Question 43: His physical conditions were no impediment to his career as a violinist.
A.help B.impotence C.hindrance D.impossibility
Mark the letter A, B c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
Question 44: I’d love to come, but I am snowed under at the moment.
A.ambusy B. have freetime C. have abadcold D. am on themove
Question 45: Ill-gotten wealth is disgusting.
A.admiring B. distasteful C.worthless D.admirable
Mark the letter A, By c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
Question 46: He didn’t take his father’s advice. That’s why he is out of work.
A. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not have been out ofwork.
B. If he took his father’s advice, he would not be out ofwork.
C. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not be out ofwork.
D. If he takes his father’s advice, he will not be out ofwork.
Question 47: The coffee was not strong. It didn’t keep US awake.
A. The coffee was very strong, but it couldn’t keep USawake.
B. We were kept awake because the coffee wasstrong.
C. The coffee was not strong enough to keep USawake.
D. The coffee was so hot that it didn’t keep USawake.
Question 48: Without your help, I couldn’t have succeeded.
A. You didn’t help me and I didn’tsucceed.
B. I succeeded even you didn’t helpme.
C. In spite of your help, I wasn’tsuccessful.
D. I was successful due to yourhelp.
Question 49: Lucy always reminds me of my youngest sister.
A. Whenever I see Lucy, I think of my youngestsister.
Trang 5/18
B. I always think of Lucy, my youngestsister.
C. It is Lucy who is my youngestsister.
D. My youngest sister’s name isLucy.
Question 50: “I didn’t take your money” he said to her.
A. He doubted whether she had taken hismoney.
B. He denied taking hermoney.
C. He admitted taking hermoney.
D. He warned her to take hismoney.
Trang 6/18
ĐÁP ÁN
1.A 2.D 3.A 4.B 5.B 6.A 7.A 8.B 9.A 10.D
11.D 12.B 13.A 14.A 15. A 16.A 17. A 18.D 19.B 20.D
21.C 22.A 23.A 24.B 25.D 26.B 27.B 28.A 29.B 30.A
31.C 32.B 33.C 34.A 35.A 36.A 37.A 38.B 39.D 40.A
41.B 42.D 43.C 44.B 45.D 46.C 47.C 48.D 49.A 50.B
Trang 7/18
At 7pm on a dark, cold November evening, thousands of people are making their way across a vast car
park. They're not here to see a film, or the ballet, or even the circus. They are all here for what is,
bizarrely, a global phenomenon: they are here to see Holiday on Ice. Given that most people don't seem to
be acquainted with anyone who's ever been, the show's statistics are extraordinary: nearly 300 million
people have seen Holiday on Ice since it began in 1943; it is the most popular live entertainment in the
world.
But what does the production involve? And why are so many people prepared to spend their lives
travelling round Europe in caravans in order to appear in it? It can't be glamorous, and it's undoubtedly
hard work. The backstage atmosphere is an odd mix of gym class and workplace. A curtained-off
sectionat the back of the arena is laughably referred to as the girls' dressing room, but is more accurately
described as a corridor, with beige, cracked walls and cheap temporary tables set up along the length of it.
Each girl has a small area littered with pots of orange make-up, tubes of mascara and long false eyelashes.
As a place to work, it must rank pretty low down the scale: the area round the ice-rink is grey and mucky
with rows of dirty blue and brown plastic seating and red carpet tiles. It's an unimpressive picture, but the
show itself is an unquestionably vast, polished global enterprise: the lights come from a firm in Texas, the
people who make the audio system are in California, but Montreal supplies thesmoke effects; former
British Olympic skater Robin Cousins is now creative director for the company and conducts a
vast master class to make sure they're ready for the show's next performance.
The next day, as the music blares out from the sound system, the cast start to go through their routines
under Cousins' direction. Cousins says, The aim is to make sure they're all still getting to exactly the right
place on the ice at the right time - largely because the banks of lights in the ceiling are set to those places,
and if the skaters are all half a metre out they'll be illuminating empty ice. Our challenge,' he continues, 'is
to produce something they can sell in a number of countries at the same time. My theory is that you take
those things that people want to see and you give it to them, but not in the way they expect to see it. You
try to twist it. And you have to find music that is challenging to the skaters, because they have to do it
every night.
It may be a job which he took to pay the rent, but you can't doubt his enthusiasm. “The only place you'll
see certain skating moves is an ice show,” he says, “because you're not allowed to do them in
competition. It's not in the rules. So the ice show world has things to offer which the competitive world
just doesn't.” Cousin knows what he's talking about because he skated for the show himself when he
stopped competing - he was financially unable to retire. He learnt the hard way that you can't put on an
Olympic performance every night. “I'd be thinking, these people have paid their money, now do your
stuff, and I suddenly thought”, "I really can't cope. I'm not enjoying it". The solution, he realised, was to
give 75 per cent every night, rather than striving for the sort of twice-a-year excellence which won him
medals.
To be honest, for those of us whose only experience of ice-skating is watching top-class Olympic
skaters, some of the movements can look a bit amateurish, but then, who are we to judge? Equally, it's
impossible not to be swept up in the whole thing; well, you'd have to try pretty hard not to enjoy it.
Trang 1/18
Question 1: According to paragraph 1 the writer is surprised to see that although Holiday on Ice is
popular .
A. people often prefer other types ofshow
B. most people consider it as aholiday
C. few people know someone who has seenit
D. people prefer to see a film, the ballet, or thecircus
Question 2: Which of the following adjectives can be used to describe the backstage area?
A.messy B. glamorous C.relaxing D.old
Question 3: It is mentioned in paragraph3that .
A. the show has been staged inmanyplaces B. many companies are involved in theproduction
C. the show needsfinancialsupport D. it is difficult to find suitableequipment
Question 4: For Robin Cousins, the aim of therehearsalis .
A. to adjustthespotlights B. to keep in time with themusic
C. to be acquainted withthestage D. to position the skaters on theice
Question 5: It is suggested in paragraph 5 that skatinginshows .
A. enables skaters to visit a varietyofplaces B. is as competitive as other forms ofskating
C. allows skaters to try out a rangeofideas D. is particularly wellpaid
Question 6: The pronoun “them” in paragraph 5refersto .
A. someliveperformances B. some famousskaters
C. certainiceshows D. certain skatingmoves
Question 7: The phrase “the hard way” in paragraph 5 mostlikelymeans .
A. by workingveryhard B. by having expectations ofothers
C. through doing things againandagain D. through difficult personalexperience
Question 8: Which of the following is the writer's conclusion of Holiday on Ice?
A. It is more enjoyable than Holiday onIce.
B. It is hard to know who really enjoysit.
C. It is difficult to dislikeit.
D. It requires more skills than Olympicice-skating.
Question 9:Mymother me against staying late night after night to prepare forexams.
A.warned B.recommended C.reprimanded D.encouraged
Question 10: Cannon is telling Callie a bad news.
Canono: “Mrs. Brown passed away yesterday”
Callie: “David has toldmethat. ”
A.Godbless B. God savetheQueen C.ByGod D. God resther
Question11: They your money if you haven't kept yourreceipt.
A.won’trefund B. didn't refund C.norefund D. notrefund
Question 12: That's a nice coat, andthecolour youwell.
A.suits B. couples C.matches D.fits
Question 13: Alice and Ann are preparing for their presentation at
school. Alice:“ .”
Ann: “Take it easy! We still have 15 minutes.”
A. Try better. We are going to haveanexam B. You can say thatagain
Trang 2/18
C. Nothing moretosay D. Hurry up! We don’t have much timeleft.
Question 14: Although the new library service has been very successful, itsfutureis certain.
A. byallmeans B. byanychance C. atanyrate D. by nomeans
Question 15: Van Gogh sufferedfromdepression by overwork andill-health.
A.broughton B.comingabout C.takenup D. pullthrough
Question 16: The hall was very crowded with over ahundredpeople intoit.
A.stuck B. packed C.pushed D.stuffed
Question17: a hotel, we looked for somewhere to havedinner.
A.Finding B.Afterfinding C.Havingfound D. Wefound
Question 18: The move to a different environment brought aboutasignificant inmycousin’s
state ofmind.
A.influence B.impact C.change D.effect Question
19: In order to avoid boredom, the most important thing is tokeeponeself .
A.occupation B.occupied C.occupant D.occupational
Question 20:Youshould at least three days for thejourney.
A.expect B. permit C.accept D.allow
Question 21: I don’t object to people being vegetarians, but it gets on my nerves when
they’re aboutit.
A.self-centered B.self-righteous C.self-deprecating D.self-
sufficientQuestion 22: After ancient Greek athletes won a race in the Olympic,they
asimplecrown of oliveleaves.
A.received B.hadreceived C.werereceiving D. havereceived
Question 23: Man is superior than the animals in that he uses language to communicate.
A B C D
Question 24: Abraham Lincoln's boyhood home resembled that of many other mid-western pioneers,
A B
with its dirt floor, sleeping loft, and crude fireplace.
C D
Question 25: The basic elements of public-opinion research are interviewers, questionnaires, tabulating
A B C
equipment, and to sample population.
D
The human criterion for perfect vision is 20/20 for reading the standard lines on a Snellen eye chart
without a hitch. The score is determined by how well you read lines of letters of different sizes from 20
feet away. But being able to read the bottom line on the eye chart does not approximate perfection as far
as other species are concerned. Most birds would consider us very visually handicapped. The hawk, for
instance, has such sharp eyes that it can spot a dime on the sidewalk while perched on top of the Empire
StateBuilding.
Trang 3/18
It can make fine visual distinctions because it is blessed with one million cones per square millimeter in
its retina. And in water, humans are farsighted, while the kingfisher, swooping down to spear fish, can see
well in both the air and water because it is endowed with two foveae - areas of the eye, consisting mostly
of cones, that provide visual distinctions. One fovea permits the bird, while in the air, to scan the water
below with one eye at a time. This is called monocular vision. Once it hits the water, the other fovea joins
in, allowing the kingfisher to focus both eyes, like binoculars, on its prey at the same time.
A frog’s vision is distinguished by its ability to perceive things as a constant motion picture. Known as
“bug detectors”, a highly developed set of cells in a frog’s eyes responds mainly to moving objects. So, it
is said that a frog sitting in a field of dead bugs wouldn’t see them as food and would starve. The bee has
a “compound” eye, which is used for navigation. It has 15,000 facets that divide what it sees into a pattern
of dots, or mosaic. With this kind of vision, the bee sees the sun only as a single dot, a constant point of
reference. Thus, the eye is a superb navigational instrument that constantly measures the angle of its line
of flight in relation to the sun. A bee’s eye also gauges flight speed. And if that is not enough to leave our
20/20 “perfect vision” paling into insignificance, the bee is capable of seeing something we can’t -
ultravioletlight.
Thus, what humans consider to be “perfect vision” is in fact rather limited when we look at other
species. However, there is still much to be said for the human eye. Of all the mammals, only humans and
some primates can enjoy the pleasures of color vision.
A. Limits of thehumaneye B. Perfectvision
C. Different eyes fordifferentuses D. Eye variation among differentspecies
Question 27: The phrase “without a hitch” is closest inmeaningto .
A.unaided B.withoutglasses C. withlittlehesitation D.easily
Question 28: According to the passage, why might birds and animals consider humans very visually
handicapped?
A. Humans can’t see very well in either air orwater.
B. Human eyes are not as well suited to ourneeds.
C. The main outstanding feature of human eyes is colorvision.
D. Human eyes can’t do what their eyes cando.
Question 29: The word “that” in line 10refersto .
A.foveae B. areas oftheeye C.cones D. visualdistinctions
Question 30: According to the passage, “bug detectors” areusefulfor .
A.navigation B. seeing movingobjects
C. avoiding bugs whengettingfood D. avoidingstarvation
Question 31: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A. Kingfishers have monocularvision.
B. Bees see patterns ofdots.
C. Hawks eyes consist mostly of cones that can allow it to scan with one eye at atime.
D. Humans are farsighted inwater.
Question 32: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. Eyes have developed differently in eachspecies
B. Bees have the most complexeye
C. Humans should not envy what they don’tneed
D. Perfect vision is notperfect
Trang 4/18
Easter
Easter is a holiday in late March or early April, the first Sunday after the first full moon after 21 March.
Manypeople(33) it with their family or have a short holiday/ vacation. It isalsoan
important Christian festival. Easter Sunday, the day of the Resurrection, is the end of Lent and the most
important date in the Christian year. Many people who do not go to church at other times go on Easter
Sunday. It wasonce(34) for people to wear new clothes to church on this day.Women
(35) new hats, called Easter bonnets. Today, people sometimes make elaborately
decorated Easter bonnets for fun. A few people sendEaster(36) with religious symbols
on them or pictures of small chickens, lambs, rabbits and spring flowers, all traditionally associated with
Easter. The Friday before Easter Sunday is called Good Friday and is remembered as the day Christ was
crucified (= hanged on a cross to die). On Good Friday many people eat hot cross buns (= fruit buns
decorated with a simple cross). The Monday after Easter is called Easter Monday. In Britain, Good Friday
and Easter Monday are both bank holidays. In the US, each company decides foritself(37)
to close or remain open on thosedays.

Question 33: A. spend B. use C. take D. expend
Question 34: A. familiar B. common C. regular D. ordinary
Question 35: A. take on B. bore C. put on D. wore
Question 36: A. notes B. cards C. letters D. envelopes
Question 37: A. if B. whether C. why D. how
Question 38: To preserve anonymity, the contributors' names were removed.
A.conserve B. cover C.presume D.reveal
Question 39: Keeping animals in these conditions is unbelievably cruel. The farmer ought to be
prosecuted.
A.clever B. reasonable C.gentle D.brutal
Question 40: One of the aims of most Lay Organizations is to disseminate knowledge about
Huntington's disease to local doctors, social workers and nursinghomes.
A.dedicate B.compile C.condense D.disperse
Question 41: Cynthia was on edge all day about the important presentation she had to give to the local
citizens groups.
A. nervousandexcited B.doingwell C.satisfied D. workinghard
Question 42: A. particular B. photocopy C. enthusaism D. economy
Question 43: A. computer B. property C. horizon D. imagine
Trang 5/18
Question 44: A. bushes B. wishes C. researches D. headaches
Question 45: A. tool B. spoon C. foot D. noon
Question 46: It’s cold outside and my leg hurts. I haven't been out for weeks.
A. I haven't been out for weeks, which makes the weather cold and my legbad.
B. The weather is cold and my leg is bad as a result of my stay indoors forweeks.
C. What with the cold weather and my bad leg, I haven't been out forweeks.
D. What makes the weather cold and my leg bad is my stay indoors forweeks.
Question 47: Leaders are not allowed to attend festivals. Also, they are not allowed to use office cars,
except for performing assigned tasks.
A. Leaders are not allowed to attend festivals until they use office cars for performing
assignedtasks.
B. Leaders are not allowed to both attend festivals and use office cars, except for performing assigned
tasks.
C. Leaders are allowed to either attend festivals or use office cars, except for performing assignedtasks.
D. Leaders are allowed to neither attend festivals nor use office cars, except for performing assigned
tasks.
Mark the letter Ay By Cy or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
Question 48: We missed the turning because we forgot to take the map with US.
A. Without the right map with US, we missed theturning.
B. If we were taking the map with US, we did not miss theturning.
C. Without the map with US, we missed theturning.
D. Had we taken the map with US, we would not have missed theturning.
Question 49: They rumour that she will get married to a foreign man.
A. She is rumoured to get married to a foreignman.
B. She is rumoured to have got married to a foreignman.
C. It is rumoured that she would have got married to a foreignman.
D. It will be rumoured that she has got married to a foreignman.
Question 50: I’m sorry I interrupted your speech in the middle.
A. Your speech is very sorry for being interrupted in themiddle.
B. I’m sorry to interrupt your speech in themiddle.
C. It’s my pity to interrupt your speech in themiddle.
D. I apologized for having interrupted your speech in themiddle.
Trang 6/18
ĐÁP ÁN
1.C 2.A 3.B 4.D 5.C 6.D 7.D 8.C 9.A 10.D
11.A 12. A 13.D 14.D 15. A 16.B 17.C 18.C 19.B 20.D
21.B 22.A 23.B 24.C 25.D 26.D 27.D 28.D 29.A 30.B
31.C 32.A 33.A 34.B 35.D 36.B 37.B 38.D 39.C 40.D
41.A 42.B 43.B 44.D 45.C 46.C 47.D 48.D 49. A 50.D
Trang 7/18
Question 1: A: Do you mind if we schedule the meeting for 11 o’clock?
B: Well,actually,I earlier
A. willpreferit B. would prefer ittobe C.ampreferring D. should prefer itwill
Question 2: This statue isalifelike of ChristJesus.
A.presentation B. presenting C.representation D.representative
Question 3: The house was empty when Iarrived.They .
A. must have gonetobed B. should have gone tobed
C. would have gonetobed. D. need have gone tobed
Question 4: My brother hadhiscamera from his car in the office car –park.
A.lost B. robbed C.missed D.stolen
Question 5: He lost in the election because he is aweakand leader.
A.undeciding B.undecided C.undecisive D.indecisive
Question 6: All his plans for starting his ownbusinessfell .
A.in B. through C.down D.away
Question 7: If the bride’sfather the car for the wrong time,she atthechurch
by now.
A. hadn’t booked/wouldhavebeen B. didn’t book/would havebeen
C. hadn’t booked/wouldbe D. hadn’t booked/hadbeen
Question 8: Luca is at Noi Bai Airport. She wants to exchange some money, she is talking to Paula - a
clerk at a currency exchange kiosk.
Luca: “I'd like to change some
money.” Paula:“ ”
A. Fivetens,please B. Whichcurrency?
C. You haven'tsignedit. D. What's your accountnumber?
Question 9: John will never buy you a drink - he’sfartoo .
A.tight-fisted B.pig-headed C.highly-strung D.easy-going
Question 10: Mrs. Wheaton is shopping in Trang Tien Plaza. She is talking to a salesgirl.
Mrs. Wheaton: “Can I have a look at that pullover, please?”
Salesgirl:“ ”
A. It'smuchcheaper B. Which one? Thisone?
C. Sorry, it is outofstock. D. Can I helpyou?
Question 11: The electrician rarelymakesmistake, ?
A.doesn’the B. does he C.willhe D. wouldn’the?
Question12: We today and I got into trouble because I hadn't doneit.
A. were checkedourhomework B. had our homeworkchecked
C. have ourhomeworkchecking D. had checked ourhomework
Question 13: Studymuchharder .
A. if you will passtheexam B. unless you pass theexam
Trang 1/15
C. or you won’t passtheexam D. and you pass theexam
Question 14: We intend to with the old system as soon as we have developed a better one.
A. do up B. do in C.doaway D. dodown
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
Question 15: Income from dancing is unstable so Giang popper also works as a director, performance,
A B C D
event organizer, coach and dance instructor at home.
Question 16: MPs have urged the UK government to launch a major publicity campaign to help people
A B C
protect themselves against online crime.
D
Question 17: Little House on the Prairie, a successful television program, was adapted from a series of
A
books by a woman whose life was similar to that of the character called by name Laura.
B C D
correct answer to each of the question.
Rachel Carson was bom in 1907 in Springsdale, Pennsylvania. She studied biology in college and
zoology at Johns Hopkins University, where she received her master’s degree in 1933. In 1936, she was
hired by the US Fish and Wildlife Service, where she worked most of her life.
Carson’s first book, Under the Sea Wind, was published in 1941. It received excellent reviews, but
sales were poor until it was reissued in 1952. In that year, she published The Sea Around Us, which
provided a fascinating look beneath the ocean’s surface, emphasizing human history as well as geology
and marine biology. Her imagery and language had a poetic quality. Carson consulted no less than 1, 000
printed sources. She had voluminous correspondence and frequent discussions with experts in the field.
However, she always realized the limitations of her non-technicalreaders.
In 1962, Carson published Silence Spring, a book that sparked considerable controversy. It proved how
much harm was done by the uncontrolled, reckless use of insecticides. She detailed how they poison the
food supply of animals, kill birds, and contaminate human food. At that time, spokesmen for the chemical
industry mounted personal attacks against Carson and issued propaganda to indicate that her findings
were flawed. However, her work was vindicated by a 1963 report of the President’s Science Advisory
Committee.
Question 18: The passage mainly discusses RachelCarson’swork .
A.atcollege B. at the US Fish and WildlifeService
C. asaresearcher D. as awriter
Question 19: According to the passage, what did Carson primarily study at Johns Hopkins University?
A.Zoology B.Literature C.History D.Oceanography
Question 20: When she published her first book, Carson was closest to theageof .
A.29 B. 26 C.34 D.45
Question 21: It can be inferred from the passage that in 1952, Carson’s book Under the Sea Wind
.
A. became more popular than herotherbooks B. wasoutdated
Trang 2/15
C. was praisedbycritics D. sold manycopies
Question 21: Which of the following was not mentioned in the passage as a source of information for
The Sea Around Us?
A.Printedmatter B. Talks withexperts
C. Lettersfromscientists D. A researchexpedition
Question 23: The word “reckless” is closest inmeaningto .
A.irresponsible B. unnecessary C. continuous D.limited
Question 24: According to the passage, Silent Springisprimarily .
A. a discussion of hazards insects pose to the foodsupply
B. an illustration of the benefits of the chemicalindustry
C. a warning about the dangers of misusinginsecticides
D. an attack on the use of chemical preservatives infood
Question 25: Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “flawed”?
A.offensive B.logical C.deceptive D.faulty
Question 26:A.nourish B. flourish C.courageous D.courage
Question 27:A.promises B. likes C.houses D.doses
Question 28:A.captain B. belong C.respect D.avoid
Question 29: A. popularity B.personality C.hospitality D.apprentice
Set in the red desert of central Australia is the mining town of Coober Pedy. At first sight, the town
looks similar to many other such communities, but Coober Pedy is different. Sixty per cent of its
population of 4,000 people lives underground. There are today about 800 underground houses as well as
shops, hotels and even churches in the town and the surrounding hills. Once a site has been chosen,
special tunneling machinesare(30) intocreatepassagesandroomsinthesandstone.Rock pillars
are left to support the roof, and doors and windows are cut into the front. Houses are of all shapes and(31)
, the largest having twenty rooms, and some even have their own swimmingpoll.
Living underground may sound strange but in fact it has a number of advantages. In summer, the
temperature outside can reach an astonishing 47°C, and in winter the nights canbe(32) cold.
However, inside the houses it remains a steady 25°C all year round. Many people say that living
underground makes they feel very secure. There is no problem with noise from the neighbours and the
houses are not affected. By the fierce dust storms that regularly sweep(33) the area.Andof
course, if your family(34) orlotsoffriendscometostay,youcanalwaysdiganother room.
Question 30: A. brought B. entered C. placed D. worked
Question 31: A. sizes B. areas C. volumes D. numbers
Question 32: A. strongly B. heavily C. extremely D. sharply
Question 33: A. through B. over C. across D. off
Trang 3/15
Question 34:A.grows B. rises C.stretches D.explodes
Animation traditionally is done by hand-drawing or painting successive frame of an object, each
slightly different than the proceeding frame. In computer animation, although the computer may be the
one to draw the different frames, in most cases the artist will draw the beginning and ending frames and
the computer will produce the drawings between the first and the last drawing. This is generally referred
to as computer-assisted animation, because the computer is more of a helper than anoriginator.
In full computer animation, complex mathematical formulas are used to produce the final sequences of
pictures. These formulas operate on extensive databases of numbers that defines the objects in the
pictures as they exist in mathematical space. The database consists of endpoints, and color and intensity
information. Highly trained professionals are needed to produce such effects because animation that
obtains high degrees of realism involves computer techniques from three-dimensional transformation,
shading, andcurvatures.
High-tech computer animation for film involves very expensive computer systems along with special
color terminals or frame buffers. The frame buffer is nothing more than a giant image memory for
viewing a single frame. It temporarily holds the image for display on thescreen.
A camera can be used to film directly from the computer’s display screen, but for the highest quality
images possible, expensive film recorders are used. The computer computers the positions and colors for
the figures in the picture, and sends this information to the recorder, which captures it on film.
Sometimes, however, the images are stored on a large magnetic disk before being sent to the recorder.
Once this process is completed, it is replaced for the next frame. When the entire sequence has been
recorded on the film, the film must be developed before the animation can be viewed. If the entire
sequence does not seem right, the motions must be corrected, recomputed, redisplayed, and rerecorded.
This approach can be very expensive and time - consuming. Often, computer-animation companies first
do motion tests with simple computergenerated line drawings before selling their computers to the task of
calculating the high-resolution, realistic-lookingimages.
Question 35: What aspect of computer animation does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Theproductionprocession B. The equipmentneeded
C. Thehighcost D. The role of theartist
Question 36: According to the passage, in computer-assisted animation the role of the computer is to
draw the .
A.firstframe B. middleframes
C.lastframe D. entire sequences offrames
Question 37: The word “they” in the second paragraphrefersto .
A.formulas B.objects C.numbers D.database
Question 38: According to the passage, the frame buffers mentioned in the third paragraph are used to
A. add color totheimages B. expose several frames at the sametime
C. storeindividualimages D. create newframes
Question 39: According to the passage, the positions and colors of the figures in high-tech animation are
determinedby .
A. drawingseveralversions B. enlarging one frame at alime
C. analyzing the sequence fromdifferentangles D. using computercalculations
Question 40: The word “captures” in the fourth paragraph is closest inmeaningto .
Trang 4/15
A.separates B. registers C.describes D.numbers
Question 41: According to the passage, how do computer-animation companies often test motion?
A. They experiment with computer-generated linedrawings.
B. They hand-draw successiveframes.
C. They calculate high-resolutionsimages.
D. They develop extensive mathematicalformulas.
Question 42: Adversely affected by the Embargo act of 1808 western farmers directed their anger at the
British.
A.negatively B. quickly C.admittedly D.considerably
Question 43: Microscopic organisms settle to the seafloor and accumulate in marine mud.
A.growup B. build up C.spreadout D. breakapart
Question 44: Certain types of bacteria that grow on decomposing plants produce a shimmering
luminescence, an eerie light called “foxfire”.
A.strange B. dim C.steady D.familiar
Question 45: Rooftop green space in cities also helps mitigate what scientists call the urban heat island
effect.
A.intensify B. cause C. prevent D.weaken
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
Question 46: No one but the experts was able to realize that the painting was an imitation. It greatly
resembled the original.
A. It was hard for the ordinary people to judge between the fake painting and the real one, but not for
theexperts.
B. It is obvious that only a person with great talent could fake a painting sosuccessfully.
C. It was almost impossible for amateurs to realize that the painting was not authentic, though the
experts could judge it quiteeasily.
D. The painting looked so much like the authentic one that only the experts could tell it wasn’t genuine.
Question 47: He failed to enter college for two consecutive years. He was finally able to attend FPT
ArenaUniversity.
A. Because he failed to enter college for two consecutive years, he was finally able to attend FPT Arena
University.
B. Failing to enter college for two consecutive years prevented him from attending FPT Arena
University.
C. Not being admitted to college for two consecutive years, he was finally able to enter FPT Arena
University.
D. Being finally able to attend FPT Arena University, he failed to enter college for two consecutive
years.
Question 48: “Don’t make noise, girls!” said the Dean.
Trang 5/15
A. The Dean asked the girls to makenoise.
B. The Dean didn’t allowed the girls to makenoise.
C. The Dean told the girls not to makenoise.
D. The Dean required the girl to benoisy.
Question 49: The number of accidents has gone down steadily since the speed limit was imposed.
A. There has been a steady decline in the number of accidents since the speed limit wasimposed.
B. It is the speed limit that reduces steadily the number ofaccidents.
C. The imposing of speed limit has resulted from the number ofaccidents.
D. There have been few accidents than before since they used the speedlimit.
Question 50: It was wrong of you to criticize your son before his friends left.
A. If you had criticized your son after his friends had left, he wouldn’t be so upsetnow.
B. Your son must have been embarrassed when you criticized him in front of hisfriends.
C. You should have delayed criticizing your son until after his friends hadgone.
D. You must be careful not to embarrass your son when he is with hisfriends.
Trang 6/15
ĐÁP ÁN
1.B 2.C 3.A 4.D 5.D 6.B 7.C 8.B 9.A 10.B
11.B 12.B 13.C 14.C 15.D 16.D 17.D 18.D 19. A 20.C
21.D 22.D 23. A 24.C 25.D 26.C 27.B 28.A 29.D 30.A
31.A 32.C 33.A 34.A 35.A 36.B 37.B 38.C 39.D 40.B
41.A 42.A 43.B 44.D 45.A 46.D 47.C 48.C 49.A 50.C
Trang 7/15
Question 1: A. shown B. flown C. grown D. crown
Question 2: A. embraced B. enforced C. composed D. approached
Question 3:A.environment B. philosophy C.medicine D.attenuate
Question 4:A.technology B. audience C.territory D.commerce
Question 5: St. Catherine’s Monastery Library in Egypt is the first library in the world in the
sixth century.
A. tobebuilt B. built C.tobuild D. to havebuilt
Question 6: Today's weather willbea ofyesterday.
A.continuing B.continuation C.continuity D.continual
Question7: The polluted atmosphere in some industrial regions is called“smog”.
A.much B.largely C.fully D.heavily
Question 8: Too manyfactoriesdispose their waste by pumping it into rivers and thesea.
A.out B. of C.away D.off
Question 9: He was so mean that he could not bear tothe smallest sum of money for the charity
appeal.
A.partwith B. pay off C.givein D. letout
Question 10: Judie performed very well in writing lesson. Her teacher is paying her a compliment.
Teacher: “Judie, you've written a much better essay this time.”
Judie:“ ”
A.Writing?Why? B. Thank you. It's reallyencouraging.
C.You'rewelcome. D. What did you say? I'm soshy.
Question11: gene in the human genome were more completelyunderstood,many
human diseases could be cured orprevented.
A.Each B.Sinceeach C.Ifeach D. Wereeach
Question 12: Unlike the other Asian states, Singapore has hardly anyrawmaterials, .
A.doesit B. doesn’t it C.hasit D. hasn’tit
Question 13: Although the patient's condition is serious, she seems to beoutof .
A.place B. control C.danger D.order
Question 14: Yuki and Hana are having a free afternoon. Yuki is inviting Hana to see a new movie with
him. Yuki: "Do you feel like going to the cinema this afternoon?"
Hana:“ .”
A. I don't agree.I'mafraid B. I feel verybored
Trang 1/17
C.You'rewelcome D. That would begreat
Question 15:Theyappreciate thisinformation.
A.tohave B. having C.have D. to havehad
Question 16: The sportseventwas and successfullyorganized.
A.goodpreparation B. good job C.well-done D.well-prepared
Question 17: The child whowascaught was made to stand in the comer of theclassroom.
A.behaving B. misbehave C.misbehavior D.misbehaving
Question 18: They are conductingawide of surveys throughoutVietnam.
A.collection B. range C.selection D.group
Question 19: What were the key elements of American foreign policy prior to World War II?
A.before B. during C.after D.despite
Question 20: The flowering pebble is a plant that looks like a stone and grows in arid areas.
A.deserted B. damp C.dry D.barren
Question 21: Woman liberated from child care can pursue their own interest.
A.separatedfrom B. burdenedwith
C. havingfunwith D. freedfrom.
Question 22: Excessive amounts of lead in the air can decrease a child’s intelligence.
A.boom B.diminish C.abate D.swamp
Many parents believe that they should begin to teach their children to read when they are slightly more
than toddlers. This is fine if the child shows a real interest but forcing a child could be counterproductive
if she isn't ready. Wise parents will have a(23) attitude and take the lead from their child.
What they should provide is a selectionof(24) toys, books and other activities.
Nowadays there is plenty of good material available for young children, and of course, seeing plenty of
books in use about the house will also encourage them to read.
Of course, books are no longer the only source of stories and information. There is also a huge range
ofvideos,(25) canreinforceandextendthepleasureachildfindsinabookandare(26)
valuable in helping to increase vocabulary and concentration. Television gets a bad reviewas far
as children are concerned, mainly because too many spend too much time watching programs not
intended for their age group. Too many television programs induce an incurious, uncritical attitude that is
going to make learning much more difficult. However,(27) viewing of programsdesignedfor
young children can be useful. Just as adults enjoy reading a book after seeing it serialised on television, so
children will pounce on books which feature their favourite television characters, and videos can add a
new dimension to a story known from abook.
Question 23: A. cheerful B. contented C. relaxed D. hopeful
Question 24: A. bright B. thrilling C. energetic D. stimulating
Question 25: A. who B. why C. when D. which
Trang 2/17
Question 26: A. properly B. worthily C. perfectly D. equally
Question 27: A. cautious B. choice C. approved D. discriminating
Composers today use a wider variety of sounds than ever before, including many that were once
considered undesirable noises. Composer Edgard Varese (1883-1965) called thus the "liberation of
sound...the right to make music with any and all sounds." Electronic music, for example - made with the
aid of computers, synthesizers, and electronic instruments - may include sounds that in the past would not
have been considered musical.
Environmental sounds, such as thunder, and electronically generated hisses and blips can be recorded,
manipulated, and then incorporated into a musical composition. But composers also draw novel sounds
from voices and non-electronic instruments. Singers may be asked to scream, laugh, groan, sneeze, or to
sing phonetic sounds rather than words. Wind and string players may lap or scrape their instruments A
brass or woodwind player may hum while playing, to produce two pitches at once; a pianist may reach
inside the piano to pluck a string and then run a metal blade along it. In the music of the Western world,
the greatest expansion and experimentation have involved percussion instruments, which outnumber
strings and winds in many recent compositions. Traditional percussion instruments are struck with new
types of beaters; and instruments that used to be couriered unconventional in Western music - tom-toms,
bongos, slapsticks, maracas - are widely used.
In the search for novel sounds, increased use has been made in Western music of Microtones. Non-
Western music typically divides and intervals between two pitches more finely than Western music does,
thereby producing a greater number of distinct tones or micro tones, within the same interval. Composers
such as Krzysztof Penderecki create sound that borders on electronic noise through tone clusters - closely
spaced tones played together and heard as a mass, block, or band of sound. The directional aspect of
sound has taken on new importance as well Loudspeakers or groups of instruments may be placed at
opposite ends of the stage, in the balcony, or at the back and sides of the auditorium. Because standard
music notation makes no provision for many of these innovations, recent music scores may contain graph
like diagrams, new note shapes and symbols, and novel ways of arranging notation on thepage.
Question 28: The word “wider” in line 1 is closest inmeaningto .
A.moreimpressive B. moredistinctive
C.morecontroversial D. moreextensive
Question 29: The passage suggests that Edgard Varese is an example of acomposerwho .
A. criticized electronic music as too noiselike
B. modified sonic of the electronic instruments he used in hismusic
C. believed that any sound could be used inmusic
D. wrote music with environmentalthemes
Question 30: The word “it” in line 11refersto .
A.piano B.string C.blade D.music
Question 31: According to the passage, which of the following types of instruments has played a role in
much of the innovation in Western music?
A.String B.Percussion C.Woodwind D.Brass
Question 32: The word “thereby” in line 18 is closest inmeaningto .
A. inreturnfor B. inspiteof C. bytheway D. by thismeans
Trang 3/17
Question 33: According to the passage, Krzysztof Penderecki is known for which of the following
practices?
A. Using tones that are clumpedtogether
B. Combining traditional and nontraditionalinstruments
C. Seating musicians in unusual areas of anauditorium
D. Playing Western music for non-Westemaudiences
Question 34: According to the passage, which of the following would be considered traditional elements
of Western music?
A.Microtones B. Tom-toms andbongos
C.Pianos D.Hisses
Question 35: In paragraph 3, the author mentions diagrams as an example of a newwayto .
A. chart the history of innovation in musicalnotation
B. explain the logic of standard musicalnotation
C. design and develop electronicinstruments
D. indicate how particular sounds should beproduced
An air pollutant is defined as a compound added directly or indirectly by humans to the atmosphere in
such quantities as to affect humans, animals, vegetation, or materials adversely. Air pollution requires a
very flexible definition that permits continuous change. When the first air pollution laws were established
in England in the fourteenth century, air pollutants were limited to compounds that could be seen or
smelled - a far cry from the extensive list of harmful substances known today. As technology has
developed and knowledge of the health aspects of various chemicals has increased, the list of air
pollutants has lengthened. In the future, even water vapor might be considered an air pollutant under
certainconditions.
Many of the more important air pollutants, such as sulfur oxides, carbon monoxide, and nitrogen
oxides, are found in nature. As the Earth developed, the concentration of these pollutants was altered by
various chemical reactions; they became components in biogeochemical cycles. These serve as an air
purification scheme by allowing the compounds to move from the air to the water or soil. On a global
basis, nature's output of these compounds dwarfs that resulting from humanactivities.
However, human production usually occurs in a localized area, such as a city. In such a region, human
output may be dominant and may temporarily overload the natural purification scheme of the cycles. The
result is an increased concentration of noxious chemicals in the air. The concentrations at which the
adverse effects appear will be greater than the concentrations that the pollutants would have in the
absence of human activities. The actual concentration need not be large for a substance to be a pollutant;
in fact, the numerical value tells us little until we know how much of an increase this represents over the
concentration that would occur naturally in the area. For example, sulfur dioxide has detectable health
effects at 0.08 parts per million (ppm), which is about 400 times its natural level. Carbon monoxide,
however, has a natural level of 0.1 ppm and is not usually a pollutant until its level reaches about 15 ppm.
Question 36: What does the passage mainlydiscuss?
A. The economic impact of airpollution.
B. What constitutes an airpollutant.
C. How much harm air pollutants cancause.
D. The effects of compounds added to theatmosphere.
Trang 4/17
Question 37: The word "adversely" in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to.
A.negatively B. quickly C.admittedly D.considerably
Question 38: It can be inferred from the firstparagraph that .
A. water vapor is an air pollutant in localizedareas
B. most air pollutants today can be seen orsmelled
C. the definition of air pollution will continue tochange
D. a substance becomes an air pollutant only incities
Question 39: The word "These" in the second paragraph is closest inmeaningto .
A. the various chemicalreactions
B. the pollutants from the developingEarth
C. the compounds moved to the water orsoil
D. the components in biogeochemicalcycles
Question 40: For which of the following reasons can natural pollutants play an important role in
controlling air pollution?
A. They function as part of a purificationprocess.
B. They occur in greater quantities than otherpollutants.
C. They are less harmful to living beings than otherpollutants.
D. They have existed since the Earthdeveloped.
Question 41: According to the passage, human-generated air pollution inlocalizedregions .
A. can be dwarfed by nature's output ofpollutants
B. can overwhelm the natural system that removespollutants
C. will damage areas outside of the localizedregions
D. will react harmfully with naturalpollutants
Question 42: According to the passage, the numerical value of the concentration level of a substance is
onlyusefulif .
A. the other substances in the area areknown
B. it is in a localizedarea
C. the natural level is alsoknown
D. it can be calculatedquickly
Question 43: Alike oxygen, which is chemically changed by our bodies into carbon dioxide, nitrogen is
A B
merely exhaled back into the air.
C D
Question 44: Working like a police officer means earning a good salary, excellent retirement benefits.
A B C D
and great health insurance for you and your family.
Question 45: Lasers are of great value in areas such as communication, industry, medicines and scientific
A B C D
research.
Trang 5/17
Question 46: I’d suggest that we avoid telling any scary story stories with Janet around. She’ a bit
unstable and could get hysterical.
A. It is no fun to tell frightening stories to Janet, who is not very stable mentally, because she only
laughs instead of gettingscared.
B. Janet has trouble keeping her emotions under control, especially when she is told frighteningstories.
C. Since Janet is somewhat unbalanced, the only way to make her laugh is by telling stories, but we
should avoid scary ones as they might cause her topanic.
D. Janet is somewhat mentally unbalanced and might easily become uncontrollably emotional, so let’s
not tell frightening stories in herpresence.
Question 47: They were suspected to have robbed the bank. The police have investigated them for days.
A. Suspected to have robbed the bank, they have been investigated fordays.
B. Suspecting to have robbed the bank, they have been investigated fordays.
C. Having suspected to have robbed the bank, they have been investigated fordays.
D. They have investigated for days, suspected to have robbed thebank.
Question 48: Had I known how crowded it’d be, I’d have never moved to Madrid.
A. I moved to Madrid only because I was unaware of how many people werethere.
B. Since it was so crowded in Madrid, I decided that I would never movethere.
C. In the end, Madrid turned out to be far more crowded than I’d thought before movingthere.
D. I would have had a better time living in Madrid if only there hadn’t been so manypeople.
Question 49: Their parents gave them permission to get married.
A. “You must get married”, their parents toldthem.
B. “You ought to get married”, their parents toldthem.
C. “I give you permission to get married”, their parents toldthem.
D. “You may get married”, their parents toldthem.
Question 50: After the operation, she recovered far quicker than any of us had expected her to.
A. She recovered from the operation just as quickly as anybody could havehoped.
B. Once the operation was over, her recovery was as fast as it could beexpected.
C. To our great surprise, she was back to normal again as soon as the operation wasover.
D. We were all surprised at how fast her health returned after theoperation.
Trang 6/17
ĐÁP ÁN
1.D 2.C 3.C 4.A 5.A 6.B 7.D 8.B 9.A 10.B
11.C 12. A 13.C 14.D 15.B 16.D 17.D 18.B 19.C 20.B
21.D 22.B 23.D 24.D 25.D 26.D 27.D 28.D 29.C 30.B
31.B 32.D 33.A 34.C 35.D 36.B 37.A 38.C 39.D 40.A
41.B 42.C 43 .A 44.A 45.D 46.D 47.A 48.A 49.D 50.D
Trang 7/17
Question 1:A.economics B. inspection C.regulation D.individual
Question 2:A.colony B. assistant C.possible D.holiday
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions.
Question 3:A.voyage B. village C.passage D.massage
Question 4:A.fool B. boot C.foot D.cool
Question 5: Several businesses would stand to lose a great deal of money if open trade agreements
followed.
A. arenotbeing B. werenotbeing C. hadnotbeen D. have notbeen
Question 6: The professor scheduled two student appointments for the same time. Hewasso .
A. open-minded B. kind-hearted C.narrow-minded D. absent -minded
Question 7: What chemical isthis?It's a horriblesmell.
A.givingover B. giving off C.givingdown D. givingup
Question 8: It'stimeI thinking about thatessay.
A. gotdownto B. got off C.goton D. got downwith
Question9:On he had won the scholarship to Harvard University, he jumped forjoy.
A. hewastold B.havingtold C.telling D. beingtold
Question 10:1 thought you said she was going away thenextSunday, ?
A.wasn'tshe B. didn't you C.didn'tI D. wasn'tit
Question 11: Mary invites Malik to her birthday party but Malik refuses to come.
Malik: "I'm sorry. I won't be able to
come". Mary:“ ”.
A.Great B. Oh,that'sannoying C. Well,nevermind D. Sounds likefun
Question 12: I thinkyouare your time looking for a job in this town. There’s not muchto
do here.
A.losing B.spending C.wasting D.missing
Question 13: Gene gothisbook by a subsidypublisher.
A.topublish B. publishing C. tobepublished D.published
Question 14: A goodfriend is will stand by you when you are introuble.
A. theonewho B. a person that C.peoplewho D.who
Question 15: On hearing the news she fainted and it was half an hour beforeshecame again.
A.up B. round C.over D. to come upwith
Question 16: Two friends are having a conversation in a
restaurant. Peter:“ ”
Jane: “All right. Suit yourself.”
Trang 1/17
A. I don’t want to eat anything, I am on adiet.
B. I haven’t been to such a nice place with you for awhile.
C. Can you help me choose the maincourse?
D. What is your favouritestarter?
Question 17: We missed the ferry yesterdaymorning.It by the time we arrived at thepier.
A.alreadywent B. was alreadygoing
C. hadalreadygone D. has alreadygone
Question 18: Ihad a , which I couldn't explain, that something terrible was going tohappen.
A.feeling B. view C.sense D.thought
Question 19: Almost all the students were confusing because Ms. Kelly’s explanation was unclear.
A B C D
Question 20: The Netherland, with much of its land lying lower than sea level, have a system of dikes
A B C
and canals for controlling water.
D
Question 21: With the victory over Germany in the final match. Brazil became the first team won the
A B C
trophy five times.
D
Recent technological advances in manned and unmanned vehicles, along with breakthroughs in satellite
technology and computer equipment, have overcome some of the limitations of divers and diving
equipment for scientists doing research on the great oceans of the world. Without a vehicle, divers often
became sluggish, and their mental concentration was severely limited. Because undersea pressure affects
their speech organs, communication among divers has always been difficult or impossible. But today,
most oceanographers avoid the use of vulnerable human divers, preferring to reduce the risk to human life
and make direct observations by means of instruments that are lowered into the ocean, from samples
taken from the water, or from photographs made by orbiting satellites. Direct observations of the ocean
floor can be made not only by divers but also by deep-diving submarines in the water and even by the
technology of sophisticated aerial photography from vantage points above the surface of more than seven
miles and cruise at depths of fifteen thousand feet. In addition, radio-equipped buoys can be operated by
remote control in order to transmit information back to land-based laboratories via satellite. Particularly
important for ocean study are data about water temperature, currents, and weather. Satellite photographs
can show the distribution of sea ice, oil slicks, and cloud formations over the ocean, Maps created from
satellite pictures can represent the temperature and the color of the ocean’s surface, enabling researchers
to study the ocean currents from laboratories on dry land. Furthermore, computers help oceanographers to
collect, organize, and analyze data from submarines and satellites. By creating a model of the ocean’s
movement and characteristics, scientists can predict the patterns and possible effects of the ocean on the
environment.
Trang 2/17
Recently, many oceanographers have been relying more on satellites and computers than on research
ships or even submarine vehicles because they can supply a greater range of information more quickly
and more effectively. Some of humankind’s most serious problems, especially those concerning energy
and food, may be solved with the help of observations made possible by this newtechnology.
Question 22: With what topic is the passage primarily concerned?
A. Communicationamongdrivers. B. Technological advances inoceanography.
C. Direct observation of theoceanfloor. D. Underseavehicles.
Question 23: The word “sluggish” is closest inmeaningto .
A.nervous B. confused C.slowmoving D. veryweak
Question 24: This passage suggests that the successful exploration of the ocean dependsupon
A. the limitations ofdivingequipment B. radios that divers use tocommunicate
C. controlling currents andtheweather D. vehicles as well asdivers
Question 25: Divers have had problems in communicatingunderwaterbecause .
A. the pressure affected theirspeechorgans B. the vehicles they used have not beenperfected
C. they did notpronounceclearly D. the water destroyed their speechorgans
Question 26:Underseavehicles .
A. are too small for a man tofitinside B. are very slow torespond
C. have the same limitations thatdivershave D. make direct observations of the oceanfloor
Question 27: How is a radio-quipped buoy operated?
A. By operators inside the vehicle in the partunderwater.
B. By operators outside the vehicle onship.
C. By operators outside the vehicle on a divingplatform.
D. By operators outside the vehicle in a laboratory onshore.
Question 28: Which of the following are NOT shown in satellite photographs?
A. The temperature of theocean’ssurface. B. Cloud formations over theocean.
C. Presence ofoilslicks. D. The location of seaice.
Question 29: The words “those”refersto .
A.ships B.vehicles C.problems D.computers
After two decades of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business schools in the
United States have started to face harder times. Only Harvard's MBA School has shown a substantial
increase in enrollment in recent years. Both Princeton and Stanford have seen decreases in their
enrollments. Since 1990, the number of people receiving Masters in Business Administration (MBA)
degrees, has dropped about 3 percent to 75, 000, and the trend of lower enrollment rates is expected to
continue.
There are two factors causing this decrease in students seeking an MBA degree. The first one is that
many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA degree does not guarantee a plush job on
Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major American cities. Many of the entry-level management
jobs are going to students graduating with Master of Arts degrees in English and the humanities as well as
those holding MBA degrees. Students have asked the question: "Is an MBA degree really what I need to
be best prepared for getting a good job?". The second major factor has been the cutting of American
payrolls and the lower number of entry-level jobs being offered. Business needs are changing, and MBA
schools are struggling to meet the new demands.
Trang 3/17
Question 30: What is the main focus of this passage?
A. Jobs on WallStreet.
B. Types of graduatedegrees.
C. Changes in enrollment for MBAschools.
D. How schools are changing to reflect theeconomy.
Question 31: The word “plush” in line 8 mostprobablymeans .
A.legal B.satisfactory C.fancy D.dependable
Question 32: Which of the following business schools has NOT shown a decrease in enrollment?
A.Princeton B.Harvard C.Stanford D.Yale
Question 33: Which of the following descriptions most likely applies to Wall Street?
A. a center forinternationalaffairs. B. a major financialcenter.
C. ashoppingdistrict. D. a neighborhood in NewYork.
Question 34: According to the passage, what are two causes of declining business school enrollments?
A. lack of necessity for an MBA and an economicrecession.
B. low salary and foreigncompetition.
C. fewer MBA schools and fewer entry-leveljobs.
D. declining population and economicprosperity.
Question 35: The word “struggling” as used in the last sentence is closest in meaning to .
A.evolving B. plunging C.starting D.striving
Question 36: The phrase “trend of” in line 5 is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A.reluctanceof B. drawback to
C.movementtoward D. extractionfrom
Throughout history, women have had responsibility for healing the sick. However, it is only in
comparative recent times that they have been allowed to train as doctors at medical schools in Britain. Yet
in that short time, theyhave(37) an enormous contribution to modemmedicine.
The first female doctors were nuns(38) gave advice about diseases and and
(39)
prepared medicines. In ancient Rome, women healers were considered skillful and respected. In Britain,
for centuries, male doctors were suspicious of women who practisedmedicine(40) and in
1512 a law was passed making it illegal for them to do so. Women couldn’t study medicine at universities
(41) the 19th century and they only began to gain equality with male doctors in the 20th
century
.
Question 37:A.caused B. done C.had D.made
Question 38:A.they B.who C.whose
D.whichQuestion 39:A.injured B. painful
C.injuries D.woundedQuestion 40:A.profession B.
professional C.professionally D.unprofessional Question 41:A.until
B. in C.from D.since
Question 42: They were not prepared for the humid heat of the tropical forest.
Trang 4/17
A.arid B.watery C.soaked D.moist
Trang 5/17
Question 43: Many California mining towns prospered until the gold ran out and prospectors moved on
to new areas, leaving boom towns to become ghost towns.
A.declined B. assembled C.employed D.thrived
Question 44: The young team received widespread support throughout the country.
A.narrow B.limited C.popular D.scattered
Question 45: Suddenly, in the twinkling of an eve, her whole life had been turned upside down.
A. very quickly B.gradually
B. over a long periodoftime D.unfortunately
Question 46: Ann always keeps up with the latest fashions. She works for a famous fashion house.
A. Ann always keeps up with the latest fashions so as not to work for a famous fashionhouse.
B. Ann works for a famous fashion house, so she always keeps up with the latestfashions.
C. Not working for a famous fashion house, Ann always keeps up with the latestfashions.
D. Despite working for a famous fashion house, Ann hardly keeps up with the latestfashions.
Question 47: Put your coat on. You will get cold.
A. You will not get cold unless you put your coaton.
B. Put your coat on, otherwise you will getcold.
C. It is not until you put your coat on that you will getcold.
D. You not only put your coat on but also getcold.
Question 48: Not until after I’d given my report did I realize I hadn’t mentioned all of the points I’d
wanted to.
A. In my report, I’d intended to bring up more points than I actually did, though I only noticed this after
I’d finished.
B. I had carefully planned all the points I would be mentioning in my report, but in the end I forgot
some ofthem.
C. My report turned out not very well as I was unable to bring up all of the points I had been planning
to.
D. Once the report had finished, it was pointed out to me that I hadn’t brought up all the topics that I
shouldhave.
Question 49: The sooner we solve the problem with controlling weapons, the better it will be for all.
A. If we could solve the problem with controlling weapons soon, it would be better forall.
B. It would be better for all if we can solve the problem with controlling weaponssoon.
C. If all are better, we can solve the problem with controllingweapons.
D. If we can solve the problem with controlling weapons soon, it will be better forall.
Question 50: My friend told me, “If I were you, I would give up smoking.”
A. My friend advised me to give upsmoking.
B. My friend warned me against giving upsmoking.
Trang 6/17
C. My friend prohibited me from giving upsmoking.
D. My friend suggested giving upsmoking.
ĐÁP ÁN
1.B 2.B 3.D 4.C 5.B 6.D 7.B 8.A 9.D 10.B
11.C 12.C 13.D 14.B 15.B 16. A 17.C 18.A 19.C 20.C
21.C 22.B 23.C 24.D 25.A 26.D 27.D 28.A 29.C 30.C
31.B 32.B 33.B 34.A 35.D 36.C 37.D 38.B 39.C 40.C
41. A 42.A 43.A 44.C 45.A 46.B 47.B 48.A 49.D 50.A
Trang 7/17
Question 1: Fruit and vegetables should be carefully washed whether eaten fresh or cook.
A B C D
Question 2: She had to leave because she didn’t see eves to eves with her boss.
A B C D
Question 3: With the development of the Internet and the World Wide Web, businessmen do not
A B
hardly have as much traveling as they used to.
C D
in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 4:A.accompany B.comfortable C.interview D.dynamism
Question 5:A.effectiveness B.satisfaction C.accountancy D.appropriate
Question 6:A.mouths B. cloths C.booths D.months
Question 7:A.retain B.mountain C.painting D.chain
THE FAMILY
Statesmen define a family as “a group of individuals having a common dwelling and related by
blood, adoption ormarriage,(8) includes common-law relationships”. Most people areborninto
one of these groups and will live their lives as a family in such agroup.
Although the definition of a family may not change, (9) relationship of people to each other
within the family group changes as society changes. More and more wives are taking paying jobs, and, as
a result, the roles of husband, wife and children are changing. Today, men expect to work for pay for
about 40 years of their lives, and, in today’s marriages (10) which both spouses have paying jobs,
women can expect to work for about 30 to 35 years of their lives. This means that men must leam to do
theirshareoffamilytaskssuchascaringforthechildrenanddaily(11) chores.Children,too,
especially adolescents, have to (12) with the members of their family in sharing householdtasks.
The widespread acceptance of contraception has meant that having children is as matter of choice,
not an automatic result of marriage. Marriage itself has become a choice. As alternatives such as
common-lawrelationshipsandsingle-parentfamilieshavebecomesociallyacceptable,womenwill
become more independent.
Question 8: A. which B. that C. what D. it
Question 9: A. a B. any C. some D. the
Question 10: A. in B. for C. with D. to
Trang 1/20
Question 11: A. home B. family C. house D. household
Question 12: A. carry B. deal C. cooperate D. combine
Mark the letter Ay B,c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer in each of the
followingquestions.
Question 13: It’s nice I am now in Hoi An Ancient Town again. This is the secondtimeI there.
A.willbe B.wouldbe C.was D. havebeen
Question 14: Realizing he got lost, hestartedto help.
A.callfor B. callat C.gofor D. goto
Question 15: He told everyone that he had flu, but in fact, hehadjust a cold.
A. comeupwith B. comedownwith C. goneinfor D. made upfor
Question 16: Never has she behaved likethatbefore, ?
A.hasn’tshe B.hasshe C.didshe D. didn’tshe
Question 17: If these prisoners attempted to escapefromprison, immediately.
A. they wouldbecaught B. they wouldcatch
C. they willbecaught D. they will havecaught
Question 18: You should stop workingtoohard you’ll getsick.
A.orelse B. if C.incase D.whereas
Question 19: Althoughshewas , she agreed to give me a hand with theclean-up.
A.tiredness B.tired C.tiring D.tiresome
Question 20: Createa new and put all your files intoit.
A.directory B.direction C.director D.directing
Question 21: Applicants must holda(n)- drivinglicence.
A.artificial B. faithful C.false D.valid
Question 22: As thedrugtook the patient becameunconscious.
A.effect B. force C.influence D.action
Question 23: You’re very quiet today. What have you gotonyour ?
A.spirit B.attention C.mind D.brain
Question 24: Two friends Diana and Anne are talking about Anne’s new blouse.
Diana: “That blouse suits you perfectly”
Anne:“ .”
A.Nevermind B. Don’tmentionit C.Thankyou D.You’rewelcome
Question 25: Ballot invites a friend to her new apartment. She is offering him some drink.
Ballot: “More coffee?
Anybody?” Friend:“ .”
A. I don’t agree.I’mafraid B. I’d loveto
C.Yes,please D. It’s right, Ithink
Question 26: I don’t have time to argue with thisself- women.
A.controlled B.dominated C.opinionated D.liked
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, Cy or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
Since water is the basis of life, composing the greater part of the tissues of all living things, the
crucial problem of desert animals is to survive in a world where sources of flowing water are rare. And
since man’s inexorable necessity is to absorb large quantities of water at frequent intervals, he can
scarcely comprehend that many creatures of the desert pass their entire lives without a singledrop.
Trang 2/20
Uncompromising as it is, the desert has not eliminated life but only those forms unable to
withstand its desiccating effects. No most skinned, water-loving animals can exist there. Few large
animals are found. The giants of the North American desert are the deer, the coyote, and the bobcat. Since
desert country is open, it holds more swift-footed running and leaping creatures than the tangled forest. Its
population is largely nocturnal, silent, filled with reticence, and ruled by stealth. Yet they are not
emaciated.
Having adapted to their austere environment, they are as healthy as animals anywhere else in the
word. The secret of their adjustment lies in the combination of behavior and physiology. None could
survive if, like mad dogs and Englishmen, they went out in the midday sun; many would die in a matter
of minutes. So most of them pass the burning hours asleep in cool, humid burrows underneath the
ground, emerging to hunt only by night. The surface of the sun-baked desert averages around 150
degrees, but 18 inches down the temperature is only 60degrees.
Question 27: The title for this passagecouldbe .
A.“DesertPlants” B. “LifeUnderground”
C. “Animal Life in aDesertEnvironment” D. “Man’s Life in a DesertEnvironment”
Question 28: The word “tissues” in the passagemostlymeans .
A. the smallest units of living matter that can exist on theirown
B. collections of cells that form the different parts of humans, animals andplants
C. very small living things that cause infectious diseases in people, animals andplants
D. the simplest forms of life that exist in air, water, living and dead creatures andplants
Question 29: Man can hardly understand why many animals live their whole life in thedesert,as .
A. sources of flowing water are rare in adesert
B. water is an essential part of hisexistence
C. water composes the greater part of the tissues of livingthings
D. very few large animals are found in thedesert
Question 30: The phrase “those forms” in the passage refers to all of thefollowingsEXCEPT .
A.water-lovinganimals B. the coyote and thebobcat
C.most-skinnedanimals D. many largeanimals
Question 31: According to the passage, creatures inthedesert .
A. run and leap faster than those in the tangledforest
B. run and leap more slowly than those in the tangledforest
C. are more active during the day than those in the tangledforest
D. are not as healthy as those anywhere else in theworld
Question 32: According to the passage, one characteristic of animals living in the desertisthat .
A. they are smaller and fleeter than forestanimals
B. they are less healthy than animals living in otherplaces
C. they can hunt in temperature of 150degrees
D. they live in an accommodatingenvironment
Question 33: The word “burrows” in the passagemostlymeans .

A. places where insects or other small creatures live and produce theiryoung
B. holes or tunnels in the ground made by animals for them to livein
C. structures made of metal bars in which animals or birds arekept
D. places where a particular type of animal or plant is normallyfound
Trang 3/20
In 1988, Canadian athlete Ben Johnson set a new world record for the 100 metres sprint and set
the Seoul Olympics alight. Just a few days later, he was stripped of his medal and banned from competing
after having failed a drug test, highlighting what has since become an international problem - drug use in
sport.
Those involved in sports face enormous pressure to excel in competition, all the more so as their
careers are relatively short. By the time most sportspeople are in their forties, they are already considered
to be past their prime, and as a result they need to earn their money as quickly as possible. In such a high-
pressure environment, success has to come quickly and increasingly often drugs are playing a prominent
role.
There are a number of specific effects that sportspeople are aiming to achieve by taking
performanceenhancing drugs. Caffeine and cocaine are commonly used as stimulants, getting the body
ready for the mass expenditure of energy required. In addition, there are those who are looking to build
their body strength and turn to the use of anabolic steroids. Having worked so hard and needing to
unwind, sportspeople may misuse other drugs as a relaxant in that it can help them cope with stress or
boost their own confidence. Alcohol is commonly used for this purpose, but for sportspeople something
more direct is often required, and this has led to an increase in the use of beta-blockers specifically to
steadynerves.
Increasingly accurate drug testing is leading companies and suppliers to ever-more creative ways
of avoiding detection, and there are a range of banned substances that are still taken by sportspeople in
order to disguise the use of other, more potent drugs. Diuretics is a good example of this: in addition to
allowing the body to lose excess weight, they are used to hide other substances.
Drugs or not, the working life of the average sportsperson is hard and often painful. Either through
training or on the field, injuries are common and can lead to the use of narcotics simply to mask the pain.
There are examples of champion motorcyclists taking local anaesthetics to hide the pain of a crash that
should have seen them taken straight to hospital, and though this is not directly banned, use is carefully
monitored.
Drug testing has since become an accepted feature of most major sporting events, and as soon as a
new drug is detected and the user is banned from competitive sport, then a new drug is developed which
evades detection. Inevitably, this makes testing for such banned substances even more stringent, and has
in recent years highlighted a new and disturbing problem - the unreliability of drugtests.
Recent allegations of drug use have seen sportspeople in court attempt to overthrow decisions
against them, claiming that they were unaware they had taken anything on the banned list. A test recently
carried out saw three non-athletes given dietary substances that were not on the banned list, and the two
who didn’t take exercise tested negative. However, the third person, who exercised regularly, tested
positive. This, of course, has left the testing of sportspeople in a very difficult position. Careers can be
prematurely ended by false allegations of drug abuse, yet by not punishing those who test positive, the
door would be open for anyone who wanted to take drugs.
The issue is becoming increasingly clouded as different schools of opinion are making themselves
heared. There are some that argue that if the substance is not directly dangerous to the user, then it should
not be banned, claiming that it is just another part of training and can be compared to eating the correct
diet. Ron Clarke, a supporter of limited drug use in sport, commented that some drugs should be accepted
as ‘they just level the playing field’. He defended his opinion by pointing out that some competitors have
Trang 4/20
a natural advantage. Athletes bom high above sea level or who work out in high altitudes actually produce
more red blood cells, a condition which other athletes can only achieve by dmg taking.
Others claim that dmg use shouldn’t be allowed because it contravenes the whole idea of fairly
competing in a sporting event, adding that the dmgs available to a wealthy American athlete, for example,
would be far superior to those available to a struggling Nigerian competitor.
Governing bodies of the myriad of sporting worlds are trying to set some standards for
competitors, but as dmg companies become more adept at disguising illegal substances, the procedure is
an endless race with no winner. In the face of an overwhelming dmg and supplement market, one thing is
certain - dmgs will probably be a significant factor for a long time to come.
Question 34: Which drugs are used for the preparation of the mass energy consumption?
A. Caffeineandcocaine B. Alcohol, betablockers
C.Diuretics D.Narcotics
Question 35: What is the phrase “this purpose” in paragraph 3 means?
A.confidence B.sportspeople
C.relaxant D. stressincrease
Question 36: these statements are TRUEexceptfor .
A. Making the wrong judgment on potent dmg abuse can destroy onescareer
B. By tolerating violating cases, there will be fewer people taking ondmgs.
C. Some people argue that these drugs are not actually detrimental to users’ health and therefore they
should not bebanned.
D. Onethirdofthepeopleparticipatinginthetestwithdietarysubstancesreceivedpositiveresults.
Question 37: Why are sportspeople under such pressure to succeed quickly?
A. Because their careers arerelativelyshort. B. Because they want to earn a lot ofmoney
C. Because they have other concerns intheirlives D. Because their rivals areaggressive
Question 38: What does Ron Clarke claim drugs can balance?
A.drugs B. prize C.field D.advantage
Question 39: The word “contravenes” is closest inmeaningto .
A.goagainst B.takeover C.putoff D. standfor
Question40: of drug use have serious side effects on sportspeople even if they are
subsequently provedwrong.
A.Decisions B.Comments C.Allegations D.Attitudes
Question 41: The text ismainlyabout .
A. arunningcontroversy B. allegations of druguse
C. different usagesofdrug D. how to avoiddetection
Question 42: To work with your partner on this dialogue, sit in chairs that are face to face or in ones that
are adjacent so that you can communicate easily.
A. next toeachother B. away from thedoor
C. far fromeachother D. behind eachother
Question 43: I have heard anecdotal evidence that vitamin E helps cut heal faster, but I have never read
any research that supports that.
A.scientificproof B. personalreports
C.individualobservation D. oralstories
Trang 5/20
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
Question 44: We’ll have to call the barbecue off. It’s going to rain.
A.delay B.cancel C.plan D. compensatefor
Question 45: I admire people with a lot of inner strength.
A.full B.mental C.limited D.indisputable
Question 46: I had to do my homework. I could not help my mother with the washing-up.
A. Because I was busy doing my homework, I could not help my mother with thewashing-up.
B. It was impossible for me to do my homework although my mother helped me with thewashing-up.
C. I could not help my mother with the washing-up until I finished myhomework.
D. I could not do my homework because I had to help my mother with thewashing-up.
Question 47: We arrived at the cinema. Then we realized our tickets were still at home.
A. No sooner had we realized that our tickets were still at home than we arrived at thecinema.
B. Not until we arrived at the cinema that we realized that our tickets were still athome
C. Only after we arrived at the cinema did we realize that our tickets were athome.
D. Hardly had we arrived at the cinema than we realized that our tickets were still athome.
Question 48: “You must wear the seat belt when driving!” she said to him.
A. She told him to wear the seat belt when hedrove.
B. She confirmed that he wore the seat belt whendriving.
C. She complained that he wore the seat belt as hedrove.
D. She encouraged him to wear the seat belt whendriving.
Question 49: People say that Mr. Goldman gave nearly a million pounds to charity last year.
A. Nearly a million pounds is said to be given to charity by Mr. Goldman lastyear.
B. Mr. Goldman was said to have given nearly a million pounds to charity lastyear.
C. Mr. Goldman is said to have given nearly a million pounds to charity lastyear.
D. Nearly a million pounds was said to have been given to charity by Mr. Goldman lastyear.
Question 50: The gardens are open each day for visitors to enjoy the flower displays.
A. In order to enjoy the flowers each day, visitors open their owndisplays.
B. There are too many flower displays for visitors to enjoy eachday.
C. As long as visitors enjoy the flower displays, the gardens are still open eachday.
D. The gardens are open each day so that visitors can enjoy the flowerdisplays.
Trang 6/20
ĐÁP ÁN
l. D 2. D 3. C 4. A 5 .B 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. A
ll. D 12. C 13. D 14. A 15. B 16. B 17. A 18. A 19. B 20. A
21. D 22. A 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. C 27. C 28. B 29. B 30. B
31. A 32. A 33. B 34. A 35. C 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. A 40. C
41. A 42. C 43. A 44. B 45. B 46. A 47. C 48. A 49. C 50. D
Trang 7/20
Question 1: A. language B. frequent C. impress D. backpack
Question 2: A. diplomatic B. appreciation C. information D. independent
Question 3:A.recovery B. holiday C.problem D.occupant
Question 4:A.months B. paths C.wreaths D.youths
following question.
Question 5: Pleaseacceptour congratulations on yourpromotion!
A.finest B.warmest C.dearest D.best
Question6:They'veboughtaholidaycottagenearthesea,andin course they plan tomove
therepermanently.
A.future B. due C.coming D.intended
Question 7: She should have been herebutshe's chickenflu.
A. gonethroughwith B. gone downwith
C. comeinfor D. comeagainst
Question 8: Part-time jobs give us thefreedomto our owninterest.
A.pursue B. chase C.seek D.catch
Question 9: I won't buy that car because it hastoomuch on it.
A. upsanddowns B. oddsandends C. wearandtear D. whitelie
Question 10: Tom and Tim are meeting at school canteen.
Tom: “Would you like to have a
drink?” Tim:“ .”
A. Yes,Iam B.Sure C. I reallylikeit D. No, I don’tlike
Question 11: If theprimarycandidates been quitedifferent.
A.havefocused B. had focused C.focused D. werefocused
Question 12: With its thousands of rocksandcaves internationalrecognition.
A.emerge B.emerged C.emerging D. beingemerged
Question 13: The fraction 3/4ispronounced .
A.three-four B. threeoverfourth C.three-fourths D.third-fours
Question 14: Theroomneeds for the Sip and seeparty.
A.todecorate B.bedecorated C.decorate D.decorating
Question 15: "Is there anythinginteresting the paper today?” – “Well, there’s anunusual
picture the backpage."
A.in/on B. on/ in C.in/in D. on/on
Question 16: Two friends Stephanie and Scott are revising Math lesson in the school study room.
Trang 1/20
Stephanie: “Oh, no! I left my book at home. Can I share
yours?” Scott:“ ”
A. No, notatall! B.No,thanks. C. Yes, Idotoo. D. Yes,sure!
Question 17:Aftera match, the team from Chia emerged as thewinner.
A.hotly-contested B.hot-contested C.hotly-compete D.hot-competed
Question 18: As soonaswe this newapartment,we .
A. are finding/willmove B. found/ moved
C. wouldfind/move D. find/ wouldmove
THE ILLUSION OF FILM
Film is an illusion because the moving pictures seen on the screen are not moving at all. A film is
actually a series of tiny still pictures, or flames. They appear to be moving because the retina of the
human eye retains the impression of an object for a split second after that object has actually disappeared.
This principle is known as the persistence of vision. When we look at a single frame of film, the image
persists in the brain's visual center for a fraction of a second. Then, the next frame comes along and the
brain has to catch up with the new image. Thus, our eyes and brain trick US into thinking that we see a
smoothly moving image rather than a series of stillones.
Another illusion of film is known collectively as special effects, the tricks and techniques that
filmmakers use when makeup, costume, and stunts are still not enough to make a scene convincing.
Special effects artists apply science to filmmaking, showing US things that no plain camera could ever
photograph. Even since the introduction of computer graphics in recent decades, the films of today still
rely on some special effects that have existed since the early years of cinema.
One category of special effects is called optical or visual effects, tricks made with the camera. One of
the pioneers of optical effects was the French filmmaker Georges Méliès, who invented a technique called
stop-motion photography. With this technique, a scene is filmed, the camera is stopped, the scene is
changed in some way, and then the camera rolls again. Stop motion photography can create the illusion of
an actor disappearing on screen. In one short film, an actor's clothes keep returning to his body as he tries
to get undressed. Méfiés also invented a technique known as split screen. By putting a card over the
camera lens, he prevented half of the frame of film from being exposed. He filmed a scene on the
uncovered half of the frame and then backed up the same strip of film in his camera. For the second shot,
he covered the exposed half and took another series of pictures on the half that had been covered the first
time. With the technique of split screen, it is possible to achieve illusions such as having the same actor
play twins.
Mechanical effects are another category of special effects. Mechanical effects are objects or devices
used during the filming to create an illusion, such as feathers or plastic chips to simulate snow, and wires
to create the illusion that people are flying. Many sound effects are mechanical effects. Wood blocks
create a horse's hoof beats, and a vibrating sheet of metal sounds like thunder. During the silent film era,
the music machine called the Kinematophone was popular because it could produce the sounds of sirens,
sleigh bells, gunfire, baby cries, and kisses-all at the press of a key.
Other mechanical effects are puppets, robots of all sizes, and tiny copies of buildings or cities. To
reduce the cost of studio sets or location photography, special-effects technicians create painted or
projected backgrounds, which replace the set or add to it. For example, in a long shot of a town, the set
might be only a few feet high, and the remainder of the town is painted onto a sheet of glass positioned in
frontofthecameraduringfilming.Ina1916silentfilmcalledTheFlyingTorpedo,mechanicaleffects
Trang 2/20
created the appearance of an enemy invasion of the California seacoast. Technicians threw small contact-
rigged explosives into toy cities, scattering the tiny buildings into the air. An artist painted a row of
battleships on a board that was only six feet long. Carpenters drilled small holes in the ships, which were
filled with small charges of flash powder to simulate guns. An electrician wired the charges so they could
be fired on cue from a small battery. For audiences of the time, the effect was of a real fleet of ships firing
on the California coast.
Sometimes optical and mechanical effects are used together. For the original 1933 version of King
Kong, the filmmakers wanted to show the giant ape climbing the Empire State Building in New York
City. To show Kong's climb, the special-effects technicians built a tiny movable model of the ape and a
proportionately small model of the Empire State Building. Then, stop-motion photography was used to
create the illusion that Kong was moving up thebuilding.
Question 19: Why does the author discuss the principle of “persistence of vision” in paragraph 1?
A. To introduce a discussion ofhumanvision. B. To explain how we rememberimages.
C. To support the idea that film isanillusion. D. To compare two types of specialeffects.
Question 20: The phrase “catch up with” in paragraph 1 is closest inmeaningto .
A. hurrytoprocess B. put aside C.searchfor D. obtain frommemory
Question 21: The author primarily defines specialeffectsas .
A. phenomena that cannot be explainedlogically
B. techniques and devices to create illusions infilm
C. sounds and images that cause an emotionalresponse
D. methods used by filmmakers of the silent filmera
Question 22: It can be inferred from paragraph 4 thatsilentfilms .
A. were projected by a machine called theKinematophone
B. relied more on special effects than on actingability
C. used sound effects to make scenes moreconvincing
D. are still very popular with movie audiencestoday
Question 23: All of the following would necessarily involve mechanicaleffectsEXCEPT .
A. using wires to makeobjectsfly B. filming each half of a frameseparately
C. hitting a sheet of metal tocreatethunder D. building a small model of atown
Question 24: The word “which” in paragraph 5refersto .
A.carpenters B. holes C.ships D.guns
Question 25: What point does the author make in paragraph 6 about the 1933 film King Kongl A. The
A. film combined two different types of specialeffects.
B. The filmmakers trained a giant ape to climb up abuilding.
C. Stop-motion photography was invented during thefilming.
D. King Kong remains very popular with audiencestoday.
Question 26: 10 Breakthrough Technologies 2017, such as reversing paralysis, self-driving trucks, the
A
360-degree selfie,.., will effect the economy and our politics, improve medicine, or influence our culture.
B C D
Question 27: There are more than eight four million specimens in the National Museum of Natural
A
Trang 3/20
History’s collection of biological, geological, anthropology treasures.
B C D
Question 28: Up the World War II almost all important research in physics had made in universities, with
A B C
only university funds for support.
D
Many parents believe that they should begin to teach their children to read when theyare(29)
morethantoddlers.Thisisfineifthechildshowsarealinterestbutforcingachildcouldbecounter- productive if
she isn't ready. Wise parents will have a hopeful attitude and take the lead from their child. What they
should provide is a selection of stimulating toys, books and other activities. Nowadays there is plenty
ofgood(30) availableforyoungchildren,andofcourse,seeingplentyofbooksin use
about the house will also encourage them toread.
Of course, books are no longer the only source of stories and information. There is also a huge range of
videos, which can reinforce and extend the pleasure a child finds in a book and are equally valuable in
helping to increase vocabulary and concentration. Television gets a bad review as far as children are
concerned, mainly because too many spend too much time watching programmes not intended for their
age(31) . Too many television programmes induce an incurious, uncritical attitude thatis
going to make learning much more difficult. However, discriminating viewing of programmes designed
for young children can be useful. Just as adults enjoy reading a book after seeing it serialised on
television, so children will pounce on books which (32) their favourite television
characters, and videos can add anew(33) to a story known from abook.
Question 29: A. scarcely B. rarely C. slightly D. really
Question 30: A. material B. sense C. produce D. amusement
Question 31: A. set B. band C. group D. limit
Question 32: A. illustrate B. extend C. feature D. possess
Question 33: A. revival B. dimension C. option D. existence
Today's cars are smaller, safer, cleaner, and more economical than their predecessors, but the car of the
future will be far more pollution-free than those on the road today. Several new types of automobile
engines have already been developed that run on alternative sources of power, such as electricity,
compressed natural gas, methanol, steam, hydrogen, and propane. Electricity, however, is the only zero-
emission option presently available.
Although electric vehicles will not be truly practical until a powerful, compact battery or other
dependable source of current is available, transportation experts foresee a new assortment of electric
vehicles entering everyday life: shorter-range commuter electric cars, three-wheeled neighborhood cars,
electric delivery vans, bikes, and trolleys.
As automakers work to develop practical electrical vehicles, urban planners and utility engineers are
focusing on infrastructure systems to support and make the best use of the new cars. Public charging
facilities will need to be as common as today's gas stations. Public parking spots on the street or in
commercial lots will need to be equipped with devices that allow drivers to charge their batteries while
Trang 4/20
they stop, dine, or attend a concert. To encourage the use of electric vehicles, the most convenient parking
in transportation centers might be reserved for electric cars.
Planners foresee electric shuttle buses, trains, buses, and neighborhood vehicles all meeting at transit
centers that would have facilities for charging and renting. Commuters will be able to rent a variety of
electric cars to suit their needs: light trucks, one-person three-wheelers, small cars, or electric/gasoline
hybrid cars for longer trips, which will no doubt take place on automated freeways capable of handling
five times the number of vehicles that can be carried by a freeway today.
Question 34: The following electrical vehicles are all mentioned in the passage EXCEPT.
A.vans B. trains C.planes D.trolleys
Question 35: The author's purpose in the passageisto .
A. criticize conventionalvehicles
B. support the invention of electriccars
C. narrate a story about alternative energyvehicles
D. describe the possibilities for transportation in thefuture
Question 36: The passage would most likely be followed bydetailsabout .
A.automatedfreeways B. pollution restrictions in thefuture
C. the neighborhood ofthefuture D. electric shuttlebuses
Question 37: The word “compact” in the second paragraph is closest inmeaningto .
A.long-range B. inexpensive C.concentrated D.squared
Question 38: In the second paragraph the authorimpliesthat .
A. a dependable source of electric energy will eventually bedeveloped
B. everyday life will stay much the same in thefuture
C. a single electric vehicle will eventually replace several modes oftransportation
D. electric vehicles are not practical for thefuture
Question 39: According to the passage, public parking lots of the future will be .
A. more convenient than theyaretoday B. equipped with chargingdevices
C. much larger than theyaretoday D. as common as today's gasstations
Question 40: The word “foresee” in this passage could best bereplacedwith .
A.counton B. invent C.imagine D. relyon
Question 41: The word “commuters” in paragraph 4refersto .
A.dailytravelers B. visitors C.cabdrivers D.shoppers
Question 42: If you are at a loose end this weekend, I will show you round the city.
A.confident B. free C.occupied D.reluctant
Question 43: Learning a language is a very complicated process, all human beings are bom with a
language ability.
A.sophisticated B.simple C.omplex D.plain
Question 44: The pensioner was taken in by a thief posing as a telephone engineer.
A.persuaded B.deceived C.fascinated D.shocked
Question 45: The government came in for a lot of criticism after the revelations.
A.gave B. wassubjectto C. didnotlike D. listento
Trang 5/20
Question 46: Mike graduated from The University of Melbourne with flying colours. However, he chose
to work for volunteer programs in Africa.
A. Mike chose to work for volunteer programs in Africa because he graduated from The University of
Melbourne with flyingcolours.
B. If Mike graduated from The University of Melbourne with flying colours, he would work for
volunteer programs inAfrica.
C. Although Mike graduated from The University of Melbourne with flying colours, he chose to work
for volunteer programs inAfrica.
D. That Mike graduated from The University of Melbourne with flying colours helped him a lot with his
volunteer work inAfrica.
Question 47: Almost every Vietnamese people watched U23 Asian Cup Final. They were somewhat
satisfied with it.
A. Almost every Vietnamese people were somewhat satisfied when watched U23 Asian CupFinal.
B. U23 Asian Cup Final was somewhat satisfying almost every Vietnamesepeople.
C. Almost every Vietnamese people, who watched U23 Asian Cup Final, were somewhat satisfied with
it.
D. U23AsianCupFinalwassomewhatsatisfyingbythewayVietnamesepeoplewatchedit.
Question 48: Soil erosion is result of forests being cut down carelessly.
A. That forests are being cut down carelessly results from soilerosion.
B. Soil erosion contributes to forests being cut downcarelessly.
C. Soil erosion results in forests being cut downcarelessly
D. That forests are being cut down carelessly leads to soilerosion.
Question 49: Mr. Brown said to me “Make good use of your time. You won’t get such an opportunity
again.”
A. Mr. Brown offered me such an opportunity so that I could make use of mytime.
B. Mr. Brown advised me to make use of my time as I wouldn’t get such an opportunityagain.
C. Mr. Brown ordered me to make use of my time, said that I wouldn’t get an opportunityagain.
D. Mr. Brown let me make use of my time, knowing that I wouldn’t get an opportunityagain.
Question 50: People said she did not study hard enough to win the scholarship.
A. It was said she studied hard but she could not win thescholarship.
B. She was said to have studied hard enough to win thescholarship.
C. She was said not to have studied hard enough to win thescholarship.
D. It was said she won the scholarship though she didn’t study hardenough.
Trang 6/20
ĐÁP ÁN
1.C 2.B 3.A 4.A 5.B 6.B 7.B 8.A 9.C 10.B
11.B 12.C 13.C 14.D 15. A 16.D 17. A 18.B 19.C 20.A
21.B 22.C 23.B 24.B 25.A 26.C 27.C 28.C 29.C 30.A
31.C 32.C 33.B 34.C 35.D 36.A 37.C 38.A 39.B 40.C
41.A 42.C 43.B 44.B 45.B 46.C 47.C 48.D 49.B 50.C
Trang 7/20
Question 1: A. hates B. slopes C. tapes D. glasses
Question 2: A. head B. breathe C. clean D. beat
Question 3:A.familiar B.impatient C.uncertain D.arrogant
Question 4:A.disappear B.arrangement C.opponent D.contractual
Question 5: There istoomuch in thisworld.
A.greediness B. greed C.greedy D.greedness
Question 6: Luna and Juka are attending a wedding. Juka is complimenting Luna on her skirt.
Juka: “That's a very nice skirt you're wearing.”
Luna:“ ”
A. Howacompliment! B. That's allright.
C. It's nice of you tosayso. D. I like you saidso.
Question7: Internet.
are the formal rules of correct or polite behavior among people using the
A.Trafficrules B.Familyrules C. Codesofetiquettes D. Codes ofnetiquettes
Question 8: Ms. Katie is decorating her house. She is asking her son for some help.
Ms.Katie:“ ”
Son: “Yes, of course.”
A. You won’t help methistime. B. You’d better give me onehand.
C. I don’t think I’ll needyourhelp. D. Could you give me ahand?
Question 9: Working in over 150 countries,UNICEF children with healthcare,clean
water, nutrition, education, emergency relief, andmore.
A.presents B. assists C.provides D.offers
Question 10: He would win the raceifhe his brother's example and trainedharder.
A.repeated B.set C.answered D.followed
Question 11: "Excuse me. Whereisthe office of OXFAMlocated?"
A.leading B. head C.central D.summit
Question 12: The fire brigade know that it is very difficult to rescue people from the blaze in this fashion
shop, they will try theirbest.
A.but B. although C.despite D.however
Question 13: I’m sorry, I forgot to tell you the guests drink only water, soyoureally all that
wine. But don’t worry, we’ll keep it for your birthdayparty.
A. can’thavebought B. needn’t havebought
Trang 1/15
C. wouldn’thavebought D. might not havebought
Question 14: Everybody in the house woke up when theburglaralarm .
A.wentout B.wentoff C.cameabout D. rangoff
Question 15: Have a pieceofchocolate, ?
A.doyou B.wouldyou C.don'tyou D. haven'tyou
Question 16: By the time you come here tomorrow,thework .
A. will havebeenfinishing B. will befinishing
C. will havebeenfinished D. will befinished
Question 17: I didn’t take up his recommendation as hesoundedso .
A.half-headed B.half-witted C.half-handed D.half-hearted
Question 18: I can’t possibly lend you any more money, it is quite outofthe .
A.order B.practice C.place D.question
Question 19: Love and relationships will always be a topic of universal interest.
A.marked B.separated C.shared D.hidden
Question 20: His performance stood head and shoulders above the rest.
A. was muchbetterthan B. was a bit worsethan
C. was a little bithigherthan D. was far more acceptablethan
Question 21: The magazine carries an intriguing mixture of high fashion, gossip, and racing, which
readers find unputdownable.
A.dull B. bright C.troublesome D.full
Question 22: It’s unbelievable how the success of his first novel has completely turned his head.
A. madehimashamed B. madehimconceited C. madehimcrazy D. made himexhausted
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27
The universal symbol of the Internet era communications, the @ sign used in e-mail addresses to
signify the word 'at',is(23) a 500-year-old invention of Italian merchants,aRome
academic has revealed. Giorgio Stabile, a science professor at La Sapienza University, claims to have
stumbled on the earliest known example of the symbol's use, asa(n)(24) of ameasureof
weight or volume. He says the sign represents an amphora, a measure of capacity based on the terracotta
jars used to transport grain and liquid in the ancient Mediterraneanworld.
The professor unearthed toe ancient symbol in the course of research for a visual history of the 20 th
century, to be published by the Treccani Encyclopedia. The first(25) instance of itsuse,he
says, occurred in a letter written by a Florentine merchant on May 4, 1536. He says the sign made its way
along trade routes to northern Europe, where it came to represent 'at the price of, its contemporary
accountancymeaning.
ProfessorStabilebelievesthatItalianbanksmaypossessevenearlierdocuments(26)
symbol lying forgotten in their archives. The oldest example could be of great value. It could be used(27)
Trang 2/15
publicitypurposesandtoenhancetheprestigeoftheinstitutionthatownedit,hesays.
Trang 3/15
The race is on between the mercantile world and the banking world to see who has the oldest
documentation of @.
Question 23:A.actually B. truly C.essentially D.accurately
Question 24:A.proof B.sign C.evidence D.indication
Question 25:A.known B. knowing C.knowable D.knowledgeable
Question 26:A.taking B. carrying C.delivering D.bearing
Question 27:A.on B. for C.with D.by
A rather surprising geographical feature of Antarctica is that a huge freshwater lake, one of the world's
largest and deepest, lies hidden there under four kilometers of ice. Now known as Lake Vostok, this huge
body of water is located under the ice block that comprises Antarctica. The lake is able to exist in its
unfrozen state beneath this block of ice because its waters are warmed by geothermal heat from the earth's
core. The thick glacier above Lake Vostok actually insulates it from the frigid temperatures on the
surface.
The lake was first discovered in the 1970s while a research team was conducting an aerial survey of the
area. Radio waves from the survey equipment penetrated the ice and revealed a body of water of
indeterminate size. It was not until much more recently that data collected by satellite made scientists
aware of the tremendous size of the lake; the satellite-borne radar detected an extremely flat region where
the ice remains level because it is floating on the water of the lake.
The discovery of such a huge freshwater lake trapped under Antarctica is of interest to the scientific
community because of the potential that the lake contains ancient microbes that have survived for
thousands upon thousands of years, unaffected by factors such as nuclear fallout and elevated ultraviolet
light that have affected organisms in more exposed areas. The downside of the discovery, however, lies in
the difficulty of conducting research on the lake in such a harsh climate and in the problems associated
with obtaining uncontaminated samples from the lake without actually exposing the lake to
contamination. Scientists are looking for possible ways to accomplish this.
Question 28: What is true of Lake Vostok?
A. It iscompletelyfrozen. B. It is a saltwaterlake,
C. It is beneath a thick slabofice. D. It is heated by thesun.
Question 29: All of the following are true about the 1970 survey of Antarctica EXCEPTthatit .
A. was conductedbyair B. made use of radiowaves
C. could not determine the lake'sexactsize D. was controlled by asatellite
Question 30: It can be inferred from the passage that the ice would not beflatif .
A. there were nolakeunderneath B. the lake were not sobig
C. Antarctica were notsocold D. radio waves were notused
Question 31: The word “microbes” in paragraph 3 could best be replaced by which of the following?
A. Piecesofdust B.Tinybubbles C.Tinyorganisms D. Rays oflight
Question 32: Lake Vostok is potentially important to scientistsbecauseit .
A. can be studied usingradiowaves B. may contain uncontaminatedmicrobes
C. may have elevated levels ofultravioletlight D. has already beencontaminated
Question 33: The last paragraph suggests that scientists should beawareof .
A. further discoveries on the surface ofAntarctica
B. problems with satellite-bome radarequipment
Trang 4/15
C. ways to study Lake Vostok without contaminatingit
D. the harsh climate ofAntarctica
Question 34: The purpose of the passageisto .
A. explain how Lake Vostok wasdiscovered
B. provide satellite data concerningAntarctica
C. discuss future plans for LakeVostok
D. present an unexpected aspect of Antarctica'sgeography
Perhaps the most striking quality of satiric literature is its freshness and its originality of perspective.
Satire itself, however, rarely offers original ideas. Instead, it presents the familiar in a new form. Satirists
do not offer the world new philosophies. What they do is look at familiar conditions from a perspective
that makes these conditions seem foolish, harmful, or affected. Satire jars us out of complacence into a
pleasantly shocked realization that many of the values we unquestioningly accept are false.
Don Quixote makes chivalry seem absurd; Brave New World ridicules the pretensions of science; A
Modest Proposal dramatizes starvation by advocating cannibalism. None of these ideas is original.
Chivalry was suspect before Cervantes, humanists objected to the claims of pure science before Aldous
Huxley, and people were aware of famine before Swift.
It was not the originality of the idea that made these satires popular. It was the manner of expression,
the satiric method, that made them interesting and entertaining. Satires are read because they are
aesthetically satisfying works of art, not because they are morally wholesome or ethically instructive.
They are stimulating and refreshing because with commonsense briskness they brush away illusions and
secondhand opinions. With spontaneous irreverence, satire rearranges perspectives, scrambles familiar
objects into incongruous juxtaposition, and speaks in a personal idiom instead of abstractplatitude.
Satire exists because there is need for it. It has lived because readers appreciate a refreshing stimulus,
an irreverent reminder that they live in a world of platitudinous thinking, cheap moralizing, and foolish
philosophy. Satire serves to prod people into an awareness of truth, though rarely to any action on behalf
of truth. Satire tends to remind people that much of what they see, hear, and read in popular media is
sanctimonious, sentimental, and only partially true. Life resembles in only a slight degree the popular
image of it.
A. Difficulties of writing satiricliterature.
B. Popular topics ofsatire.
C. New philosophies emerging from satiricliterature.
D. Reasons for the popularity ofsatire.
Question 36: Don Quixote, Brave New World, and A Modest Proposal are cited by the author as .
A. classicsatiricworks B. a typical approach tosatire
C. best satirists ofalltimes D. good critiques bysatirists
Question 37: The word “they”refersto .
A. worksofart B.illusion C.opinions D.satires
Question 38: Which of the following can be found in satiric literature?
A. Newly emergingphilosophies.
B. Odd combinations of objects andideas.
C. Abstract discussion of morals andethics.
Trang 5/15
D. Wholesome characters who areunselfish.
Question 39: According to the passage, there is a need for satire because people needtobe .
A. informed about new scientificdevelopments
B. exposed to original philosophies when they areformulated
C. reminded that popular ideas may often beinaccurate
D. told how they can be of service to theircommunities
Question 40: The word “refreshing” in the last paragraph is closest inmeaningto .
A.popular B.revitalizing c.common D.awakening
Question41:Theword“sanctimonious”maybenewtoyou.Itmostprobablymeans“ ”in
thiscontext.
A.exaggerated B. good C.educational D.moderate
Question 42: The various purposes of satire include all of the following EXCEPT.
A. introducing readers tounfamiliarsituations B. brushing awayillusions
C. reminding readers ofthetruth D. exposing falsevalues
Question 43: Please remain in your assign seats until the instructor dismisses the class.
A B C D
Question 44: It is your generosity who I am impressed more than anything else.
A B C D
Question 45: The nutritionist told him to avoid eating lots of carbohydrates, focus having more
A B
protein-rich foods and green vegetables, and drink at least eight glasses of water a day.
C D
Question 46: You don’t try to work hard. You will fail the exam.
A. Unless you don’t try to work hard, you will fail theexam.
B. Unless you try to work hard, you won’t fail theexam.
C. Unless you try to work hard, you will fail theexam.
D. Unless do you try to work hard, you will fail theexam.
Question 47: An loved her teady bear when she was a child. She couldn’t sleep without it.
A. When An was a child, she loved her teady bear so as not to sleep withit.
B. As An couldn’t sleep without her teady bear when she was a child, she lovedit.
C. When An was a child, she loved her teady bear so much that she couldn’t sleep withoutit.
D. When An was a child, she loved her teady bear though she couldn’t sleep withoutit.
Question 48: He decided not to go to university and went to work in a restaurant.
A. Despite of going to university he went to work in arestaurant.
B. He went to work in a restaurant instead of going touniversity.
C. Instead of going to university, he went to work in arestaurant.
D. He decided to go to work in a restaurant because he likedit.
Trang 6/15
Question 49: The secret to success is hard work.
A. Working hard ensuressuccess.
B. If you keep your work secret, you willsucceed.
C. One cannot succeed if he hassecrets.
D. One must work hard to keepsecrets.
Question 50: Rather than disturb the meeting, I left without saying goodbye.
A. I disturbed the meeting because I saidgoodbye.
B. I would rather disturb the meeting than leave without sayinggoodbye.
C. The meeting was disturbed as I left sayinggoodbye.
D. I left without saying goodbye as I didn’t want to disturb themeeting.
Trang 7/15
ĐÁP ÁN
1.D 2.A 3.D 4.A 5.B 6.C 7.D 8.D 9.C 10.D
11.B 12.A 13.B 14.B 15.B 16.C 17.D 18.D 19.C 20.A
21 A 22.A 23.A 24.D 25.A 26.D 27.B 28.C 29.D 30.A
31.C 32.B 33.C 34.D 35.D 36.A 37.D 38.B 39.C 40.D
41.A 42.A 43.B 44.B 45.B 46.C 47.C 48.B 49.A 50.D
Trang 8/15
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Looking for an unforgettable way to celebrate that special occasion? Well,the(1) of
options open today’s youngster - or even “oldster” for that matter, is a far cry from the traditional party or
restaurant visit. No longer is it considered sufficient to invite your friends round, buy some food and get a
barker to produce a cake. No, today’s birthday boy or girl is looking for something out of the ordinary,
ranging from the outrageously expensive to the downright dangerous. Anything goes, as long as it is
unusual andimpressive.
Top of this year’s popular (2) are as follows: taking some friends rally driving,
helicopter lessons, plane trip and parachuting, and hot air ballooning. Then there is always group bungee
jumping or taking your buddies on a stomach - churning, while water rafting ride downrapids.
The desire of adventurous celebration is not restricted to the young I recently met an octogenarian
(3) _celebrated(4) the milestone of eighty by having a flylesson.
Of course, if you have money the world is your oyster. A very rich relation of mine flew fifty of
his friends to a Caribbean island to mark the passing of his half century. Unfortunately I was only a
distantrelation.
Undoubtedly, the more traditional forms(5) celebration do continue to satisfy theless
extravagant or less adventurous among us. However, with my own half century looming on the horizon I
would not say no to a weekend in Paris and a meal at the Eiffel Tower. I can but dream. Perhaps by the
time I’m eighty I’ll be able to affordit.
Question 1: A. scale B. degree C. range D. variance
Question 2: A. experiments B. extravagances C. exposures D. expenses
Question 3: A. who B. which C. whose D. where
Question 4: A. attaining B. arriving C. reaching D. getting
Question 5: A. to B. for C. of D. about
Question 6:A.invalid B. predict C.pretend D.preface
Question 7:A.mausoleum B.conservative C.disqualify D.magnificent
Question 8: A. chooses B. houses C. mixes D. breathes
Question 9: A. post B. local C. prominent D. hotel
Question 10: You take your life in your hands just crossing the road here.
A. walk handinhand B.saveyourselves C. riskbeingkilled D. go hand inhand
Trang 1/5
Question 11: The sales of drugs are controlled by law in most of countries.
A.permitted B.restricted C.illegal D.binding
Question 12: Many people have tried to preserve the ecology of many natural places.
A.reserve B. destroy C.conserve D.maintain
Question 13: My dad is always getting very bad-tempered when when he's tired.
A.feelingembarrassed B. talking toomuch
C. very happyandsatisfied D. easily annoyed orirritated
One of the seven wonders of the ancient world, the Great Pyramid of Giza was a monument of
wisdom and prophecy built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 B. c. Despite its antiquity, certain
aspects of its construction makes it one of the truly wonders of the world. The thirteen- acre structure near
the Nile river is a solid mass of stone blocks covered with limestone. Inside are the number of hidden
passageways and the burial chamber of the Pharaoh. It is the largest single structure in the world. The
four sides of the pyramid are aligned almost exactly on true north, south, east and west-an incredible
engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshippers and great astronomers, so computations for
the Great Pyramid were based on astronomicalobservations.
Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of the structure reveal many intersecting lines.
Further scientific study indicates that these represent a type of timeline of events - past, present and
future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to coincide with known facts of the past.
Others are prophesied for future generations and are currently under investigation. Many believe that
pyramids have supernatural powers and this one is no exception. Some researchers even associate it with
extraterrestrial beings of ancientpast.
Was this superstructure made by ordinary beings, or one built by a race far superior to any known
today?
Question 14: What has research of the base revealed?
A. There are cracks inthefoundation. B. Tomb robbers have stolen the Pharaoh’sbody,
C. The lines representimportantevents. D. A superior race of people builtin.
Question 15: Extraterrestrialbeingsare .
A. verystrongworkers B. astronomers in the ancienttimes
C. researchersinEgyptology D. living beings from otherplanets
Question 16: What was the most probable reason for providing so many hidden passages?
A. To allow the weight of the pyramid to settleevenly.
B. To permit the high priests to pray atnight.
C. To enable the Pharaoh’s family to bring food for his journey to theafterlife.
D. To keep grave robbers from finding the tomb and the treasure buried with thepharaoh.
Question 17: The word “feat” in the first paragraph is closet inmeaningto .
A.accomplishment B. appendage C.festivity D.structure
Question 18: What is the best title for the passage?
A. Symbolism of the GreatPyramid.
B. Problems with the Construction of the GreatPyramid.
Trang 2/6
C. Wonders of the Great Pyramid ofGiza.
D. Exploration of the Burial Chamber ofCheops.
Question 19: On what did the ancient Egyptians base their calculations?
A. Observation of thecelestialbodies. B. Advancedtechnology,
C. Advanced toolsofmeasurement. D. knowledge of the earth’ssurface.
Question 20: Why was the Great Pyramid constructed?
A. As asolarobservatory. B. As a religioustemple,
C. As a tomb forthePharaoh. D. As an engineeringfeat.
Question 21: Why is the Great Pyramid of Giza considered one of the seven wonders of the world?
A. It is perfectly aligned with the four cardinal points of the compass and contains manyprophecies.
B. It was selected of the tomb of PharaohCheops.
C. It was built by a superrace.
D. It is veryold.
following question.
Question 22: Theroomgot when the teacher started thelesson.
A.quiet B.quietness C.quietly D.quite
Question 23: Intheyears all the trees will disappear if nothing is done to protectthem.
A.come B. coming C.tocome D. willcome
Question 24:Theaccused guilty to allcharges.
A.pleaded B.admitted C.said D.confessed
Question 25: Mrs. Archerisknown the finest collection of twentieth century art in privatehands.
A.ashave B. having C.byhaving D. tohave
Question 26: Mark isnearsighted.He glasses ever since he was ten yearsold.
A. shouldhaveworn B.mustwear C.needwear D. has had towear
Question 27:1 like your newcar.What isit?
A.brand B. name C.label D.make
Question 28: Zudic is inviting his family to have dinner.
Zudic: “Let’s have dinner
now.” Mother:“ ”
A. Youaren’teating B.Iwon’t C. Therearen’tany D. Bill isn’there
Question29: an emergency arise, call911.
A.Should B. Can C.Does D.Will
Question30: in business, one must be prepared to takerisks.
A.Succeeding B.Success C.Tosucceed D.Succeed
Question 31: I don’t like this wine.Ilike .
A.someother B. another C.other D. theother
Question 32: The houseisfound down.
A.tobum B. burning C.havingburned D. to have beenburned
Question 33: The children gazed atthemagician as he performed histricks.
A.eagle-eyed B. hawk-eyed C.open-eyed D.wide-eyed
Question 34: Only in the lastfewdays to repair the swimmingpool.
A. anything hasbeendone B. has doneanything
C. has anythingbeendone D. has there anything been done
Trang 3/6
Question 35: Macy is calling to Mr. Green’s office. A receptionist is answering the phone.
Macy: “Hello, I’d like to speak to Mr. Green, please.”
Receptionist:“ .”
A. Sorry, can you saythatagain? B. I’m sorry, I’ll call againlater
C. I’m afraid Idon’tknow D. Let’swait
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the following questions.
Baseball evolved from a number of different ball-and stick games (paddle ball, trap ball, one-old-
cat, rounders, and town ball) originating in England. As early as the American Revolution, it was noted
that troops played “baseball” in their free time. In 1845 Alexander Cartwright formalized the New York
Knickerbockers’ version of the game: a diamond shaped infield, with bases ninety feet apart, three
strikers - you’re - out, batter out on a caught ball, three outs per inning, a nine-man team. “The New York
Game” spread rapidly, replacing earlier localized forms. From its beginnings, baseball was seen as a way
of satisfying the recreational needs of an increasingly urban - industrial society. At its inception it was it
was played by and for gentlemen. A club might consist of 40 members. The president would appoint two
captains who would choose teams from among the members. Games were played on Monday and
Thursday afternoons, with the losers often providing a lavish evening’s entertainments for thewinners.
During the 1850 - 70 period the game was changing, however, with increasing commercialism
(charging admission), under - the - table payments to exceptional players, and gambling on the outcome
of games. By 1868 it was said that a club would have their regular professional ten, an amateur first -
nine, and their “muffins” (the gentlemanly duffers who once ran the game). Beginning with the first
openly all - salaried team (Cincinnati’s Red Stocking Club) in 1869, the 1870- 1890 period saw the
complete professionalization of baseball, including formation of the National Association of Professional
baseball players in 1871. The National League of Professional Baseball Clubs was formed in 1876, run by
business-minded invertors in joint-stock company clubs. The 1880s has been called Major League
Baseball’s “Golden Age”. Profits soared, player’s salaries rose somewhat, a season of 84 games became
one of 132, a weekly periodical “The sporting News” came into being, wooden stadiums with double-
deck stands replaced open fields, and the standard refreshment became hot dogs, soda pop and peanuts. In
1900 the Western League based in the growing cities of the Mis west proclaimed itself the American
League.
Question 36: What is the passage mainly about?
A. The origin ofbaseball
B. The commercialization ofbaseball
C. The influence of the “New York Game” onbaseball
D. The development of baseball in the nineteenthcentury
Question 37: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. The wealthy gentlemen who first played baseball, later needed to find another recreational
opportunity if they did not want to mix with other or become a“muffin”.
B. Hot dogs would not have become as popular as they did, without the professionalism and
commercialism that develop inbaseball.
C. The “New York” spread rapidly because it was betterformalized.
D. Business - minded investors were only interested inprofits.
Question 38: The word “lavish” in line 10 is closest inmeaningto .
A.prolonged B. very generous C.grand D.extensive
Trang 4/6
Question 39: Which of the following is true of the way the game was played by wealthy gentlemen at its
inception?
A. A team might consist of 40members.
B. The president would choose teams from among themembers.
C. They didn’t play onweekend.
D. They might be called “duffers” if they didn’t make the firstnine.
Question 40: According to the second paragraph, all of the following aretrueexcept .
A. commercialism becamemoreprosperous B. the clubs aresmaller
C. outstanding players gotextraincome D. people gamed on the outcome ofgames
Question 41: Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a feature of the 1880s “Golden Age”?
A. Wooden stadiums replaced openfields.
B. A weekly periodicalcommenced.
C. The National Association of Professional Baseball Players wasformed.
D. Profitssoared.
Question 42: The word “itself’ in line 22refersto .
A. theWesternLeague B.growingcities C.theMidwest D. the AmericanLeague
Question 43: Dictionaries frequently explain the origin of the defined word, state its part of speech,
A B C
and indication its correct use.
D
Question 44: Professor Layton was equally fond of the two children, but he had to admit that he found
A B
the youngest an easier child to handle.
C D
Question 45: Automobile began to be equipped by built-in radios around 1930.
A B C D
Question 46: I think I should have cooked more food. There’s nothing left now.
A. I should not have cooked so muchfood.
B. I regrets cooking too much foodnow.
C. I did not cook much food and I think it is oknow.
D. I did not cook much food and I think it was amistake.
Question 47: The contract ended six-month negotiation. It has just been signed.
A. The contract which ends six-month negotiation has just beensigned.
B. The contract which has just been signed lasted sixmonths.
C. The contract which lasted six months has just beensigned.
D. Do The contract which has just been signed ended six-monthnegotiation.
Trang 5/6
Question 48: It is alleged that Rashid killed an assistant in the Ruler's office, thereby forfeiting his
opportunity to be heir.
A. Rashid was alleged to have killed an assistant in the Ruler's office, thereby forfeiting his opportunity
to beheir.
B. Rashid is alleged that to have killed an assistant in the Ruler's office, thereby forfeiting his
opportunity to beheir.
C. Rashid is alleged to have killed an assistant in the Ruler's office, thereby forfeiting his opportunity to
be heir.
D. Rashid is alleged have killed an assistant in the Ruler's office, thereby forfeiting his opportunity to be
heir.
Question 49: “You don’t appreciate me,” she said.
A. She complained that he took her forgranted.
B. She said that he didn’t take her forgranted.
C. She suggested that he shouldn’t appreciateher.
D. She told him not to appreciateher.
Question 50: Wouldn’t it be better to let them know about the alterations to the plan?
A. Why haven’t they been informed about the newdevelopment?
B. Don’t you think they should be informed about the changes in theplan?
C. Shouldn’t they have been consulted before the scheme waschanged?
D. We’d better ask them to change the plan, hadn’twe?
Trang 6/6
Đề số 26 ĐÁPÁN
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. D 7. A 8. D 9. C 10. C
11. B 12. B 13. C 14. C 15. D 16. D 17. A 18. C 19. A 20. C
21. A 22. A 23. C 24. A 25. D 26. D 27. D 28. D 29. A 30. C
31. A 32. D 33. D 34. C 35. A 36. D 37. C 38. B 39. C 40. C
41. C 42. A 43. D 44. C 45. B 46. D 47. D 48. C 49. A 50. B
Trang 7/6
Question 1:A.criticize B.miserable C.inferior D.questionable
Question 2:A.pharmaceutical B.engineer C.superstitious D.reliability
Question 3:A.too B. food C.soon D.good
Question 4:A.culture B.country C.such D.music
Question 5: She may look half asleep, but I can assure yousheis awake.
A.broad B. full C.well D.wide
Question 6: It’s important toprojecta(n) image during theinterview.
A.upbeat B.cheerful C.optimistic D.positive
Question 7:Hiscomments little or no relation to the facts of thecase.
A.give B.bear C.posses D.reflect
Question 8: The children canstayhere they don’t make too muchnoise.
A.whether B.providing C.unless D.until
Question 9: It’s a serious operation for a man as old as my grandfather. He is very frail. Ihopehe .
A.getsaway B.comesround C.pullsthrough D. standsup
Question 10:WhenMartin the car, he took it out for adrive.
A.hadrepaired B.hasrepaired C.repaired D. wasrepairing
Question 11: Ms. Brook and Ms. Barack are talking about Ms. Barack’s son.
Ms.Book:“ .”
Ms. Barack: “Thank you. We are proud of him.”
A. Your child isjustadorable! B. Can we ask your child to take aphoto?
C. Your kidisnaughty. D. I can give your kid a lift toschool.
Question 12: Hasan and Huckfin are talking after finishing their final test.
Hasan: “The test results will be released at 9 a.m tomorrow!”
Huckfin:“Willit? ”
A. Can I waitforit? B. Coulditwait? C.Yes,please. D. I can’twait!
Question 13: Cleanthefloor the children slip andfall.
A.providedthat B.unless C.incase D. so longas
Question 14: Left - hand traffic, a custom existing inBritainonly, back to the dayswhenEnglish
people went to and fro onhorseback.
A.dated B.dating C.dates D. whichdates
Question 15: They can hardly expect profits to double againthisyear, ?
A.can’tthey B.dothey C.don’tthey D. canthey
Question 16: The disasterhascaused damage to thearea.
A.consider B.considering C.considered D.considerable
Question 17: Children can be difficult to teach because of theirshortattention .
A.limit B.duration C.span D.time
Question 18: The optic fiber wasamajor in the field oftelecommunications.
A.breakdown B.breakthrough C.revolution D.technique
In this era of increased global warming and diminishing fossil fuel supplies, we must begin to put a
greater priority on harnessing alternative energy sources. Fortunately, there are a number of readily
available, renewable resources that are both cost- effective and earth - friendly. Two such resources are
solar power and geothermal power.
Solar energy, which reaches the earth through sunlight, is so abundant that it could meet the needs of
worldwide energy consumption 6,000 times over. And solar energy is easily harnessed through the use of
photovoltaic cells that convert sunlight to electricity. In the US alone, more than 100, 000 homes are
equipped with solar electric systems in the form of solar panels or solar roof tiles. And in other parts of
the world, including many developing countries, the use of solar system is growingsteadily.
Another alternative energy source, which is abundant in specific geographical areas, is geothermal
power, which creates energy by tapping heat from below the surface of the earth. Hot water and steam
that are trapped in underground pools are pumped to the surface and used to run a generator, which
produces electricity. Geothermal energy is 50,000 times more abundant than the entire known supply of
fossil fuel resources and as with solar power, the technology needed to utilize geothermal energy is fairly
simple. A prime example of effective geothermal use in Iceland, a region of high geothermal activity
where there are over 80 percent of private homes, are heated by geothermalpower.
Solar and geothermal energy are just two of promising renewable alternatives to conventional energy
sources. The time is long overdue to invest in the development and use of alternative energy on global
scale.
Question 19: What is the main topic of this passage?
A. The benefits of solar and wind power over conventional energysources.
B. Two types of alternative energy sources that should be furtherutilized.
C. How energy resources are tapped fromnature.
D. Examples of the use of energy sourcesworldwide.
Question 20: According to the passage, why should we consider using alternative energy sources?
A. Because fossil fuels are no longeravailable.
B. Because global warming has increased the amount of sunlight that reaches theearth.
C. Because they are free and availableworldwide.
D. Because conventional energy resources are being depleted, and they cause environmentaldamage.
Question 21: Which of the following words could best replace the word “harnessing”?
A.Capturing B.Harassing C.Depleting D.Exporting
Question 22: According to the passage, what can be inferred about solar roof tiles?
A. They are being used in many undevelopedcountries.
B. They can convert geothermal energy toelectricity.
C. They are more expensive than solarpanels.
D. They contain photovoltaiccells.
Question 23: According to the passage, how is solar energy production similar to geothermal energy
production?
A. They both require the use ofagenerator. B. They both use heat from the earth’ssurface,
C. They both require fairlysimpletechnology. D. They are both conventional andcostly.
Question 24: According to the passage, which of the following is true about solar power?
A. There is very little of it available inIceland.
B. It is being used in 100, 000 private homesworldwide.
C. It is 6,000 times more powerful than energy from fossilfuels.
D. There is enough of it to far exceed the energy needs of theworld.
Question 25: What can be inferred about the use of geothermal energy in Iceland?
A. It is widely used form of energy for heatinghomes.
B. Twenty percent of the geothermal energy created is used to heatbusinesses.
C. It is not effective for use in privatehomes.
D. It is 80 times more effective than traditional forms ofenergy.
Question 26: What does the author imply about alternative energy sources?
A. Many different types of alternative energy sourcesexist.
B. Most alternative energy sources are too impractical for privateuse.
C. Alternative energy is too expensive for developing countries toproduce.
D. Solar and geothermal energy are the effective forms of alternativepower.
Question 27: We really appreciate your help, without which we couldn’t have got our task done in time.
A. feelthankfulfor B.depreciate C.require D. are proudof
Question 28: The whole village was wiped out in the bombing raids.
A.changedcompletely B.cleanedwell C. destroyed completely D. removedquickly
Question 29: The crew divided the life preservers among the twenty terrified passengers as the ship
began to sink.
A.exhausted B.surprised C.excited D.interested
Question 30: He went to a seaside resort because he was keen on water- skiing.
A.boredwith B. proud of C.tiredof D.impassioned
Question 31: Providing relief after the disaster necessitated the mobilization of vast amounts of food,
A B
medical supply, and people.
C D
Question 32: It was CFCs. which were used in aerosols, refrigerators and solvents, which made the
A B C
dangerous hole in the ozone layer over Antartica.
D
Question 33: For thousands of years, man has gazed up at the beckoning stars and dreaming of flight to
A B C
worlds beyond his own.
D
Everybody has heard about the Internet, do you know what an “intranet” is? It is this: just as the
Internet connects people around the world, intranets connect people within a single company. In fact,
intranets make use of the same software programs as the Internet to (34) computers and people. This
means that you do not have to buy a lot of additional programs to set up an intranet service. If your
intranet is working properly, it can link together a huge amountof(35) which is stored indifferent
places in the company. In this way, people can get the information they need, regardless(36) where
it comes from. A company intranet can, of course, be used for unimportant information like office memos
or canteen menus. But an intranet should provide important information which people need to make
decision about new products, costs and so on. The intranet is(37) to share
theirinformationwithother people. Unfortunately, many departments don’t want to share their specialist
knowledge with others. Another problem (38) often occurs is that top managers like to use the intranet
to “communicate down” rather than to “communicate across”. That is, they use the intranet to give
orders, not to share information between themselves and others working in the sameorganization.
Question 34: A. contact B.compare C.distinguish D.introduce
Question 35: A. informationB.properties C.elements D.parts
Question 36: A. to B. on C. with D. of
Question 37: A. going B. willing C. likely D. happened
Question 38: A. that B. when C. where D. whose
Lighthouses are towers with strong lights that help mariners plot their position, inform them that
land is near, and warn them of dangerous rocks and reefs. They are placed at prominent points on the
coast and on islands, reefs, andsandbars.
Every lighthouse has a distinctive pattern of light known as its characteristic. There are five basic
characteristics: fixed, flashing, occulting, group flashing, and group occulting. A fixed signal is a steady
beam. A flashing signal has periods of darkness longer than periods of light, while an occulting signal’s
periods of light are longer. A group-flashing light gives off two or more flashes at regular intervals, and a
group - occulting signal consists of a fixed light with two or more periods of darkness at regular intervals.
Some lighthouses use lights of different colors as well, and today, most lighthouses are also equipped
with radio beacons. The three types of apparatus used to produce the signals are the catoptric, in which
metal is used to reflect the light; the dioptric, in which glass is used; and the catadioptric, in which both
glass and metal areused.
In the daytime, lighthouses can usually be identified by their structure alone. The most typical
structure is a tower tapering at the top, but some, such as the Bastion Lighthouse on the Saint Lawrence
River, are shaped like pyramids, and others, such as the Race Rock light, look like wooden houses sitting
on high platforms. Still others, such as The American Shoal lighthouse off the Florida Coast, are skeletal
towers of steel. Where lighthouses might be contused in daylight, they can be distinguished by day-
marker patterns - designed of checks and stripes painted in vivid colors on lighthouse walls.
In the past, the job of lighthouse keeper was lonely and difficult if somewhat romantic. Lighthouse
keepers put in hours of tedious work maintaining the lights. Today, lighthouses are almost entirely
automated with humans supplying only occasional maintenance. Because of improvements in
navigational technology, the importance of lighthouses has diminished. There are only about 340
functioning lighthouses in existence in the United States today, compared to about 1,500 in 1900, and
there are only about 1,400 functioning lighthouses outside the United States. Some decommissioned
lighthouses have been preserved as historical monument.
Question 39. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage as one of the functions of
lighthouses?
A. To help sailors determinetheirlocation B. To warn of danger from rocks andreefs
C. To notify sailors that bad weather is approaching D. To indicate that land is near
Question 40: In the context of this passage, the author uses the term “characteristic” to refertoa .
A. periodofdarkness B. person who operates alighthouse
C. pattern painted onalighthouse D. distinctive lightsignal
Question 41: According to the passage, what kind of signal has long periods of light that are regularly
broken by two or more periods of darkness?
A.Flashing B. Group occultingC.occulting D. Groupflashing
Question 42: According to the passage, a catoptric apparatus is onethatuses .
A. lights ofvariouscolors B. metal
C.glass D. a radiobeacon
Question 43: For which of the following does the author NOT provide a scientific example in the third
paragraph?
A. A lighthouse shaped like apyramid.
B. A lighthouse made ofsteel,
C. A lighthouse with day-markerpatterns.
D. A lighthouse that resembles a house on aplatform.
Question 44: The word “tapering” is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A.soaring B. narrowing C.opening D.rotating
Question 45: The author implies that, compared to those of the past,contemporarylighthouses .
A. employ morepowerfullights B. require lessmaintenance
C. are more difficulttooperate D. are moreromantic
Question 46: Women still cover their heads in some countries. They did so in the past.
A. Women still cover their heads in some countries as they did in thepast.
B. Women still cover their heads in some countries as they did so in thepast.
C. Women cover their heads in some countries similar to what they did so in thepast.
D. In the past, women covered their heads but they do so today in somecountries.
Question 47: He cannot lend me the book now. He has not finished reading it yet.
A. Having finished reading the book, he cannot lend it tome.
B. He cannot lend me the book until he has finished readingit.
C. As long as he cannot finish reading the book, he will lend it tome.
D. Not having finished reading the book, he will lend it tome.
Question 48: Buying new clothes is something that I almost never make the effort to.
A. I hardly ever bother purchasing newclothes.
B. Not having bought any new clothes doesn’t botherme.
C. Almost all my clothes are old since I never buy any newones.
D. It’s such a bother to buy new clothes that I never doit.
Question 49: Throughout his life, the fisherman suffered from great poverty.
A. The fisherman was so poor that he diedyoung.
B. The fisherman’s life was one of greatpoverty.
C. Poverty prevented the fisherman from enjoyinglife.
D. Although the fisherman was poor, he led a greatlife.
Question 50: “Mum, please don’t tell Dad about my mistake,” the boy said.
A. The mother was forced to keep her son’s mistake as a secret when heinsisted.
B. The boy earnestly insisted that his mother tell his father about hismistake.
C. The boy requested his mother not to talk about his mistake anymore.
D The boy begged his mother not to tell his father about his mistake.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.C 2.D 3.D 4.D 5.D 6.D 7.B 8.B 9.C 10.A
11.A 12.D 13.C 14.C 15.D 16.D 17.C 18.B 19.B 20.D
21.A 22.D 23.C 24.D 25.A 26.A 27.A 28.C 29.C 30.A
31.C 32.C 33.C 34.A 35.A 36.D 37.B 38.A 39.C 40.D
41.B 42.B 43.C 44.B 45.B 46.A 47.B 48.A 49.B 50.D
Question 1:A.tasty B.wastage C.nasty D.hasten
Question 2:A.preface B. prepare C.preparation D.prejudice
Question 3:A.ordinary B.emphasis C.decompose D.calendar
Question 4:A.comfortable B.necessary C.community D.memorable
following question.
Question 5: The school was closed for a month because ofaserious of fever.
A.outbreak B.outburst C.outset D.outcome
Question 6: Many plant and animal species are nowonthe ofextinction.
A.danger B. border C.verge D.margin
Question 7: There youare:the person I was lookingfor.
A.utter B.correct C.ever D.very
Question 8: A patient is talking to a receptionist at a medical clinic.
Patient: "Can I make an appointment to see the doctor, please?"
Receptionist:“ ”
A. Not at the moment. He can'tbedisturbed. B. OK, you will need to check mydiary.
C. OK, let me just checkthediary. D. Have a seat and I'll be with you in anhour.
Question 9:Mywallet at the stationwhileI for thetrain.
A. must have beenstolen/waswaiting B. should have stolen/had beenwaiting
C. will bestolen/amwaiting D. had to steal/would bewaiting
Question 10: Thenewmanager very strict rules as soon ashehad theposition.
A. laiddown/takenover B. put down/takenover
C. laydown/takenup D. wrote down/comeover
Question 11: “I can’t rememberusever ”, replied thestranger.
A.tomeet B. tohavemet C.beingmet D. havingmet
Question 12: Meggy is complimenting Marie on her new dress.
Meggy: “Wow! What a nice dress you are wearing!”
Marie:“ ”
A. Certainly. Do you likeit,too? B. I like you to saythat.
C. Yes, of course.It’sexpensive. D. Thanks. My mother bought it forme.
Question 13: The sick child must stay away from others because hehasa disease.
A.communicate B.communicable C.communicator D.communication
Question 14: Although the conditions weren’t ideal for a walk, wedecidedto a go ofit.
A.make B. do C.run D.carry
Question 15: Who was thefirstperson the Southpole?
A.reaching B.whoreaches C.toreach D.reached
Question 16: She clearly joined the firm witha(an) to improving herselfprofessionally.
A.view B.aim C.plan D.ambition
Question 17: Owing to the fog, his flight toTokyowas .
A.belated B.unscheduled C.overdue D.unpunctual
Question 18: Where have you been?Youwere to be here half an hourago.
A.allowed B. had C.supposed D,thought
Scientists do not yet thoroughly understand just how the body of an individual becomes sensitive to
a substance that is harmless or even wholesome for the average person. Milk, wheat, and egg, for
example, rank among the most healthful and widely used foods. Yet these foods can cause persons
sensitive to them to suffer greatly. At first, the body of the individual is not harmed by coming into
contact with the substance. After a varying interval of time, usually longer than a few weeks, the body
becomes sensitive to it, and an allergy has begun to develop. Sometimes it's hard to figure out if you have
a food allergy, since it can show up so many differentways.
Your symptoms could be caused by many other problems. You may have rashes, hives, joint pains
mimicking arthritis, headaches, irritability, or depression. The most common food allergies are to milk,
eggs, seafood, wheat, nuts, seeds, chocolate, oranges, and tomatoes. Many of these allergies will not
develop if these foods are not fed to an infant until her or his intestines mature at around seven months.
Breast milk also tends to be protective. Migraines can be set off by foods containing tyramine,
phenathylamine, monosodium glutamate, or sodium nitrate. Common foods which contain these are
chocolate, aged cheeses, sour cream, red wine, pickled herring, chicken livers, avocados, ripe bananas,
cured meats, many Oriental and prepared foods (read the labels!).
Some people have been successful in treating their migraines with supplements of B-vitamins,
particularly B6 and niacin. Children who are hyperactive may benefit from eliminating food additives,
especially colorings, and foods high in salicylates from their diets. A few of these are almonds, green
peppers, peaches, tea, grapes. This is the diet made popular by Benjamin Feingold, who has written the
book “Why your Child is Hyperactive”. Other researchers have had mixed results when testing whether
the diet is effective.
Question 19: The topic of thispassageis .
A. reactionstofoods B. foodandnutrition C. infantsandallergies D. a gooddiet
Question 20: According to the passage, the difficulty in diagnosing allergies to foods isdueto .
A. the vast number of different foods weeat
B. lack of a proper treatmentplan
C. the similarity of symptoms of the allergy to otherproblems
D. the use of prepared formula to feedbabies
Question 21: The phrase “set off’ in lines 12 is closest inmeaningto .
A.relieved B.identified C.avoided D.triggered
Question 22: What can be inferred about babies from this passage?
A. They can eat almostanything.
B. They should have a carefully restricted diet asinfants.
C. They gain little benefit from being breastfed.
D. They may become hyperactive if fed solid food tooearly.
Question 23: The author states that the reason that infants need to avoid certain foods related to allergies
has to do withtheinfant's .
A. lackofteeth B. poormetabolism
C. underdevelopedintestinaltract D. inability to swallow solidfoods
Question 24: The word "these" in line 18refersto .
A.foodadditives B. food colorings
C.innutritiousfoods D. foods high insilicates
Question 25: Which of the following was a suggested treatment for migraines in the passage?
A. Eating moreripebananas B. Avoiding all Orientalfoods
C. Getting plenty ofsodiumnitrate D. Using Vitamin B in addition to a gooddiet
Question 26: According to the article the Feingold dietisNOT .
A. verified by researchers as being consistentlyeffective
B. available in bookform
C. beneficial for hyperactivechildren
D. designed to eliminate foods containing certain foodadditives
Question 27: Televisions are now an everyday feature of most households in the United States, and
A B
television viewing is the number one activity leisure.
C D
Question 28: Migrant workers live in substandard unsanitary, and dilapidated housing and often
A B C
are lacking medical care.
D
Question 29: Because the expense of traditional fuels and the concern that they may mn out, many
A B C
countries have been investigating alternative sources of power.
D
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks
How men first leamt to invent words is unknown; in other words, the origin of language is a
(30) .Allwereallyknowisthatmen,unlikeanimals,somehowinventedcertainsoundsto express
thoughts and feelings, actions and things so that they could communicate with each other; and that later
theyagreed(31) certain signs, called letters, which could be combined to representthose
sounds, and which could be written down. These sounds,(32) spoken or written inletters,are
called words. Great writers are those who not only have great thoughts but also express these thoughts in
words that appeal powerfully to our minds and emotions. This charming and telling use of words is what
we call literacy type. Above all, the real poet is a master of words. He can(33) hismeaningsin
words which sing like music, and which by their position and association can move men to tears. We
should therefore, leam to choose our words carefully, (34) they will make our speech silly andvulgar.
Question 30:A.story B.secret C.mystery D.legend
Question 31:A.at B. upon C.with D.to
Question 32:A.if B. however C.whether D.though
Question 33:A.carry B. convey C.transfer D.transmit
Question 34:A.or B.so C.although D.because
Question 35: If it’s raining tomorrow, we’ll have to postpone the match till Sunday.
A.putoff B.cancel C.play D. putaway
Question 36: We should find ways to improve our products in terms of quality and packaging.
A. forconsideringaspects B. in spiteof
C. with aviewto D. in regardto
Question 37: The government is encouraging everyone to save water by not washing their cars.
A.conserve B.waste C.avoid D.collect
Question 38: Be careful not to drop it; it’s very fragile.
A.strong B.breakable C.angry D. pissedoff
Read the following passage and blacken the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
Until recently, hunting for treasure from shipwrecks was mostly fantasy; with recent technological
advances, however, the search for sunken treasure has become more popular as a legitimate endeavor.
This has caused a debate between those wanting to salvage the wrecks and those wanting to preserve
them.
Treasure hunters are spurred on by the thought of finding caches of gold coins or other valuable
objects on a sunken ship. One team of salvagers, for instance, searched the wreck of the RMS Republic,
which sank outside the Boston harbor in 1900. The search party, using side-scan sonar, a device that
projects sound waves across the ocean bottom and produces a profile of the sea floor, located the wreck in
just two and a half days. Before the use of this new technology, such searches could take months or years.
The team of divers searched the wreck for two months, finding silver tea services, crystal dinnerware, and
thousands of bottles of wine, but they did not find the five and a half tons of American Gold Eagle coins
they were searching for.
Preservationists focus on the historic value of a ship. They say that even if a shipwreck's treasure
does not have a high monetary value, it can be an invaluable source of historic artifacts that are preserved
in nearly mint condition. But once a salvage team has scoured a site, much of the archaeological value is
lost. Maritime archaeologists who are preservationists worry that the success of salvagers will attract
more treasure-hunting expeditions and thus threaten remaining undiscovered wrecks. Preservationists are
lobbying their state lawmakers to legally restrict underwater searches and unregulated salvages. To
counter their efforts, treasure hunters argue that without the lure of gold and million-dollar treasures, the
wrecks and their historical artifacts would never be recovered atall.
A. Searching for wrecks is much easier with new technologies like side-scansonar.
B. Maritime archaeologists are concerned about the unregulated searching ofwrecks.
C. The search of the RMS Republic failed to produce the hoped-forcoins.
D. The popularity of treasure seeking has spurred a debate between preservationists andsalvagers.
Question 40: The word "sunken" in line 2 is closest inmeaningto .
A.broken B.underwater C.ancient D.hollow
Question 41: Which of the following statements is best supported by the author?
A. The value of a shipwreck depends on the quantity of itsartifacts.
B. Preservationists are fighting the use of technological advances such as side-scansonar.
C. Side-scan sonar has helped to legitimizesalvaging.
D. The use of sound waves is crucial to locatingshipwrecks.
Question 42: The author uses the phrase "mint condition" in line 14todescribe .
A.somethingperfect B. somethingsignificant
C.somethingtolerant D. somethingmagical
Question 43: All of the following were found on the RMSRepublicEXCEP .
A.winebottles B. silver teaservices
C. American GoldEaglecoins D. crystaldinnerware
Question 44: From the passage, you can infer that a preservationist would be mostlikelyto .
A. shuntreasure-seekingsalvagers B. be a diver
C. put treasures inamuseum D. do archaeologicalresearch
Question 45: The second and third paragraphs are anexampleof .
A.chronologicalorder B.explanation C. specific to general D.definition
Question 46: Had he had money, he would have joined multi-level marketing network of Thien Ngoe
Minh Uy.
A. Having money helped him join multi-level marketing network of Thien Ngoe MinhUy.
B. He didn’t have money and he didn’t join multi-level marketing network of Thien Ngoe MinhUy.
C. Having money, he would have joined multi-level marketing network of Thien Ngoe MinhUy.
D. He would have joined multi-level marketing network of Thien Ngoe Minh Uy without his amount of
money.
Question 47: You should have taught your children how to cook some simple dishes.
A. It was viatal to teach your children how to cook some simple dishes but youdidn’t.
B. You should teach your children how to cook some simpledishes.
C. You taught your children how to cook some simple dishes but they refused tolearn.
D. You didn’t teach your children how to cook some simple dishes because of yourlaziness.
Question 48: Scarcely had we opened the door when we realized we shouldn’t have left the dog home
alone.
A. We used to leave the dog by herself in the house only rarely, and even then would regret it upon our
returnhome.
B. Every time we have to go out, we wonder whether leaving the dog in the house by herself would be a
good idea.
C. The moment we opened the door, it became obvious that the dog had not really been alone in the
house.
D. We knew leaving the dog at the house by herself had been a bad idea as soon as we opened thedoor.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on you answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
Question 49: John was not here yesterday. Perhaps he was ill.
A. John needn't be here yesterday because he wasill.
B. Because of his illness, John shouldn't have been hereyesterday.
C. John might have been ill yesterday, so he was nothere.
D. John must have been ill yesterday, so he was nothere.
Question 50: "Cigarette?", he said. "No, thanks.", I said.
A. He asked for a cigarette, and I immediatelyrefused.
B. He mentioned a cigarette, so I thankedhim.
C. He offered me a cigarette, but I promptlydeclined.
D. He asked if I was smoking, and I denied atonce.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.C 2.B 3.C 4.C 5.A 6.C 7.D 8.C 9.A 10.A
11.D 12.D 13.B 14.A 15.C 16. A 17.C 18.C 19. A 20.C
21.D 22.B 23.C 24.D 25.D 26.A 27.D 28.D 29.A 30.C
31.B 32.C 33.B 34.A 35.A 36.A 37.B 38.A 39.D 40.B
41.C 42.A 43.C 44.A 45.B 46.B 47.A 48.D 49.C 50.C
Question 1: Despite fats and oil are nutritionally important as energy sources, medical research indicates
A B C D
that saturated fats may contribute to hardening of the arteries.
Question 2: Searching for alternate forms of energy does not necessary mean the abandonment of fossil
A B C
fuels as an energy source.
D
Question 3: Cool temperature, shade, moist and the presence of dead organic material provide the ideal
A B C
living conditions for mushrooms.
D
Quite apart from the economic similarity between present-day automation and the mechanization,
(4) hasbeenproceedingforcenturies,itmustalsobestressedthatevenintheUnitedStates,
automation is by no means the only factor displace people from existing jobs. The increasing number of
unneeded workers in recent years has been the result of much more simple and old-fashioned influences:
farm laborers havebeen(5) out of work by bigger tractors, miners by the cheapness ofoil,and
railway-men by better roads. It is quite wrong, therefore, to think of automation as some new monster
whose arrival threatens the existence of employment in the same way that the arrival of myxomatosis
threatened the existence of the rabbit. Automation is one aspect of technological changes (changes in
tastes, changes in social patterns, changes in organization)which (6) in certainjobs disappearing
and certain skills ceasing to be required. And even in America, which has a level of technology and
outputper(7) much in advance of Britain’s, there is no evidence that the pace of changeisactually
speeding up. Nevertheless changes in the amount of labor needed to produce a certain output are
proceeding fairly rapidly in America - and in(8) countries - and may proceed more rapidlyin
future. Indeed it is one of the main objects of economicpolicy.
Question 4: A. that B. who C. which D. when
Question 5: A. put B. fit C. set D. dismissed
Question 6: A. result B. reside C. end D. prospect
Question 7: A. human B. head C. unit D. piece
Question 8: A. another B. others C. other D. each
Question 9:A.historian B.architecture C.biography D.thermometer
Question 10:A.magnificent B.miraculous C.superior D.electronic
Question 11:A.amuses B. purses C.blouses
D.pleasesQuestion 12: A. eliminate B.equality C.educator
D.encourage 356 I LOVE BOOK.VN
Read the following passage and blacken the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
The history of clinical nutrition, or the study of the relationship between health and how the body
takes in and utilizes food substances, can be divided into four distinct eras: the first began in the
nineteenth century and extended into the early twentieth century when it was recognized for the first time
that food contained constituents that were essential for human function and that different foods provided
different amounts of these essential agents. Near the end of this era, research studies demonstrated that
rapid weight loss was associated with nitrogen imbalance and could only be rectified by providing
adequate dietary protein associated with certainfoods.
The second era was initiated in the early decades of the twentieth century and might be called “the
vitamin period.” Vitamins came to be recognized in foods, and deficiency syndromes were described. As
vitamins became recognized as essential food constituents necessary for health, it became tempting to
suggest that every disease and condition for which there had been no previous effective treatment might
be responsive to vitamin therapy. At that point in time, medical schools started to become more interested
in having their curricula integrate nutritional concepts into the basic sciences. Much of the focus of this
education was on the recognition of deficiency symptoms. Herein lay the beginning of what ultimately
turned from ignorance to denial of the value of nutritional therapies in medicine. Reckless claims were
made for effects of vitamins that went far beyond what could actually be achieved from the use ofthem.
In the third era of nutritional history in the early 1950's to mid-1960's, vitamin therapy began to fall
into disrepute. Concomitant with this, nutrition education in medical schools also became less popular. It
was just a decade before this that many drug companies had found their vitamin sales skyrocketing and
were quick to supply practicing physicians with generous samples of vitamins and literature extolling the
virtue of supplementation for a variety of health-related conditions. Expectations as to the success of
vitamins in disease control were exaggerated. As is known in retrospect, vitamin and mineral therapies
are much less effective when applied to health-crisis conditions than when applied to long-term problems
of under nutrition that lead to chronic healthproblems.
A. The effects of vitamins on the humanbody.
B. The history of food preferences from the nineteenth century to thepresent.
C. The stages of development of clinical nutrition as a field ofstudy.
D. Nutritional practices of the nineteenthcentury.
Question 14: It can be inferred from the passage that which of the following discoveries was made during
the first era in the history of nutrition?
A. Protein was recognized as an essential component ofdiet.
B. Vitamins were synthesized fromfoods.
C. Effective techniques of weight loss weredetermined.
D. Certain foods were found to be harmful to goodhealth.
Question 15: It can be inferred from the passage that medical schools began to teach concepts of nutrition
inorderto .
A. convince medical doctors to participate in research studies onnutrition
B. encourage medical doctors to apply concepts of nutrition in the treatment ofdisease
C. convince doctors to conduct experimental vitamin therapies on theirpatients
D. support the creation of artificialvitamins
Question 16: The word “them” in line 16refersto .
A.therapies B.claims C.effects D.vitamins
Question 17: Why did vitamin therapy begin losing favor in the 1950's?
A. The public lost interest invitamins.
B. Medical schools stopped teaching nutritionalconcepts.
C. Nutritional research was of poorquality.
D. Claims for the effectiveness of vitamin therapy were seen to beexaggerated.
Question 18: The word “skyrocketing” is closest inmeaningto .
A.internationallypopular B. increasingrapidly
C.acceptable D.surprising
Question 19: The paragraph following the passage most probably discusses?
A. The fourth era ofnutritionhistory. B. Problems associated withundemutrition.
C. How drug companiesbecamesuccessful. D. Why nutrition education lost itsappeal.
Question 20: Themurdererwas to a lifetimeimprisonment.
A.sentenced B.convicted C.accused D.prosecuted
Question 21: After so many years, it is great toseehim hisambitions.
A.realise B. get C.possess D.deserve
Question 22: We still meet up for a drink and achatonce .
A. in abluemoon B. inawhile C. atatime D. in a blackmood
Question23: in the diet is especially important forvegetarians.
A. Enough proteinisobtained B. Obtaining enoughprotein
C. They obtainenoughprotein D. By obtaining enoughprotein
Question 24: A student is talking to the school librarian.
Student: "I would like to join the library."
Librarian:“ ”
A. OK. Would you like to fill inthisform? B. OK. This is the form that requiresus.
C. OK. I would like to fill inthisform. D. OK. See if you canjoin.
Question 25: I hope that by the timeourrivals out about thisdeal,we all thecontracts.
A. found/hadbeensigned B. will fìnd/aresigning
C. havefound/willsign D. find/will havesigned
Question 26: Never saythatagain, ?
A.won’tyou B.willyou C.doyou D. don’tyou
Question 27: Susie is talking to Kimy after hearing the announcement.
A:“ .”
B: “Never mind, better luck next time.”
A. I havebeenchosen B. I have made up mymind
C. I couldn’t concentrateonwork D. I didn’t get thescholarship
Question28: my ex would be there, I wouldn’t have agreed tocome.
A. IfIknew B. HadknownI C. HadIknown D. I hadknown
Question 29: I made sure I had allthefacts my fingertips before attending themeeting.
A.with B. at C.by D.for
Question30: in 1937, the Golden Bridge spans the channel at the entrance to
SanFranciscoBay.
A.Completed B.Completing C.beingcompleted D. to becompleted
Question 31: Rows andsilencesare and parcel of anymarriage.
A.package B.stamps C.packet D.part
Question 32: The Browns had gone out for dinner when I arrived, I supposed they
I was
coming.
A. musthaveforgotten B. should haveforgotten
C. wouldhaveforgotten D. need haveforgotten
Question 33: Don't worry! Our new product will keep your bathroomcleanand .
A.odourless B. odour C.odourful D.odourlessly
Read the following passage and blacken the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
Sharks have gained an unfair reputation for being fierce predators of large sea animals. Humanity's
unfounded fear and hatred of these ancient creatures is leading to a worldwide slaughter that may result in
the extinction of many coastal shark species. The shark is the victim of a warped attitude of wildlife
protection; we strive only to protect the beautiful, non-threatening parts of our environment. And, in our
efforts to restore only non-threatening parts of our earth, we ignore other important parts.
A perfect illustration of this attitude is the contrasting attitude toward another large sea animal, the
dolphin. During the 1980s, environmentalists in the United States protested the use of driftnets for tuna
fishing in the Pacific Ocean since these nets also caught dolphins. The environmentalists generated
enough political and economic pressure to prevent tuna companies from buying tuna that had been caught
in driftnets. In contrast to this effort on behalf of the dolphins, these same environmentalists have done
very little to help save the Pacific Ocean sharks whose population has decreased nearly to the point of
extinction.
Sharks are among the oldest creatures on earth, having survived in the seas for more than 350 million
years. They are extremely efficient animals, feeding on wounded or dying animals, thus performing an
important role in nature of weeding out the weaker animals in a species. Just the fact that species such as
the Great White Shark have managed to live in the oceans for so many millions of years is enough proof
of their efficiency and adaptability to changing environments. It is time for US humans, who may not
survive another 1,000 years at the rate we are damaging the planet, to cast away our fears and begin
considering the protection of sharks as an important part of a program for protection of all our natural
environment.
Question 34: With which of the following topics is this passage primarily concerned?
A. Sharks are efficient creatures with badreputations.
B. Sharks are some of the oldest creatures onearth.
C. Sharks illustrate a problem in wildlifeprotection.
D. The campaign to save dolphins was not extended to savesharks.
Question 35: The word "protested" is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A.prescribed B.objectedto C.protected D. reflectedon
Question 36: How did environmentalists manage to protect dolphins?
A. They prevented fishermen from selling them formeat.
B. They pressured fishermen into protecting dolphins bylaw.
C. They brought political pressure against tunacompanies.
D. They created sanctuaries where dolphin fishing was notallowed.
Question 37: About how long have sharks lived on the planet?
A. 25millionyears B. 150 millionyears
C. 350millionyears D. 500 millionyears
Question 38: The phrase “to cast away” means most nearly .
A. tothrowoff B. tobringin C. toseethrough D. to setapart
Question 39: What is the author's tone in this passage?
A.explanatory B.accusatory C.gentle D.proud
Question 40: Which of the following best describes the organization of this passage?
A. orderofimportance B. cause andeffect
C. statementandexample D. chronologicalorder
Question 41: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A. We are only protecting the beautiful and non-threatening parts of ourenvironment.
B. Worldwide slaughter of sharks may lead to the extinction of theseanimals.
C. Environmentalists didn't approve of using driftnets to catch tuna because they also caughtdolphins.
D. Tuna fishing is one of the causes that lead to the decrease in the number of tuna in the PacificOcean.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D onyour answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
Question 42: A brief outline of the course and bibliography were handed out to the students at the first
meeting.
A.dispensed B.dispersed C.distributed D.contributed
Question 43: As tourism is more developed, people worry about the damage to the flora and fauna of
theisland.
A. fruitsandvegetables B. flowersandtrees C. plantsandanimals D. mountains andforests
Question 44: Our knowledge of malaria has advanced considerably over recent years.
A.heldat B.heldback C.heldto D. heldby
Question 45: The jury concluded from the evidence that the defendant was innocent and released him at
once.
A.benevolent B.innovative C.naive D.guilty
Question 46: He behaved in a very strange way. That surprised me a lot.
A. His behaviour was a very strange thing, that surprised memost.
B. He behaved very strangely, which surprised me verymuch.
C. What almost surprised me was the strange way hebehaved.
D. I was almost not surprised by his strangebehaviour.
Question 47: What has happened? You look as if you have been in the wars.
A. You look like an oldsoldier.
B. You are wearing manymedals.
C. You look as though something unpleasant has happened toyou.
D. You look as though you have beenfighting.
Question 48: No sooner had he entered the house than the police arrested him.
A. He had just entered the house when the pollice arrestedhim.
B. Hardly that he had entered the house when the police arrestedhim.
C. Immediately had he entered the house when the police arrestedhim.
D. The police immediately arrested him as soon as he’s just entered thehouse.
Question 49: "Why don't you put an advertisement in the local paper?" they told me.
A. They suggested my putting an advertisement in the localpaper.
B. They suggested me to put an advertisement in the localpaper.
C. They suggested that I must put an advertisement in the localpaper.
D. They suggested me should put an advertisement in the localpaper.
Question 50: I could not get the job because I did not speak English well.
A. I failed to get the job because of my poorEnglish.
B. Despite my poor English, I was successful in thejob.
C. I wish I had got the job so that I could speak Englishwell.
D. I would have spoken English well if I could get thatjob.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.A 2.B 3.A 4.C 5.A 6.A 7.B 8.C 9.B 10.D
11.B 12.C 13.C 14.A 15.B 16.D 17.D 18.B 19.A 20.A
21.A 22.B 23.B 24.A 25.D 26.B 27.D 28.C 29.B 30.A
31.D 32.A 33.A 34.C 35.B 36.C 37.C 38.A 39.B 40.C
41.D 42.C 43.C 44.B 45.D 46.B 47.C 48.A 49. A 50.A
followingquestions.
Question 1: This cheese isn’t fit foreating.It’s all over after lying in the bin for solong.
A.spoiled B.mouldy C.sour D.rusty
Question2: , the whole family sleptsoundly.
A. Hot though the nightairwas B. Hot though was the nightair
C. Hot although the nightairwas D. Hot although was the nightair
Question 3: Linda and Suka are talking about Thomas.
Linda: "Thomas thinks he knows everything about dinosaurs.”
Suka:“ .”
A. He’s suchaknow-all B. He knew a lot aboutdinosaurs
C. Heknowsenough D. Everything he knows is all aboutdinosaurs
Question 4: The newofficeblock well with itssurroundings.
A.blendsin B.standsout C.shapesup D. setsoff
Question 5: A wife is cooking and talking to her husband.
Wife: "The cupboard in our kitchen is broken."
Husband:“ .”
A. Butit’sbig B. We have to pay extramoney
C. Butit’ssmall D. We’ll get itfixed
Question 6: Please don’t tell me what happens in the endbecauseI the bookyet.
A. haven’tbeenreading B. don’t read
C.haven’tread D. haven’t beenread
Question 7: We are proudof our staff, who are always friendly andcourteous.
A.well-paid B.well-educated C.well-done D.well-trained
Question 8: Without my parent’ssupport.I my overseastudy.
A. willnotcomplete B. did notcomplete
C. hadnotcompleted D. would not havecompleted

Question 9: When I got my case back, it hadbeendamaged repair.
A.over B.further C.above D.beyond
Question 10: Theprocessof in plants involves a complexseriesof reactions.
A.respiration/chemistry B. respire/chemical
C.respiration/chemical D. respiration/chemist
Question 11:Notonly a good physician but also a talentedviolist.
A. she isfamousas B. she appears tobe
C. is sheknownas D. appears as sheis
Question12:HerfamilyhasgonetoEdinburghtopaytheirlast to uncle Bob who diedlast

week.
A.sympathy B.love C.respects D.honors
Question 13: It’s not easy to make Janet furious. The girl is verygentleby .
A.herself B.nature C.personality D.reaction
Question 14: Someone leftthemessages, ?
A.didn’tthey B.didthey C.didhe D. didn’the
Any list of the greatest thinkers in history contains the name of the brilliant physicist Albert Einstein.
His theories of relativity led to entirely new ways of thinking about time, space, matter, energy, and
gravity. Einstein's work led to such scientific advances as the control of atomic energy, even television as
a practical application of Einstein's work. In 1902 Einstein became an examiner in the Swiss patent office
at Bern. In 1905, at age 26, he published the first of five major research papers.
The first one provided a theory explaining Brownian movement, the zig-zag motion of microscopic
particles in suspension. The second paper laid the foundation for the photon, or quantum, theory of light.
In it he proposed that light is composed of separate packets of energy, called quanta or photons, that have
some of the properties of particles and some of the properties of waves. A third paper contained the
"special theory of relativity" which showed that time and motion are relative to the observer, if the speed
of light is constant and the natural laws are the same everywhere in the universe.
The fourth paper was a mathematical addition to the special theory of relativity. Here Einstein
presented his famous formula, E = mc2, known as the energy mass equivalence. In 1916, Einstein
published his general theory of relativity. In it he proposed that gravity is not a force, but a curve in the
space-time continuum, created by the presence of mass. Einstein spoke out frequently against
nationalism, the exalting of one nation above all others. He opposed war and violence and supported
Zionism, the movement to establish a Jewish homeland in Palestine. When the Nazis came to power in
1933, they denounced his ideas.
He then moved to the United States. In 1939 Einstein learned that two German chemists had split the
uranium atom. Einstein wrote to President Franklin D.Roosevelt warning him that this scientific
knowledge could lead to Germany developing an atomic bomb. He suggested the United States begin its
own atomic bomb research.
Question 15: Einstein's primary work was in theareaof .
A.chemistry B.biology C.physics D.engineering
Question 16: Which of the following inventions is mentioned in the passage as a practical application of
Einstein's discoveries?
A.Radio B.Automobiles C.Computers D.Television
Question 17: According to the passage, Einstein supported all of thefollowingexcept .
A. the establishment of a Jewish homeland inPalestine
B. nationalism
C. atomic bomb research in the UnitedStates
D. the defeat of theNazis
Question 18: What did Einstein propose in the theory of light?
A. Time and motion are relative totheobserver. B. E =mc2
C. Light is composed of separate packets of energy. D. Gravity is not a force.
Question 19: What is “Brownian movement”?
A. The zig-zag motion of microscopic particles insuspension.
B. The emission of electrons from solids when struck bylight.
C. The motion of photons inlight.
D. The basis of the theory ofrelativity.
Question 20: According to Einstein's special theoryofrelativity, .
A. all properties of matter and energy can be explained in a single mathematicalformula
B. light is composed of separate packets ofenergy
C. time and motion are relative to theobserver
D. some solids emit electrons when struck bylight
Question 21: In line 15, the word “exalting” mostnearlymeans .

A.elevation B.criticism C.support D.elimination
Question 22: According to Einstein, light is composed of separate packets ofenergycalled .
A.electrons B.photoelectrons C.quanta D. gammarays
Question 23: A. indigenousB.significant C.scientific D.peculiar
Question 24:A.habitat B.balcony C.bachelor D.gorilla
Question 25: A. downloadB.growth C.blow D.shadow
Question 26:A.heard B.search C.learn D.beard
Instructors at American colleges and universities use many different teaching methods. Some
instructors give assignments everyday. They grade homework. Students in their classes have to take many
quizzes, a midterm exam, and a final test. Other instructors give only writing assignments. Some teachers
always follow a course outline and usually use the text book. Others send students to the library for
assignments.
The atmosphere in some classrooms is very formal. Students call their instructors “Professor Smith,”
“Mrs Jones,” and so on. Some teachers wear business clothes and give lectures. Other classrooms have
an informal atmosphere. Students and teachers discuss their ideas. Instructors dress informally, and
students call them by their first names. American teachers are not alike in their teachingstyles.
At most American colleges and universities, facilities for learning and recreation are available to
students. Students can often use type-writers, tape recorders, video machines, and computers at libraries
and learning centres. They can buy books, notebooks, and other things at campus stores. They can get
advice on their problems from counselors and individual help with their classes from tutors. Students can
relax and have fun on campus, too. Some schools have swimming pools and tennis courts. Most have
snack bars and cafeterias.
Question 27: What is the main idea of the first paragraph?
A. Ways of usingthetextbook. B. Ways of givingassignments.
C. Waysofteaching. D. Ways of taking anexam.

Question 28: Where do students call their instructors “Professor Smith,” “Mrs Jones,”?
A. In classrooms withinformalatmosphere B. In classrooms with formalatmosphere
C.Atlibraries D. At learningcentres
Question 29: Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. American teachers do not dressinformally.
B. The atmosphere in American classrooms is alwaysformal.
C. The atmosphere in American classrooms is always relaxed andfriendly.
D. American students can call their teachers by their firstnames.
Question 30: What does the phrase “business clothes” in paragraph 2 mean?
A. clothes that only businesspeoplewear. B. trendyclothes.
C.casualclothes. D. formalclothes.
Question 31: Where do students and teachers discuss their ideas?
A. In classrooms withinformalatmosphere. B. In classrooms with formalatmosphere.
C.Atlibraries. D. At learningcentres.
Question 32: What can’t students do at most American colleges and universities?
A. buy anything at campusstores.
B. ask their counselors and tutors foradvice.
C. use the computers that are linked tolibraries.
D. have tutors and counselors solved theirproblems.
Question 33: Which of the following statements is NOT true about schools in America?
A. They arewell-equipped.
B. They have stores oncampus.
C. They have no recreationfacilities.
D. They offer sports and leisure facilities forstudents.
Question 34: If she attended the lesson yesterday, she could understand it now.
A B C D
Question 35: Originated in Ethiopia, coffee was drunk in the Arab world before it came to Europe in the
A B C
17th century.
Question 36: In a hot sunny climate, man acclimatizes by eating less, drinking more liquids, wearing A
A B C
lighter clothing and experience a darkening of the skin.
When I was a little girl growing up in the 1940, we didn’t have much in the way of material things.
The Great Depression had hit just about everyone, and we were just climbing out(37) it.Mydad
hadajobinafactory,andmomstayedathomewiththekids.Igotanewoutfit(38) ayear,and
that was only because mom was pretty good at the sewing machine. Good thing, too, because when
World War II came, mom got a job sewing uniforms for the soldiers. The extra money helped, and by the
time I was in my teens in the late 1950s we had enough to get one of those fancy newTV.
I decided around that time I didn’t want to work in a factory or sew like my mom had. I wanted to go
to the college. I wanted to be a lawyer. Though others scoffed, my parents told me that they would
support me in any way they could. Fortunately, I worked hard at school and got a scholarship. It wasn’t
easy, but a few years later I was a lawyer. In the late ‘60s I knew I could use my education and spirit to
help our nation. I took a job working against discrimination.(39) is where I met yourgrandpa.He
was not only handsome but believed in the same things I did. When your mom came along, I took a year
(40) but when back to work, we were ableto(41) a color TV, and like me, your mom wasa
glued to it.
Question 37: A. of B. from C. into D. for

Question 38: A. much B. X C. once D. many times
Question 39: A. That B. Which C. There D. Here
Question 40: A. in B. on C. off D. down
Question 41: A. afford B. build C. borrow D. lend
Question 42: I take my hat off to all those people who worked hard to get the contract.
A. encourage B.congratulate C.respect D.welcome
Question 43: After a great deal of questioning, he decided to come clean and tell the truth.
A.admit B.confess C.agree D.deny

Question 44: I didn’t think his comments were very appropriate at the time.
A.correct B. right C.proper D.unsuitable
Question 45: If you book in advance you will certainly have a better table at our restaurant.
A.beforehand B.afterward C.immediately D.now
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
Question 46: I did not arrive in time. I was not able to attend her bridal shower.
A. She had left to take a shower because I was not ontime.
B. I arrived very late to attend her bridalshower.
C. Ididnotgothere,soIcouldnotattendherbridalshower.
D. I was not early enough to attend her bridalshower.
Question 47: Extreme weather may be a cause of poverty in many countries. War may be a cause of
poverty in many countries.
A. Extreme weather and war are caused by poverty in manycountries.
B. Both extreme weather and war result from poverty in manycountries.
C. Not only extreme weather but also war may lead to poverty in manycountries.
D. Apart from war, extreme weather also contributes to poverty in manycountries.
each of the following questions
Question 48: “Can I see your ticket please?”
A. The inspector asked to see myticket.
B. The inspector offered to see myticket.
C. The inspector expected to see myticket.
D„ The inspector asked for my ticket.
Question 49: Only customers with coupons may use the service
A. The service is availablse for couponsonly
B. The service is restricted to customers in possession ofcoupons
C. Only rich customers can use the service withcoupons

D. Only customers with coupons are servicedhere
Question 50: People believe Phở is the most typical food in Vietnam.
A. It is believed that Phở has been the most typical food inVietnam.
B. A more typical food than Phở is believed inVietnam.
C. Phở is believed to be the most typical food inVietnam.
D. No food in Vietnam is less typical thanPhở.

ĐÁP ÁN
l.B 2. A 3.A 4.A 5.D 6.C 7.D 8.D 9.D
10.C 11.c12.C 13.B 14.A 15.C 16.D 17.B 18.C 19.
A 20.C
21.A 22.C 23.C 24.D 25.A 26.D 27.C 28.B 29.D 30.D
31.A 32.B 33.C 34.A 35.A 36.D 37.A 38.C 39.A 40.C
41.A 42.C 43.B 44.D 45.B 46.D 47.C 48.A 49.B 50.C
Question 1: The streets are crowded with a population when have no interest in learning.
A B C D
Question 2: The price of crude oil used to be a great deal lower than now, wasn’t it?
A B C D
Question 3: The duties of the secretary are to take the minutes, mailing the correspondence, and calling
A B C
the members before the meetings.
D
Question 4: A. overwhelmingB.incredible C.optimistic D.intellectual
Question 5:A.justice B. diverse C.series D.current
Question 6:A.retake B. rewrite C.recollect D.rearrange
Question 7:A.postcard B. custard C.standard D.drunkard
Speech is one of the most important ways of communicating. It consists of far more than just making
noises. To talk and also be understood by other people, we have to speak a language, that is, we have to
usecombinations of sounds (8) everyone agrees to stand for a particular object or ide A.
Communication would be impossible if everyone made up their own language. Learning a language
properly isvery(9) .ThebasicgrammarofEnglishisnotverylarge,andnotonlyabout2,000 words are
needed to speak it quite well. But the more idea you can (10) the more precise you can be (11)
their exact meaning. Words are the main thing we use in communicating what we
wanttosay.The way we say the words is also very important. Our tone of voice can express many
emotions and (12) whether we are pleased or angry, forinstance.
Question 8: A. who B. whose C. that D. when
Question 9: A. easy B. important C. simple D. expensive
Question 10: A. need B. grow C. express D. pass
Question 11: A. for B. about C. towards D. on
Question 12: A. show B. ask C. understand D. know
Question13: after the World War II, the United Nations has been actively carryingoutits
convention to stop wars and bring peace to nationsworldwide.
A. Established B.Found
C. Tobeestablised D. Having beenfound
Question 14: Many citizens say thattheyare of the political policies of the candidates inalocal
election.
A.ignorant B.ignoring C.ignorantly D.ignorance
Question 15: Are thereanyinteresting in thepaper?
A.news B. piecesofnews C. pieceofnews D.new
Question 16: We’ve decided to interviewonlyten for thejob.
A.applicants B.applicable C.appliances D.applications
Question 17: I didn't mean to leave her name off the list; it was an
A.overchange B.overtone C.oversight D.overtime
Question 18: Handy and Hobby are talking when they see each other in a supermarket.
Handy:“ ”
Hobby: “You know, I have lost my purse somewhere.”
A. What doyouwant? B. How can I helpyou?
C. Where shouldwego? D. Why do you lookupset?
Question 19: She has the determination thatherbrother .
A.fails B.lacks C.misses D.wants
Question 20: Not muchhappenedyet, ?
A.didthey B.didn’tit C.didit D. didn’tthey
Question 21: “Which of the two boys is a boy scout?”-“ of themis.”
A.All B.None C.Neither D.Both
Question22:His of the school regulations really can’t be ignored anylonger.
A.carelessness B.inattention C.unfamiliarity D.disregard
Question 23: A customer is talking to the waiter right after his dish is served.
Customer: “I don’t want to make a scene but there’s a fly in my dish.”
Waiter:“ ”
A. I am sorry forsayingso B. I am terriblysorry!
C. I’m afraidoffly D. You can saythat
Question 24: I think youshouldstay .
A.calm B.tranquil C.peaceful D.quiet
Question 25: None of UShasever of cheating inclass.
A.declared B.persisted C.approved D.concluded
Question 26: Tom had a luckyescape.He killed when a car crashed into the front of hishouse.
A. couldhavebeen B. musthavebeen C. shouldhavebeen D. would havebeen
The ocean bottom- a region nearly 2.5 times greater than total land area of the Earth- is a vast
frontier that even today is largely unexplored and uncharted. Until about a century ago, the deep-ocean
floor was completely inaccessible, hidden beneath waters averaging over 3,600 meters deep. Totally
without light and subjected to intense pressures hundreds of times greater than at the Earth’s surface,
deep-ocean bottom is a hostile environment to humans, in some ways as forbidding and remote as the
void of outerspace.
Although researchers have taken samples of deep-ocean rocks and sediments for over a century, the
first detailed global investigation of the ocean bottom did not actually start until 1968, with the beginning
of the National Science Foundation’s Deep Sea Drilling Project (DSDP). Using techniques first
developed for the offshore oil gas industry, the Dad’s drill ship, the Glomar Challenger, was able to
maintain a steady position on the ocean’s surface and drill in very deep waters, extracting samples of
sediments and rock from the oceanfloor.
The Glomar Challenger completed 96 voyages in a 15-year research program that ended in
November 1983. During this time, the vessel logged 600,000 kilometers and took almost 20,000 core
samples of seabed sediments and rocks at 624 drilling sites around the world. The Glomar Challenger’s
core samples have allowed geologists to reconstruct what the planet looked like hundreds of millions of
years ago and to calculate what it will look like millions of years in the future. Today, largely on the
strength of evidence gathered during the Glomar Challenger’s voyages, nearly all earth scientists agree on
the theories of plate tectonics and continental drift that explain many of the geological processes that
shape the Earth.
The cores of sediment drilled by the Glomar Challenger have also yielded information critical to
understanding the world’s past climates. Deep-ocean sediments provide a climatic record stretching back
hundreds of millions of years, because they are largely isolated from the mechanical erosion and the
intense chemical and biological activity that rapidly destroy much land-based evidence of past climates.
This record has already provided insights into the patterns and causes of past climatic change-information
that may be used to predict future climates
Question 27: The author refers to the ocean bottom as a “frontier”becauseit .
A. attractscourageousexplorers B. is not a popular area for scientificresearch
C. contains a wide variety oflifeforms D. is an unknownterritory
Question 28: The author mention outer space in the firstparagraphbecause .
A. it is similar to the ocean floor in being alien to the humanenvironment
B. techniques used by scientists to explore outer space were similar to those used in oceanexploration
C. the Earth’s climate millions of years ago was similar to condition in outerspace
D. rock formations in outer space are similar to those found on the oceanfloor
Question 29: Which of the following is true of the Glomar Challenger?
A. It is a typeofsubmarine. B. It has gone on over 100 voyages.
C. It made its first DSDP voyagein1968. D. It is an ongoingproject.
Question 30: The Deep Sea Drilling Project was significant becauseitwas .
A. attempt to find new sources of oil andgas
B. funded entirely by the gas and oilindustry
C. the first extensive exploration of the oceanbottom
D. composed of geologists from all over theworld
Question 31: The word “they” in the last paragraphrefersto .
A.sediments B.cores C.climates D.years
Question 32: The DSDP can be saidtobe in terms of geologicalexploration.
A. atotalflop B. a waste of time andeffort
C. agreatsuccess D. of crucialimportance
Question 33: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage as being a result of the Deep Sea
Drilling Project?
A. Geologists were able to determine the Earth’s appearance hundreds of millions of yearsago.
B. Two geological theories became more widely accepted byscientists.
C. Geologists observed forms of marine life never beforeseen
D. Information was revealed about the Earth’s past climaticchanges.
correct answer to each of the questions
In the United States, it is important to be on time, or punctual, for an appointment, a class, a meeting,
ect... This may not be true in some other countries, however. An American professor discovered this
difference while teaching a class in a Brazilian university. The two-hour class was scheduled to begin at
10 A.m., and end at 12 A.m. On the first day, when the professor arrived on time, no one was in the
classroom. Many students came after 11 A.m. Although all of the students greeted the professor as they
arrived, few apologised for their lateness. Were these students being rude? He decided to study the
students’ behavior.
In American university, students are expected to arrive at the appointed hour. On the other hand, in
Brazil, neither the teacher nor the students always arrive at the appointed hour. Classes not only begin at
the scheduled time in the United States, but they also end at the scheduled time. In the Brazilian class,
only a few students left the class at noon, many remained past 12:30 to discuss the class and ask more
questions. While arriving late may not be important in Brazil, neither is staying late.
The explanation for these differences is complicated. People from Brazilian and North American
cultures have different feelings about lateness. In Brazil, the students believe that a person who usually
arrives late is probably more successful than a person who is always on time. In fact, Brazilians expect a
person with status or prestige to arrive late, while in the United States, lateness is usually considered to be
disrespectful and unacceptable. Consequently, if a Brazilian is late for an appointment with a North
America, the American may misinterpret the reason for the lateness and become angry.
As a result for his study, the professor learned that the Brazilian students were not being
disrespectful to him. Instead, they were simply behaving the appropriate way for a Brazilian student in
Brazil. Eventually, the professor was able to adapt his own behavior to feel comfortable in the new
culture.
A. It is not important to be on time inBrazil.
B. People learn the importance of time when they arechildren.
C. It is important to be on time for class in the UnitedStates.
D. The importance of being on time differs among differentcountries.
Question 35: All of these following sentences are true for the first day of the professor in Brazil
EXCEPT .
A. Many students came after 11A.m.
B. He was late for theclass.
C. The class was scheduled to begin at 10 A.m and end at 12A.m.
D. All of the students greeted him when theyarrived.
Question 36: Why did the professor study the Brazilian students’ behaviour?
A. None of the students apologized for theirlateness.
B. He wanted to understand why the students camelate.
C. He wanted to make the students come to class ontime.
D. The students seemed very rude tohim.
Question 37: The word “rude” is closest inmeaningto .
A.respectful B.polite C.noisy D.impolite
Question 38: In general, what did the Brazilian students think about people who are late?
A. They aredisrespectfulpeople. B. they are rudepeople.
C. They aresuccessfulpeople. D. They are importantpeople.
Question 39: It can be inferred from thepassagethat .
A. Most American students arrive after the class hasbegun.
B. Most Brazilian students leave immediately when the class isfinished.
C. Brazilian students often come late and leaveearly.
D. For most Americans, being late isunacceptable.
Question 40: What did the professor learn from the study?
A. It’s normal to arrive late for class inBrazil.
B. Brazilian students are disrespectful tohim.
C. Brazilian students never apologize for theirbehavior.
D. Brazilian students are veryrude.
Question 41: The word "misinterpret" is closest in meaning to .
A.mismanage B.misread C.misunderstand D.misreport
Question 42: The film is not worth seeing. The plot is too dull.
A.simple B.complicated C.boring D.slow
Question 43: In contrast to her husband, she is a very down-to-earth sort of person who manages to
control his wild ideas.
A.cynical B. boring C.critical D.practical
Question 44: Whatever the activity level, all types of hobbies can require high level of expertise.
A.disablity B.incompetence C.inexperience D.abnormality
Question 45: The US troops are using much more sophisticated weapons in the Far East.
A.expensive B.complicated
C. simple and easytouse D. difficult tooperate
Question 46: The critics undervalued his new book.
A. The critics rejected hisnewbook. B. The critics were fed up with his newbook.
C. The critics had a low opinion of hisnewbook. D. The critics turned down his newbook.
Question 47: “Shall I make you a coffee?” the girl said to the lady.
A. The girl wanted to make a coffee for thelady.
B. The girl offered to make a coffee for thelady.
C. The girl refused to make a coffee for thelady.
D. The girl promised to make a coffee for thelady.
Question 48: You should have studied electrical engineering, as it would have made it much easier for
you to find a job.
A. It is very easy for qualified engineers to find jobs, so keep this in mind when choosing
yourcareer.
B. If I were you, I would study electrical engineering since there are plenty of jobs for people in that
profession
C. If you choose to study electrical engineering, you wouldn’t have many troubles in findingjob.
D. Had you studied electrical engineering, you would not have had nearly so many troubles finding a
job.
Question 49: The football match was so exciting. The spectators at the stadium cheered wildly all
throughit.
A. Despite the exciting football match, not all the spectators at the stadium cheered wildly all throughit.
B. The spectators at the stadium cheered wildly to make the match exciting all throughit.
C. When the spectators at the stadium cheered wildly, the football match became exciting all throughit.
D. The football match was so exciting that the spectators at the stadium cheered wildly all throughit.
Question 50: The fire-fighters made every effort to put off the flames. The building burned down
completely.
A. Since the fire-fighters made every effort to put off the flames, the building burned
downcompletely.
B. Had it not been for the fire-fighters’ every effort, the building would have burned downcompletely.
C. Making every effort to put off the flames, the fire-fighters completely burned down thebuilding.
D. The building burned down completely though the fire-fighters made every effort to put off the
flames.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.C 2.D 3.B 4.B 5.B 6.C 7.B 8.C 9.B 10.C
11.B 12.A 13.A 14.A 15.B 16. A 17.C 18.D 19.B 20.C
21.C 22.D 23.B 24.A 25.C 26.A 27.D 28.A 29.C 30.C
31.A 32.C 33.C 34 D 35.B 36.B 37.D 38.C 39.D 40.A
41.C 42.C 43.D 44.C 45.C 46.C 47.B 48.D 49.D 50.D
Question 1:A.forward B.preface C.index D.mature
Question 2: A. elaboratelyB.mysteriously C.originally D.necessarily
Question 3:A.cost B. post C.roast D.toast
Question 4:A.thankful B.therefore C.everything D.lengthy
Question 5: The boy next door fell off his bike yesterday but he was allright.He himselfbadly.
A. shouldhavehurt B.wouldhurt C. couldhavehurt D. musthurt
Question 6: We walked in the streets where the noise of the trafficwasrather .
A.deafened B.deaf C.deafening D.deafness
Question 7: Mr. Henry was given amedalin of his service to hiscountry.
A.response B.gratitude C.recognition D.knowledge
Question 8: “Please speak up a bit more, Jason.You’rehardly from the back”, the teachersaid.
A.eligible B.audible C.edible D.visible
Question 9: If he is in trouble, it is his own fault; Ipersonallywouldn’t a finger to helphim.
A.bend B.turn C.rise D.lift
Question 10: A passenger is asking the policeman for direction.
Passenger:“ ”
Policeman: “Yeah, down this street, on the left”
A. Is there a stationnearhere? B. How often does the traincome?
C. Is this atrainstation? D. Would you like to go bytrain?
Question 11: Forget all and try your best next time.Lightningnever twice in the sameplace.
A.strikes B.beats C.hits D.attacks
Question 12: He managed to finish his thesisunderthe of his tutor.
A.assistance B.help C.guidance D.aid
Question 13: Everyone knows about pollution problems, but not manypeoplehave anysolutions.
A.lookedinto B. comeupwith C.thoughtover D. got roundto
Question 14: There had been a recommendation thatHilaryClinton the president of thecountry.
A. wouldbeelected B. beelected C.wereelected D. waselected
Question15:Many crafts such as weaving are now beingrevived.
A.habitual B.traditional C.customary D.ordinary
Question 16: I know you think she is weak-willed but I’ve always foundherquite .
A.quick-witted B.strong-minded C.self-centered D.hard-hearted
Question 17: Lumia is expressing her apology for breaking Oppo’s bowl.
Lumia: “I am sorry. I broke the bowl.”
Oppo:“ .”
A. OK.Goahead B. Yes,certainly
C. Don’t worry.Thingsbreak D. I’d rathernot
Question 18: Now, don’t tell anyone else what I’ve just told you. Remember,itis .
A.confidence B.confident C.confidential D.confidentially
Question 19: On the second thought, I believe I will go with you to the theater.
A.Onreflection B. For this timeonly
C. After discussing withmywife D. For the secondtime
Question 20: I’d rather stay in a hotel with all the amenities than camp in the woods.
A.expenses B.friends C.sports D.conveniences
Question 21: Retailers are replenishing stocks after one of the strongest holiday sales seasons in recent
years.
A.remaking B.emptying C.refilling D.repeating
Question 22: There has been no discernible improvement in the noise levels since lorries were banned.
A.clear B.obvious C.thin D.insignificant
correct answer to each of the questions 23 to 29.
For more than six million American children, coming home after school means coming back to an
empty house. Some deal with the situation by watching TV. Some may hide. But all of them have
something in common. They spend part of each day alone. They are called “latchkey children”. They are
children who look after themselves while their parents work. And their bad condition has become a
subject ofconcern.
Lynette Long was once the principal of an elementary school. She said, “We had a school rule against
wearing jewelry. A lot of kids had chains around their necks with keys attached. I was constantly telling
them to put the keys inside shirts. There were so many keys; it never came to my mind what they meant.”
Slowly, she learned that they were house keys.
She and her husband began talking to the children who had keys. They learned of the effect working
couples and single parents were having on their children. Fear was the biggest problem faced by children
at home alone. One in three latchkey children the Longs talked to reported being frightened. Many had
nightmares and were worried about their own safety
The most common way latchkey children deal with their fears is by hiding. They may hide in a
shower stall, under a bed or in a closet. The second is TV. They often turn the volume up. It’s hard to get
statistics on latchkey children, the Longs have learned. Most parents are slow to admit that they leave
their childrenalone.
Question 23: The phrase “an empty house” in the passagemostlymeans .
A. a house with toomuchspace B. a house with nofurniture
C. a house with nopeopleinside D. a house with nothinginside
Question 24: One thing that the children in the passage shareisthat .
A. they allwearjewelry B. they spend part of each dayalone
C. they allwatchTV D. they are from single-parentfamilies
Question 25: The phrase “latchkey children” in the passage meanschildrenwho .
A. look after themselves while their parents are not athome
B. close doors with keys and watch TV bythemselves
C. like to carry latches and keys with themeverywhere
D. are locked inside houses with latches andkeys
Question 26: What is the main idea of the first paragraph?
A. Why kids hategoinghome B. Children’s activities athome
C. Bad condition oflatchkeychildren D. How kids spend freetime
Question 27: What do latchkey children suffer most from when they are at home alone?
A. Tiredness B. Boredom C.Loneliness D.Fear
Question 28: Lynette Long learned of latchkey children’sproblemsby .
A. visitingtheirhomes B. talking tothem
C.deliveringquestionaires D. interviewing theirparents
Question 29: It’s difficult to find out the number of latchkeychildrenbecause .
A. there are too many of them in the wholecountry
B. most parents are reluctant to admit that they leave their childrenalone
C. they hide themselves in shower stalls or underbeds
D. they do not give information about themselves for safetyreasons
The Roman alphabet took thousands of years to develop, from the picture writing of the ancient
Egyptians through modifications by Phoenicians, Greek, Romans, and others. Yet in just a dozen years,
one man, Sequoyah, invented an alphabet for the Cherokee people. Bom in eastern Tennessee, Sequoyah
was a hunter and a silversmith in his youth, as well as an able interpreter who knew Spanish, French and
English.
Sequoyah wanted his people to have the secret of the “talking leaves” as he called his books of
white people, and so he set out to design a written form of Cherokee. His chief aim was to record his
people’s ancient tribal customs. He began by designing pictographs for every word in the Cherokee
vocabulary. Reputedly his wife, angry with him for his neglect of garden and house, burned his notes, and
he had to start over. This time, having concluded that picture-writing was cumbersome, he made symbols
for the sounds of Cherokee language. Eventually he refined his system to eighty-five characters, which he
borrowed from the Roman, Greek, and Hebrew alphabets. He presented this system to the Cherokee
General Council in 1821, and it was wholeheartedly approved. The response was phenomenal. Cherokees
who had stmggled for months to leam English lettering school picked up the new system in days. Several
books were printed in Cherokee, and in 1828, a newspaper, the Cherokee Phoenix, was first published in
the new alphabet. Sequoyah was acclaimed by hispeople.
In his later life, Sequoyah dedicated himself to the general advancement of his people. He went to
Washington, D.C, as a representative of the Western tribes. He helped settled bitter differences among
Cherokee after their forced movement by the federal government to the Oklahoma territory in the 1930s.
He died in Mexico in 1843 while searching for groups of lost Cherokee. A statue of Sequoyah represents
Oklahoma in the Statuary Hall in the Capitol building of Washington, DC. However, he is probably
chiefly remembered today because Sequoias, the giant redwood trees of California, are named of him.
Question 30: The passage is mainlyconcernedwith .
A. Sequoyah’s experiencesinMexico. B. the development of the Romanalphabet
C. the pictographic systemofwriting D. the accomplishments ofSequoyah
Question 31: According to the passage, a memorial statue of Sequoyah islocatedin .
A.Tennessee B.Oklahoma C.Mexico D. Washington,DC
Question 32: According to the passage, how long did it take to develop the Cherokee’s alphabet?
A.twelveyears B.eighty-fiveyears C.twentyyears D. thousands ofyears
Question 33: In the final version of the Cherokee alphabet system, each of the characters represents a
A.picture B.sound C.word D.thought
Question 34: Why does author mention the giant redwood trees of California in the passage?
A. The trees inspired Sequoyah to write abook.
B. Sequoyah was bom in the vicinity of the redwoodforest.
C. The trees were named in Sequoyah’shonor.
D. Sequoyah took his name from thosetrees.
Question 35: According to the passage, Sequoyah used the phrase “talking leaves” toreferto .
A.redwoodtrees B. newspaper C.books D. symbols forsounds
Question 36: The word “cumbersome” is closest inmeaningto .
A.radical B. awkward C.unfamiliar D.simplistic
Question 37: All of the following were mentioned in the passage as alphabet systems that Squoyah
borrowed from EXCEPT .
A.Egyptian B.Hebrew C.Roman D.Greek
There are many superstitions in Britain, but one of themost(38) held is that it isunluckyto
walk under a ladder even if itmeans(39) the pavement into a busy street! If you must pass undera
ladder, you can avoid bad luck by crossing your fingers and keeping them crossed until you have seen a
dog. Alternatively, you may lick your finger and make a cross on the toe of your shoe, and not look again
at the shoe until the mark has dried.
Another common superstition is that it is unlucky to open an umbrella in the house - it will either
bring misfortune to the person who opened it or to thewhole(40) . Anyone opening an umbrellain
the fine weather is unpopular, as it inevitably brings rain!
The number 13 is said to be unlucky for some, and when the 13th day of themonth(41) ona
Friday, anyone wishing to avoid a bad event had better stay indoors. The worst misfortune that can
happen to a person is caused by breaking a mirror, as it brings seven years of bad luck! The superstition is
supposed to be originated in ancient times, when mirrors were considered to be tools of thegods.
Black cats are generally considered lucky in Britain, even though they are associated with witchcraft.
It is especially lucky if a black cat crosses your path - although in America the exact opposite belief
prevails.
Finally, a commonly held superstition is that of touching wood(42) luck. Thismeasureis
most often taken if you think you have said something that is tempting fate, such as “My car has never
broken down, touchwood?”
Question 38:A.broadly B.widely C.quickly
D.speedilyQuestion 39: A.jumpingoff B.keepingfrom
C.steppingoff D.runningfrom Question 40:A.house
B.household C.home D.member
Question 41:A.happens B.arrives C.falls D.drops
Question 42:A.as B. in C.for D.of
Question 43: Prince Harry and Ms. Meghan Markle have asked that the people chosen to their
A
Wedding Day are from a broad range of backgrounds and ages, including young people who have shown
B C
strong leadership, and those which have served their communities.
D
Question 44: Their big day requires a lot of preparation, such as designing costumes, choose guests and
A B C D
reinforcing security.
Question 45: What we know about certain diseases are still not sufficient to prevent them from spreading
A B C
easily among the population.
D
Question 46: Gender differences cannot prevent a person from pursuing a job. Success comes to those
who have enough courage and will.
A. Unless success comes to those who have enough courage and will, gender differences cannot prevent
a person from pursuing ajob.
B. Gender differences cannot prevent a person from pursuing a job unless success comes to those who
have enough courage andwill.
C. Gender differences cannot prevent a person from pursuing a job because success comes to those who
D. Gender differences can prevent a person from pursuing a job because success comes to those who
Question 47: They couldn’t climb up mountain because of the storm.
A. The storm made it not capable of climbing up themountain.
B. Their climbing up the mountain was unable due to thestorm.
C. The storm made them impossible to climb up themountain.
D. The storm discouraged them from climbing up themountain.
Question 48: In order to avoid leaving their fingerprints as evidence, the robbers wore gloves.
A. The robbers wore gloves in order that his fingerprints would be taken asevidence.
B. His fingerprints would not be left as evidence unless the robbers woregloves.
C. In order to leave some fingerprints as evidence the robbers took off hisgloves.
D. The robbers wore gloves so that he would not leave any fingerprints asevidence.
Question 49: “I am sorry, Jean. I broke your vase” said John
A. John apologized Jean for breaking hervase.
B. John apologized Jean for having broken hervase
C. John apologized to Jean to have broken hervase.
D. John apologized to Jean for haing broken hervase.
Question 50: She wasn’t driving slowly. She was injured.
A. If she hadn’t been driving slowly, she wouldn’t have beeninjured.
B. If she had been driving slowly, she would have beeninjured.
C. If she had been driving slowly, she wouldn’t beinjured.
D. If she had been driving slowly, she wouldn’t have beeninjured.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.D 2.D 3.A 4.B 5.C 6.C 7.C 8.B 9.D 10. A
ll.A 12.C 13.B 14.B 15.B 16.B 17.C 18.C 19.A 20.D
21.B 22.D 23.C 24.B 25.A 26.C 27.D 28.B 29.B 30.D
31.D 32.A 33.B 34.C 35.C 36.B 37.A 38.B 39.C 40.B
41.C 42.C 43.B 44.D 45.B 46.C 47.D 48.D 49.B 50.D
Question 1:A.advent B. unique C.unite D.command
Question 2:A.exhibit B.exhibition C.example D.existence
Question 3:A.flourish B. nourishment C.arousal D.encourage
Question 4:A.one B. octopus C.orange D.office
Question 5: The success of the party was mainly due to the presenceofseveral .
A. celebrations B.celebrated C.celebrities D.celebrates
Question 6: Paul isavery character; he is never relaxed withstrangers.
A.self-confident B.self-conscious C.self-satisifed D.selfish
Question 7: “John should have warned you about that”.“Yes,but . He’s still my goodfriend”.
A.moreover B.despitethat C.although D. on thecontrary
Question 8: Onceusedup, .
A. these can neverbereplaced B. we can never replace theseminerals
C. but these minerals can neverbereplaced D. can these minerals be neverreplaced.
Question 9:Thechildren “thank you” to you when you gave them thegifts.
A. musthavesaid B. wouldhavesaid C. mighthavesaid D. should havesaid
Question 10: Suzie is shopping in Diamond Plaza.
Sales clerk: “Can I help you?”
Suzie:“ ”.
A. No, thanks. I’mjustlooking B. Yes, I’mwatching
C. No,I’mseeing D. Yes, I’mthinking.
Question 11: I do not believe that this preposterousschemeis of our seirousconsideration.
A. worthy B.worth C.worthwhile D.worthless
Question 12: Governments decidedtotake measures to deal withterrorism.
A.profound B.enormous C.tough D.threshing
Question 13: Stop making that noise! You are gettingonmy !
A.brain B.muscles C.nerves D.blood
Question 14: Onie and Osca are talking in a coffee
break. Onie:“ .”
Osca: “Yeah, me too. See you later.”
A. Oh, I should get backtoclass B. Of course, I should have abreak
C. Anyway, it’s agoodday D. I think the coffee is sonice
Question 15:IfPenny a place at OxfordUniversity,she philosophy andpolitics.
A. get; is goingtostudy B. gets;studies
C. will get; is goingandpolitics D. is getting; willstudy
Question 16: What chemical isthis?It’s a horriblesmell.
A.givingover B.givingoff C.givingdown D. givingup
Question 17: The trouble with Jean is thatsheis withsport!
A.obsessed B.packed C.matched D.dealt
Question 18: The committee found itverydifficult adecision.
A.reaching B.toreach C.reached D.reaching
correct answer to each of the question.
Most people start smoking when they are in their teens and are addicted by the time they reach
adulthood. Some have tried to quit but have returned to cigarettes because smoking is such a strong
addiction. It is a habit that is very difficult to break. There are many different reasons why people smoke.
Three of the main reasons that young people smoke are to look mature, to be like their friends, and to
experiment. Since teens see older people all around them smoking, especially their parents and relatives,
they smoke to act older. If their friends or peers smoke, they may feel pressured into doing the same to be
accepted. The last reason is the excitement of experimenting with something that is forbidden. In
Massachusetts it is against the law for anyone under 18 years old to smoke. Usually parents do not allow
their under age teens to smoke. Therefore, smoking becomes very attractive. It is exciting to get cigarettes
and sneak away to smoke without being caught.
Adults smoke for other reasons. They may have a lot of stress and pressures because of economic
and personal problems. They may be unemployed or working but not making enough money to take care
of themselves and their families. They may be homeless, or they may be dealing with alcohol or
cocaine/heroin addictions. Some may be in bad marriages or relationships in which there is physical
and/or verbal abuse. All these people may smoke to feel relaxed or to give them energy while going
through a hard time.
Whether young or old, some people smoke to control their weight. Smokers, on the average, weigh
seven pounds less than non-smokers. Smoking reduces a person's appetite. It lessens his/her sense of taste
and smell. This could be why ex-smokers gain weight after quitting cigarettes. Food tastes and smells so
much better.
Finally, there are people who say they love to smoke. Smoking gives them pleasure. It just makes
them feel good.
Question 19: What is the purpose of the whole passage?
A. To contrast young and oldsmokers.
B. To explain why people startsmoking.
C. To demonstrate the attraction of cigarettes among theyoung.
D. To show the similarities between young and oldsmokers.
Question 20: The purpose of paragraph 2isto .
A. explain why young people decide tosmoke
B. warn young people how dangerous smokingis
C. show how exciting smoking canbe
D. suggest that other people influence the decision of young people who start
smoking Question 21: The word “peers” in paragraph 2 means.
A. members ofthearistocracy B. mentors
C. peepingToms D. persons of a similarage
Question 22: Adults smoke for all of the followingreasonsEXCEPT .
A. to deal withstress
B. to cope with financialdifficulties
C. to deal with relationshipproblems
D. to appear moremature
Question 23: In paragraph 3, how does sentence 3 relate to sentence 1?
A. It isacontradiction B. It isacause C. It isanexample D. It is aneffect
Question 24: The word “abuse” in paragraph3means .
A.excessiveuse B.inappropriateuse C.mistreatment D.argument
Question 25: The main purpose of paragraph4is .
A. to contrast the reasons why young and old people take upsmoking
B. to show a common cause for smoking among people of allages
C. to describe the possible effects ofsmoking
D. to warn smokers of the dangers ofsmoking
Question 26: He inherited a lucrative business from his father.
A.lucid B.losing C.wealthy D.profitable
Question 27: He seems to make the same mistake over and over again
A.forgood B. bytheway C.repeatedly D. invain
Question 28: This tapestry has a very complicated pattern.
A.obsolete B.intricate C.simple D.ultimate
Question 29: He was so insubordinate that he lost his job within few weeks.
A.fresh B.disobedient C.obedient D.understanding
Good press photographer must have an ‘eye’ for news, just as journalists must have a nose for a good
story. They must be able to interpret a story and decide rapidly how they can take advantage(30)
the best opportunities to take picture. The most difficult part of a press photographer’s job is that he or
she has to be able to(31) acomplicatedsituationwithjustonephotograph.Theyrarelyhave second
chances and must be able to take the required shot very quickly. Indeed, speed is essential- if the
photographs are not ready for the printing deadline, they are very unlikely to be of anyuse.
Most press photographers begin work with a local newspaper. There, the demand is mostly for
material of regional interest. Photographers may be expected to photograph a lot of unexciting events but
to(32) the enthusiasm to put ‘something special’ into everypicture.
Thereis(33) competition amongthose(34) want to move from local tonational
newspapers. Here, the work is much more centered on news. The photographer must work under greater
pressure and take more responsibility. Only highly reliable, talented and resourceful photographers make
this difficult move. The work is tough and can be dangerous. On an overseas assignment, photographers
may have to cope with unfamiliar food and accommodation, physical and mental stress, and extreme
difficulty in transporting the pictures from an isolated area to get to the newspaper on time. They also
have to beat the competition from otherpublications.
Question 30:A.about B.on C.of D.for
Question 31: A.drawup B. put out C.sumup D.turnout
Question 32: A.holdon B. keep up C.carryon D.stayup
Question 33:A.firm B. forceful C.strict D.strong
Question 34:A.which B.who C.whom D.how
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the best answer to each of the
MEMORY
"Memorize these words". "Learn this spelling rule". "Don't forget about the quiz tomorrow".
You remember things every day, but how do you do it?
When you want to call a store or an office that you don't call often, you look in the telephone book
for the number. You dial the number, and then you forget it! You use your short-term memory to
remember the number. Your short-term memory lasts about 30 seconds, or half a minute. However, you
don't need to look in the telephone book for your best friend’s number because you already know it. This
information is in your long-term memory. Your long-term memory has everything that you remember
through the years. Why do you forget things sometimes? Is there a reason? Yes, there are several. The
major reason for forgetting something is that you did not learn it well in the beginning. For example, you
meet some new people, and right away, you forget their names. You hear the names but you do not learn
them, so you forget them.
You can help yourself remember better. Here are some ideas:
1. Move information from your short-term memory to your long-term memory. You can do this if you
practice the new information. Say it to yourself out loud. Think aboutit.
2. After you learn something, study it again and again. Learn it more than you need to. This process is
called overlearning. For example, when you learn new words, practice using them in sentences. Don't try
to memorize words from a listonly.
3. Make sure that you understand new information. It is very difficult to remember something that you
don't understand. Ask questions when you learn something new to be certain that youunderstand.
4. Do not listen to music or watch TV when you study. You will remember better if you concentrate on
one thing at atime.
5. Try to connect new information with something that you already know. For example, when you learn
the name of a new kind of food, think of a similar kind of food that you alreadyknow.
6. Divide new information into several parts (about five or six). Learn one part at time and stop for few
minutes. Don't sit down and try to learn a very large amount of new information all atonce.
7. Try to make a picture in your mind. For example, if you hear or see a new word, make a picture of how
it looks to you in your mind. This “mental” picture will help you remember that word the next time you
see or hearit.
8. Think of word clues to help you remember information. One very helpful kind of word clue is an
acronym. An acronym is a word formed from the first letter of a group of words. For example, many
American schoolchildren learn the names of the Great Lakes in the North America by remembering the
word homes. Homes is an acronym that comes from the names of the Great Lakes: Huron, Ontario,
Michigan, Erie,Superior.
9. Relax when you study! Try to enjoy yourself. You are learning new things every minute. You will
remember better if you are happy andrelaxed.
Question 35: What is the main idea of the passage?
A. People have short-term and long-term memories and how they can learn to improve theirmemory
B. How acronyms help people rememberbetter
C. What you should do when you forget a phonenumber
D. The main reasons for forgettingthings
Question 36: New information is easier to rememberifyou .
A. keep it onalist B. understand it
C. tell it toyourfriends D. draw a picture to describeit
Question 37: The following things should help you remember things better when you study, EXCEPT
A. asking questions when you don’t understandsomething
B. connecting new information with something you alreadyknow
C. trying to learn a large amount of new information all atonce
D. overlearningthem
Question 38: Acronyms should helpyouremember .
A.dates B.telephonenumbers C.chemicalformulas D.names
Question 39: You move information from your short-term memory to your long-term memory when
you .
A. call a friend over andoveragain B. practice it by saying it to yourself outloud
C. relax in front of theTVset D. write it out on a piece ofpaper
Question 40: Which of the following may not be in your long-term memory?
A. The telephone number of a person you don’t call veryoften.
B. Your wayhome.
C. Your date ofbirth.
D. Youraddress.
Question 41: All of these things would be useless for remembering newwordsEXCEPT .
A. making a list of them andmemorizingthem B. writing them down in yournotebook
C. putting them inalphabeticalorder D. practicing using them insentences
Question 42: The names of the Great Lakes in North America are easiertoremember .
A. thanks to the useful acronymhomes
B. when they are connected with the mental picture of yourhome
C. if they are near yourhome
D. because they remind you of yourhome
Question 43: It was not until the late 1970s when these country people could enjoy the benefits of
A B C D
electricity.
Question 44: Food prices have raised so rapidly in the past few months that soe families have been
A B C
forced to alter their eating habits.
D
Question 45: Those who had already purchased tickets were instructed to go to gate first immediately.
A B C D
Question 46: Califonia attracted people from many countries when gold was discovered in 1848.
A. Discovered in 1848, gold was attractive to people inCalifornia.
B. Discovered in California in 1848, gold attracted many people from differentcountries.
C. Gold in California was discovered in 1848 after many people camehere.
D. When people were attracted to California, they discovered gold in1848.
Question 47: You’ll have no hope of growing crops here unless you find a way to irrigate this land.
A. Without discovering how to water this land, there is no chance that you can grow cropshere.
B. Even if you find a method of watering this land, there is no hope that any crops will grow onit.
C. Because there is no way you can irrigate this land, you had batter give up trying to grow crops onit.
D. You’ll have to try growing crops elsewhere if you prove unable to irrigate this landhere.
Question 48: As we were heading out of the door of the café, we bumped into our plumber, who we still
owned money to.
A. When we met our plumber in the cafe as we were about to leave, we realized that we hadn’t yet paid
him all the money we owedhim.
B. Our plumber, whom we hadn’t paid back yet, was the person we encountered by chance at the
moment we were exiting thecafe.
C. Not wanting to see the plumber to whom we still owed a debt, we quickly headed out the door of the
cafe when we saw him comingin.
D. Our plumber, when we ran into him as he was entering the cafe that we were leaving, didn’t bring up
our debt tohim.
Question 49: The painting displayed in the museum has been stolen. They are rumouring about that.
A. There is a rumour that the painting displayed in the museum has beenstolen.
B. The displayed painting is rumoured to bestolen.
C. Displaying in the museum, the painting was rumour to bestolen.
D. As being displayed and rumoured, the painting has beenstolen.
Question 50: “I will let you know the result by the end of this week” Tom said to Jane
A. Tom suggested giving Jane the result by the end of thatweek.
B. Tom promised to give Jane the result by the end of thatweek
C. Tom insisted on letting Jane know the result by the end of thatweek.
D. Tom offered to give Jane the result by the end of thatweek.
ĐÁP ÁN
l.A 2.B 3.C 4.A 5.C 6.B 7.B 8.A 9.D 10. A
ll.A 12.C 13.C 14.A 15.B 16.B 17. A 18.B 19.B 20.A
21.D 22.D 23.C 24.C 25.B 26.D 27.C 28.C 29.C 30.C
31.C 32.B 33.D 34.B 35.A 36.B 37.C 38.D 39.B 40.A
41.D 42.A 43.B 44.A 45.D 46.B 47.A 48.B 49.A 50.B
Question 1:A.wanted B.stopped C.decided D.hated
Question 2:A.century B.culture C.secure D.applicant
Question 3:A.offer B. canoe C.country D.standard
Question 4:A.pollution B.computer C.currency D.allowance
Question 5: Measles are a very contagious disease that can spread through contact with infected mucus A
A B C
and saliva.
D
Question 6: I always forget closing the door before going out.
A B C D
Question 7: For such a demanding job, you will need qualifications, soft skills and having full
A B C D
commitment.
Question 8: The last half of thenineteethcentury a steady improvement in the means oftravel.
A. haswitnessed B.witnessed C.waswitnessed D. iswitnessed
Question 9: George finally succeeded in swimming across the lake athisfourth .
A.attempt B.process C.effort D.instance
Question 10: He was very lucky when he fell off theladder.He himself.
A. couldhavehurt B. must havehurt
C. shouldhavehurt D. would havehurt
Question11: her supervisor’s approval, she shouldn’t begin theproject.
A. Unless Susandoesn’tget B. Were Susan toget
C. IfSusangets D. Unless Susangets
Question 12: Modem computer science andartificialintelligence in the pre-war
workofGoedel,Turing, andZuse.
A. saytoroot B. say to haverooted
C. are saidtoroot D. are said to haverooted
Question 13:Studentsare less pressure as a result of changes in testingprocedures.
A.under B. above C.upon D. outof
Question 14: Tom is getting ever keener on doingresearchon .
A.biology B.biological C.biologist D.biologically
Question 15:Themost mineral derived from the sea is sodium chloride or commonsalt.
A.insufficient B.sufficient C.generous D.plentiful
Question 16: A number of youngteachersnowadays themselves toteachingdisadvantaged
children.
A.offer B.stick C.give D.devote
Question 17: Cutting in lines at the grocery store, for example, or being habitually late for meetings is
considered behavior.
A.suitable B.unnecessary C.appropriate D.rude
Question 18: Sorry for being late.Iwas in the traffic for more than anhour.
A.carriedon B.heldup C.putoff D. takenafter
Question 19: She was tired andcouldn’tkeep thegroup.
A.upwith B.upagainst C.onto D. outof
Question 20: Two friends, Diana and Anne, are talking about Anne’s new blouse.
Diana: “That blouse suits you perfectly, Anne.”
Anne:“ .”
A.Nevermind B. Don’tmentionit C.Thankyou D. You’rewelcome
Question 21: Mary is talking to a porter in the hotel lobby.
Porter: “Shall I help you with your suitcase?”
Mary:“ ”
A. Notachance. B. That’s very kind ofyou.
C. I can‘tagreemore. D. What apity!
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
Question 22: Students are expected to always adhere to school regulations.
A.question B.violate C.disregard D.follow
Question 23: A number of programs have been initiated to provide food and shelter for the
underprivileged in the remote areas of the country.
A.richcitizens B.activemembers C.poorinhabitants D. enthusiasticpeople
Question 24: Drivers are advised to get enough petrol because filling stations are few and far between
on the highway.
A. easytofind B. difficulttoaccess C. unlikelytohappen D. impossible toreach
Question 25: A relaxed and convivial group of around 45 Slow Food members and friends is sharing a
simple BBQ lunch.
A.lively B.large C.old D.unsociable
Question 26: I’m sure Luisa was very disappointed when she failed to get the scholarship.
A. Luisa must be very disappointed when she failed to get thescholarship.
B. Luisa must have been very disappointed when she failed to get thescholarship.
C. Luisa may be very disappointed when she failed to get thescholarship.
D. Luisa could have been very disappointed when she failed to get thescholarship.
Question 27: “You had better see a doctor if the sore throat does not clear up”, she said to me.
A. She reminded me of seeing a doctor if the sore throat did not clearup.
B. She ordered me to see a doctor if the sore throat did not clearup.
C. She insisted that I see a doctor unless the sore throat did not clearup.
D. She suggested that I see a doctor if the sore throat did not clearup.
Question 28: Without her teacher’s advice, she would never have written such a good essay.
A. Her teacher advised him and she didn’t write a goodessay.
B. Her teacher didn’t advise her and she didn’t write a goodessay.
C. She wrote a good essay as her teacher gave her someadvice.
D. If her teacher didn’t advise her, she wouldn’t write such a goodessay.
Question 29: She tried very hard to pass the driving test. She could hardly pass it.
A. Although she didn’t try hard to pass the driving test, she could passit.
B. Despite being able to pass the driving test, she didn’t passit.
C. No matter how hard she tried, she could hardly pass the drivingtest.
D. She tried very hard, so she passed the driving testsatisfactorily.
Question 30: We didn’t want to spend a lot of money. We stayed in a cheap hotel.
A. Rather than spending a lot of money, we stayed in a cheaphotel.
B. In spite of spending a lot of money, we stayed in a cheaphotel.
C. We stayed in a cheap hotel, but we had to spend a lot ofmoney.
D. We didn’t stay in a cheap hotel as we had a lot of money tospend.
WAYS TO IMPROVE YOUR MEMORY
A good memory is often seen as something that comes naturally, and a bad memory as something
that cannot be changed, but actually there is a lot that you can do to improve your memory.
We all remember the things we are interested in and forget the ones that bore US. This no doubt explains
thereason(31) schoolboys remember football results effortlessly butstruggle(32) dates
from their history lessons! Take an active interest in what you want to remember, and focus on it
(33) .One way to make yourself more interested is to ask questions — the more thebetter!
Physical exercise is also important for your memory, because it increases yourheart(34) and
sends more oxygen to your brain, and that makes your memory work better. Exercise also reducesstress,
which is very bad for the memory.
The old saying that —eating fish makes you brainyl may be true after all. Scientists have discovered
that thefats(35) in fish like tuna, sardines and salmon — as well as in olive oil - help toimprove
the memory. Vitamin-rich fruits such as oranges, strawberries and red grapes are all good - brain food,
too.
(Source: —New Cutting Edge, Cunningham, S. & Moor. 2010. Harlow: Longman)
Question 31:A.why B.what C.how D.which
Question 32:A.about B. for C.over D.towards
Question 33:A.hardly B.slightly C.consciously D.easily
Question 34:A.degree B.level C.rate D.grade
Question 35:A.made B.existed C.founded D.found
Martin Luther King, Jf, is well- known for his work in civil rights and for his many famous
speeches, among which is his moving “I have a dream” speech. But fewer people know much about
King’s childhooD. M.L., as he was called, was bom in 1929 in Atlanta, Georgia, at the home of his
maternal grandfather. M.L.’s grandfather purchased their home on Auburn Avenue in 1909, twenty years
before M.L was bom. His grandfather allowed the house to be used as a meeting place for a number of
organizations dedicated to the education and social advancement of blacks. M.L. grew up in the
atmosphere, with his home being used as a community gathering place, and was no doubt influenced by
it.
M.L.’s childhood was not especially eventfully. His father was a minister and his mother was a musician.
He was the second of three children, and he attended all black schools in a black neighborhood. The
neighborhood was not poor, however. Auburn Avenue was an area of banks, insurance companies,
builders, jewelers, tailors, doctors, lawyers, and other businesses and services. Even in the face of
Atlanta’s segregation, the district thrived. Dr. King never forgot the community spirit he had known as a
child, nor did he forget the racial prejudice that was a huge barrier keeping black Atlantans from mingling
with whites.
A. The prejudice that existedinAtlanta. B. M.L.’sgrandfather
C. Martin LutherKing’schildhood. D. The neighborhood King grew upin
Question 37. When was M.L. bom?
A.in1909 B. in1929
C.in1949 D. 20 years after his parents hadmet.
Question 38. What is Martin Luthur King well- known for?
A.Hispublications. B. Hisneighborhood.
C.Hischildhood. D. His work in civilrights.
Question 39. According to theauthor,M.L. .
A. had adifficultchildhood. B. was a good musician as achild
C. loved to listen to hisgrandfatherspeak. D. grew up in a relatively rich area ofAtlanta.
Question 40. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. Auburn was a commercialareas.
B. M.L.’s grandfather built their home on Auburn Avenue in1909.
C. M. L. grew up in a rich, blackneighborhood.
D. M.L.’s childhood wasuneventful.
Question 41. From the passage we caninferthat .
A. M.L.’s father was a churchmember.
B. people gathered at M.L.’s to perform religiousrituals.
C. M.L.’s father purchased their home on AuburnAvenue.
D. M.L. had a bitterchildhood.
Question 42.M.L.was by the atmosphere in which he grewup.
A. not affectedatall B. doubted
C.certainlyinfluenced D.prejudiced
Carbon dating can be used to estimate the age of any organic natural material; it has been used
successfully in archeology to determine the age of ancient artifacts or fossils as well as in a variety of
other fields. The principle underlying the use of carbon dating is that carbon is a part of all living things
on Earth. Since a radioactive substance such as carbon-14 has a known half-life, the amount of carbon-14
remaining in an object can be used to date that object.
Carbon-14 has a half-life of 5,570 years, which means that after that number of years, half of the
carbon- 14 atoms have decayed into nitrogen-14. It is the ratio of carbon-14 in that substance that
indicates the age of the substance. If, for example, in a particular sample the amount of carbon-14 is
roughly equivalent to the amount of nitrogen-14, this indicates that around half of the carbon-14 has
decayed into nitrogen-14, and the sample is approximately 5,570 yearsold.
Carbon dating cannot be used effectively in dating objects that are older than 80,000 years. When
objects are that old, much of the carbon-14 has already decayed into nitrogen-14, and the miniscule
amount that is left doesn’t provide a reliable measurement of age. In the case of older objects, other age-
dating methods are available, methods which use radioactive atoms with longer half-lives than carbon
has.
Question 43: This passage ismainlyabout .
A. archeology and the study of ancientartifacts
B. one method of dating oldobjects
C. various uses forcarbon
D. the differences between carbon-14 andnitrogen-14
Question 44: Which of the following is NOT true about carbon-14?
A. It and nitrogen always exist in equal amounts in anysubstance.
B. Its half-life is more than 5,000years.
C. It can decay intonitrogen-14.
D. It isradioactive.
Question 45: The word “it” in paragraph Irefersto .
A.carbondating B. theage
C. any organicnaturalmaterial D.archeology
Question 46: The word “underlying” in paragraph I could best bereplacedby .
A.below B. requiring
C. serving as abasisfor D. being studiedthrough
Question 47: The word “roughly” in paragraph 2 is closest inmeaningto .
A.precisely B. harshly C.approximately D.coarsely
Question 48: The paragraph following the passage mostprobablydiscusses .
A. what substances are part of all livingthings
B. how carbon-14 decayintonitrogen-14
C. why carbon-14 has such a longhalf-life
D. various other age-datingmethods
Question 49: It is implied in thepassagethat .
A. carbon dating has no known uses outside ofarcheology
B. fossils cannot be age-dated usingcarbon-14
C. carbon dating could not be used on an item containingnitrogen
D. carbon-14 does not have the longest knownhalf-life
Question 50: It can be inferred from the passage that if an item contains more carbon-14 than nitrogen-
14, then theitemis .
A. not as much as 5,570 yearsold
B. too old to be age-dated withcarbon-14
C. too radioactive to be used byarcheologists
D. more than 5.570 yearsold
ĐÁP ÁN
l.B 2.A 3.B 4.C 5.A 6.B 7.D 8.B 9.A 10.A
11.D 12.D 13.A 14.A 15.D 16.D 17.D 18.B 19. A 20.C
21.B 22.D 23.C 24.A 25.D 26.B 27.D 28.C 29.C 30.A
31.A 32.C 33.C 34.C 35.D 36.C 37.B 38.D 39.D 40.B
41.B 42.C 43.B 44.A 45.A 46.C 47.C 48.D 49.D 50.A

34 Đề thi thử Tiếng Anh 2019 - Lovebook có đáp án chi tiết

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

34 Đề thi thử Tiếng Anh 2019 - Lovebook có đáp án chi tiết

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hong Nhung ĐỀ THI THỬ THPTQG NĂM2019

CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC CỦA BỘ GIÁO DỤC – ĐỀ 01

tensofbillionsofdollars,anditiscommonplaceforbudgetstodoubleoreventriple.Inadditiontothe direct costs of

41.D 42.C 43.A 44. B 45.D 46.B 47.C 48.B 49.A

31.C 32.C 33 .B 34.C 35.C 36.A 37.A 38.D 39.D 40.B

to close or remain open on thosedays.

Question 33: The word “burrows” in the passagemostlymeans .

A.spoiled B.mouldy C.sour D.rusty

Question2: , the whole family sleptsoundly.

A. Hot though the nightairwas B. Hot though was the nightair

C. Hot although the nightairwas D. Hot although was the nightair

Question 3: Linda and Suka are talking about Thomas.

Linda: "Thomas thinks he knows everything about dinosaurs.”

A. He’s suchaknow-all B. He knew a lot aboutdinosaurs

C. Heknowsenough D. Everything he knows is all aboutdinosaurs

Question 4: The newofficeblock well with itssurroundings.

A.blendsin B.standsout C.shapesup D. setsoff

Question 5: A wife is cooking and talking to her husband.

Wife: "The cupboard in our kitchen is broken."

A. Butit’sbig B. We have to pay extramoney

C. Butit’ssmall D. We’ll get itfixed

A. haven’tbeenreading B. don’t read

C.haven’tread D. haven’t beenread

A.well-paid B.well-educated C.well-done D.well-trained

Question 8: Without my parent’ssupport.I my overseastudy.

A. willnotcomplete B. did notcomplete

C. hadnotcompleted D. would not havecompleted

A.over B.further C.above D.beyond

Question 10: Theprocessof in plants involves a complexseriesof reactions.

Question 11:Notonly a good physician but also a talentedviolist.

A. she isfamousas B. she appears tobe

C. is sheknownas D. appears as sheis

Question12:HerfamilyhasgonetoEdinburghtopaytheirlast to uncle Bob who diedlast

A.sympathy B.love C.respects D.honors

A.herself B.nature C.personality D.reaction

Question 14: Someone leftthemessages, ?

A.didn’tthey B.didthey C.didhe D. didn’the

Question 15: Einstein's primary work was in theareaof .

A.chemistry B.biology C.physics D.engineering

A.Radio B.Automobiles C.Computers D.Television

Question 17: According to the passage, Einstein supported all of thefollowingexcept .

A. the establishment of a Jewish homeland inPalestine

C. atomic bomb research in the UnitedStates

D. the defeat of theNazis

Question 18: What did Einstein propose in the theory of light?

A. Time and motion are relative totheobserver. B. E =mc2

C. Light is composed of separate packets of energy. D. Gravity is not a force.

Question 19: What is “Brownian movement”?

A. The zig-zag motion of microscopic particles insuspension.

B. The emission of electrons from solids when struck bylight.

C. The motion of photons inlight.

D. The basis of the theory ofrelativity.

Question 20: According to Einstein's special theoryofrelativity, .

A. all properties of matter and energy can be explained in a single mathematicalformula

B. light is composed of separate packets ofenergy

C. time and motion are relative to theobserver

D. some solids emit electrons when struck bylight

Question 21: In line 15, the word “exalting” mostnearlymeans .

Question 22: According to Einstein, light is composed of separate packets ofenergycalled .

A.electrons B.photoelectrons C.quanta D. gammarays

Question 23: A. indigenousB.significant C.scientific D.peculiar

Question 24:A.habitat B.balcony C.bachelor D.gorilla

Question 25: A. downloadB.growth C.blow D.shadow

Question 26:A.heard B.search C.learn D.beard